Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 8, 2026

Registration No. 333-298612

 

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO

FORM S‑1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Amaero Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3390

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

41-5075246

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Hank J. Holland

Chief Executive Officer

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

J. Robert Suffoletta

Austin March

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

900 S. Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, 5th Floor

Austin, TX 78746

(512) 338-5400

Brett Paduch

Amaero Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, Tennessee 37353

(423) 815-2699

Brandon J. Bortner

Gil Savir

Ryan S. Brewer

Paul Hastings LLP

2050 M Street NW

Washington, D.C. 20036

(202) 551-1700

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

☐

 

Accelerated filer

☐

Non-accelerated filer

☒

 

Smaller reporting company

☒

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. ☐

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Preliminary Prospectus Dated October 8, 2026

3,883,496 shares

 

img612178_0.jpg

Amaero Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Amaero Inc. We are selling 3,883,496 shares of our common stock.

Depositary interests, referred to as CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”), each representing beneficial interests of 1/40th of a share of our common stock, are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) under the symbol “3DA.” This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of any offer to buy, any CDIs. On October 5, 2026, the last reported sales price of the CDIs was A$0.185 per CDI (equivalent to approximately $0.13 per CDI or $5.15 per share of common stock, based on the exchange rate of A$1.4382 per $1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on October 2, 2026 as quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the United States).

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters and will be based on the last reported trading price of such CDI prior to the pricing of our Common Stock as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors described in “Underwriting” beginning on page 123 of this prospectus, subject to certain restrictions under the rules of the ASX (see “Risk Factors—Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.”).

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Nasdaq”) under the symbol “AMRO.”

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus before making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

 

 

 

Per Share

 

 

Total

 

Initial public offering price

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to Amaero Inc.

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

(1)
See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 582,524 shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on , 2026.

Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Baird

 

Lake Street

 

Prospectus dated , 2026

 


Table of Contents

img612178_1.jpg

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

 

iii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

RISK FACTORS

 

19

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

46

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

48

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

49

CAPITALIZATION

 

50

DILUTION

 

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

55

BUSINESS

 

77

MANAGEMENT

 

96

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

104

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

115

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

118

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

120

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

127

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON‑U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

130

UNDERWRITING

 

134

LEGAL MATTERS

 

143

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

 

143

EXPERTS

 

143

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

144

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different than the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus or of any sale of the securities offered hereby. Our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who have come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

Basis of presentation

Our business was founded in 2013 through Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, an Australian company. Amaero International Limited was incorporated in Australia on May 17, 2019, and Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd became a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero International Limited. On December 5, 2019, we completed our initial public offering in Australia and became publicly listed on the ASX under the ticker “3DA,” and we changed our name to Amaero Ltd effective April 1, 2025. On February 20, 2026, we formed Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, for the purpose of redomiciling Amaero Ltd in the United States (the “Redomiciliation”), and on June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, with Amaero Ltd becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero Inc. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Amaero,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to (i) prior to the date of the Redomiciliation, Amaero Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries, or either or all of them as the context may require, and (ii) following the date of the Redomiciliation, Amaero Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or either or all of them as the context may require.

i


Table of Contents

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Amaero Inc. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year. Our most recent fiscal year ended on December 31, 2025.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

Trademarks and tradenames

We use Amaero, the Amaero logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork, and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

ii


Table of Contents

 

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus includes statistical data, estimates and forecasts regarding our industry and the markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise indicated, information concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity and market size, are based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with currently available information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our buyers and sellers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate.

In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Market and industry data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of such data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable. We are responsible for all of the disclosures contained in this prospectus and our use of third-party market data in preparing such disclosures and we believe the information from the industry publications and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, though we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in such sources.

The source of market data and certain other statistical data, estimates and forecasts contained in this prospectus are based on a variety of sources, including the following independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources:

•
Department of Energy, Market Research Study, U.S. Forging Industry, August 2022
•
Dataintelo, Refractory Metal Alloys in Aerospace Market, July 2026
•
Straits Research, North America Powder Metallurgy Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report, July 2026
•
SNS Insider, Metal Forging Market Size, July 2026

The content of the above sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and is not incorporated herein.

iii


Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. It does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). Because the molten metal resulting from the EIGA process does not contact other materials during the melting process, the EIGA helps minimize contamination and produces metal powders with a high level of purity and consistency. To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium, and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of approximately $45.9 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Industry and Market Background

The Strategic Imperative for Domestic Advanced Materials

The U.S. defense industrial base faces a structural vulnerability that has developed over several decades: a pronounced reliance on foreign sources — particularly China and other potentially adversarial nations — for critical minerals and the advanced materials derived from them. This vulnerability extends to the processing, atomization, and qualification of high-performance metal powders essential for next-generation weapons systems, propulsion platforms, and space technologies.

1


Table of Contents

 

Refractory alloys occupy a particularly sensitive position within the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. For example, Niobium C103 (“C103”) is a refractory alloy used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components, and jet engine afterburner flaps due to its unique combination of properties, including its high melting point, low density, strength retention at elevated temperatures, ductility at room temperature, and weldability. Prior to our commissioning of domestic C103 powder production capacity, qualified domestic sources of C103 additive manufacturing powder were limited, creating potential supply-chain risks for critical aerospace and defense programs.

Titanium alloys are similarly essential to the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. Titanium is indispensable for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance, and medical implants due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, high-temperature performance, and biocompatibility. The adoption of additive manufacturing for titanium components has accelerated substantially, as AM reduces the traditional buy-to-fly ratio, dramatically lowering material waste, lead times, and total unit costs. The United States is highly dependent on imports of titanium alloys, and we believe we add a critical source of domestic supply to help address significant existing supply chain risks.

We believe recent policy developments have created an environment that is primed to catalyze investment in domestic AM capability. These policy developments include, among others, the identification of AM and domestic advanced material production as priorities by the National Defense Industrial Strategy (“NDIS”); the passage of the 2026 National Defense Authorization Act, requiring the Department of War (“DoW”) to develop advanced manufacturing guidance; and the implementation of the Make More in America (“MMIA”) initiative by the U.S. Export-Import Bank (“EXIM Bank”) to address long-term weaknesses in U.S. supply chains caused by decades of underinvestment and offshoring.

U.S.-based purchasers of advanced materials are increasingly including U.S.-only sourcing clauses, and reshoring has been a priority of the Trump administration, which is expected to benefit domestic powder producers and PM-HIP manufacturers who can fill supply chain gaps previously served by non-U.S. suppliers. For PM-HIP, investment and interest are being driven by the aerospace and energy sectors that are themselves beneficiaries of the Trump administration’s push to strengthen the domestic defense and industrial base, which is expected to result in U.S.-based PM-HIP manufacturers realizing significant benefits from the broader policy direction, even as the sector navigates near-term input cost volatility.

When taken together with the several executive orders promoting advancement of domestic AM capability and other initiatives by the Trump administration, including improved regulatory mitigation and targeted tariff policies, we believe that establishing industrial policy and supply chain sovereignty are national security priorities and economic objectives.

Addressing the Castings and Forgings Bottleneck through PM-HIP

The limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging is an additional structural vulnerability that has negatively impacted the U.S. defense industrial base in recent years. In particular, the domestic forging and casting base for stainless steel, nickel superalloy, and specialty metal components, which is essential to manufacturing naval propulsion and submarine components, has contracted significantly over the past several decades due, in part, to offshoring. The limited domestic supply chain presents a direct threat to the Navy’s submarine production targets, which are central to the NDIS.

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing offers a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging. By consolidating metal powder within precision-engineered tooling under simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure, PM-HIP produces fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, meaning a higher performance in quality and structural integrity. The process eliminates internal voids and maintains a fine microstructure through plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding — achieving mechanical properties that are in many cases superior to conventional cast equivalents, while enabling complex geometries not achievable by traditional forging.

2


Table of Contents

 

Market Opportunity

We evaluate our total U.S. addressable market by reviewing the estimated current and future U.S. addressable markets of the three product categories we directly serve—titanium additive manufacturing powder, refractory additive manufacturing powder, and PM-HIP components—each of which is expected to grow due to, among other things, rising defense spending, accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing, and reshoring of critical supply chains:

•
Titanium powder: The U.S. addressable market for titanium additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $464.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $803.5 million by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 14.7% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Straits Research report. We believe growth is being driven by the accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing across defense, aerospace, medical device manufacturing and civilian firearms—including for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance and medical implants—and by the ability of additive manufacturing to reduce the traditional buy-to-fly ratio.
•
Refractory powder: The U.S. addressable market for refractory additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $191.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $242.6 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 6.0% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Dataintelo report. We believe growth is being driven by demand for high-performance refractory alloys used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components and jet engine afterburner flaps, and by additive manufacturing increasingly displacing conventional fabrication in aerospace and defense.
•
PM-HIP components: Based on management’s estimates, we believe the U.S. PM-HIP market we serve—the near-net-shape PM-HIP components market, a distinct subset of the broader total hot isostatic pressing (HIP) market, which itself is a distinct subset of the total U.S. metal forging market of $17.4 billion as of 2025, according to a July 2026 SNS Insider report—to be approximately $80 million in 2026, growing to approximately $450 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 54.0% from 2026 to 2030. We believe growth is being driven by defense and energy customers seeking to overcome the persistent shortage of large-scale domestic casting and forging capacity, particularly across the U.S. naval and maritime industrial base; PM-HIP directly addresses this bottleneck by producing fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties, on shortened production cycles and in geometries not achievable through traditional forging.

In aggregate, we estimate the total U.S. addressable market for these three categories at approximately $736.6 million in 2026, growing to approximately $1,496.1 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 19.4% from 2026 to 2030.

Since January 1, 2026, Velo3D and SBO AG, which is the parent company of our customer Knust-Godwin, and at least two additional U.S.-based companies have announced plans to expand their U.S. operations to increase their metal printer capacity, which we believe is indicative of potential growth in demand for titanium and refractory powders.

Our Solution

We aim to address critical gaps in the supply chain by building resilient, integrated, and scalable U.S.-domestic industrial production and supply chains. Fragmented supply chains introduce variability at each step, from feedstock mining to powder atomization to component production, causing inconsistent performance and higher scrap rates for original equipment manufacturers in regulated sectors. As industries are pushed to integrate more advanced alloys, the lack of fully integrated suppliers is expected to result in costly bottlenecks and limit commercialization.

We offer the following products:

•
Specialty Metal Powder Production: The production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory, and titanium alloy powders for additive manufacturing and advanced manufacturing applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical, and consumer sectors.
•
PM-HIP Manufacturing: The production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components with forged-equivalent material properties for demanding, critical applications in defense, aerospace, space, energy, and industrial sectors.

3


Table of Contents

 

These two product categories are strategically complementary: powder production establishes us as a leading domestic source of critical alloy feedstock for AM, while PM-HIP manufacturing leverages our powder metallurgy expertise and customer relationships to provide manufacturing capacity capable of addressing the current lack of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging.

We believe we are well positioned at the intersection of materials science and manufacturing, with scaled U.S. production of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders and differentiated PM-HIP capability for near-net-shape parts.

Our Strategy

We expect to drive stockholder value based on our strategic position as a critical U.S. domestic supplier of high-value refractory and titanium alloy powders and producer of near-net-shape powder metallurgy components to the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the powerful macro-trends of U.S. re-industrialization and the strengthening of domestic supply chains. This “onshoring” is a vital response to increasing geopolitical instability and the vulnerabilities exposed by recent global disruptions, such as military conflict in the Middle East and tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. government and key industries are actively seeking to reduce reliance on foreign supply chains to ensure national security and maintain operational resilience, with the goal of safeguarding the continuous supply of mission-critical materials and components, particularly within the defense and aerospace sectors, which are essential for national security.

Our advanced materials and manufacturing capabilities directly address this imperative. We possess premium technology, including, to our knowledge, the only EIGA Premium system configuration of its kind currently operating in the United States, and PM-HIP. By expanding our production capacity and utilizing this differentiated technology, we believe we are positioned to become a critical contributor to the U.S. defense industrial base. With an experienced leadership team guiding us toward commercial production, we believe we are poised to capitalize on the strong demand for domestically sourced, high-performance materials and large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts.

The key elements of our strategy are:

Target High-Margin Growth with Specialized Materials

Our strategy is to achieve resilient, high-margin growth by focusing on two complementary revenue streams: (i) the production of ultra-clean, high-purity refractory and titanium alloy powders, and (ii) high-value manufacturing of large, near-net-shape components with our PM-HIP capabilities. Our goal is to continue to operate the largest U.S. domestic production capacity for refractory and titanium spherical powders with full feedstock traceability and to further expand our capacity to meet market opportunities.

We have strategically prioritized refractory and titanium alloy powder as a core driver of our expected growth, as such powder is vital for extreme-temperature applications like hypersonic missiles, missile defense, space, and energy applications that are becoming more prevalent. We believe our strategic advantage as an agile, lower cost U.S. domestic producer of refractory and titanium alloy powders will enable us to maximize our share of this market demand and address critical supply chain needs.

Align with U.S. Re-industrialization and Defense Requirements

A core element of our strategy is to align our operations with the U.S. government’s initiative to onshore critical manufacturing capabilities. Amid geopolitical tensions and supply chain vulnerabilities, we have and intend to continue to focus on expanding our ability to deliver domestically sourced and manufactured high-performance refractory and alloy powders, filling a vital gap in the U.S. domestic supply chain for mission-critical programs like hypersonic and strategic missiles, while also continuing to source cost-effective raw materials across the global supply chain, including the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). Our goal in relocating to the United States in July 2023 was to move ahead of larger multinational companies that are only now seeking to re-establish their U.S. manufacturing capabilities. To our knowledge, we are the only manufacturer currently operating a gas atomizer dedicated to supplying refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which both advances U.S. priorities to reduce reliance on China and Russia

4


Table of Contents

 

for critical materials and is consistent with our strategy to align our operations with the DoW’s re-industrialization policies.

Leverage Commercial Scale Operations

We have pursued and achieved full commercial-scale production, a pivotal transition that allows us to develop improved costs and margin economics as volume demand increases. With over $100.0 million raised since May 2022 and approximately $87.8 million in tangible assets, including $17.6 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, each as of June 30, 2026, we believe that we are well-capitalized to continue to scale production. The commissioning of our third advanced atomizer in Tennessee in June 2026, which is dedicated solely to titanium alloy powder production, doubles our titanium powder production capacity and represents a key step in our strategic pursuit of increasing our high-value powder production capacity. Our first atomizer is dedicated to refractory alloy powders, while our second and third atomizers are dedicated to titanium alloy powders. Our fourth atomizer, which has been ordered and is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, is also expected to be dedicated to titanium alloy powder production. We intend to deploy the additional titanium capacity to capture a greater share of the high-margin titanium powder market, capitalize on superior pricing and meet increasing U.S. defense and aerospace demand.

Pursue Long-term Commercial Agreements

Our expansion strategy is to secure key agreements that de-risk the commercialization phase by providing a tangible demand pipeline. Our expansion has included a multi-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, a five-year preferred supplier agreement with ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing where we are their primary supplier of C103 and refractory AM powder, a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders with Titomic, a leader in cold spray production of critical components, a three-year exclusive distribution agreement with United Performance Metals, and a five-year supply agreement with Knust-Godwin. As of September 30, 2026, our backlog under these agreements and others was $13.4 million across 18 unique customers. We believe that successfully executing under our existing commercial contracts and pursuing additional agreements will further validate our operational abilities through demonstrated performance and unlock additional growth opportunities, including in the aerospace, defense, and medical applications.

Maintain Technological Advantage

We believe our early adoption of EIGA Premium atomizers provides us with advanced technical manufacturing capabilities not available to other U.S. producers.

Our technological advantage is validated by organizations such as NASA Glenn Research Center and the Air Force Research Laboratory, which have determined that only EIGA technology is capable of the qualification and scaled production of C103 and refractory alloys due to their high melting temperatures. Our EIGA Premium capabilities provide both the high purity and scalability necessary to meet the demanding requirements of the U.S. defense sector. As new technologies and methods arrive and become available, we intend to evaluate their ability to provide us cost-efficient products in the AM and advanced manufacturing industries.

Furthermore, we plan to continue to expand our expertise in PM-HIP allowing us to produce large, near-net-shape components with properties equivalent to traditional forgings, alleviating major supply chain bottlenecks for large-scale parts.

Competitive Strengths

First-Mover Advantage and Scale Position

We have spent approximately $45.9 million over the past three years to establish the only U.S. domestic atomization capacity specifically dedicated to refractory alloys and the largest total domestic capacity for spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders. In connection with our expansion efforts, we have realized net losses from continuing operations of $13.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and $18.5 million and $13.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $13.6 million.

5


Table of Contents

 

We have acquired and commissioned three EIGA Premium atomizers and are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth in June 2027. Our current annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 720 metric tons based on product mix, represents greater scale than any other known domestic competitor, and our annual planned production capacity is expected to increase to 920 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 960 metric tons, when our fourth atomizer is commissioned. In addition to the significant investments we made to build out our production capacity, we have obtained significant expertise and know-how relating to the optimization and calibration of our EIGA Premium systems, which we believe results in meaningful cost and production advantages beyond the underlying equipment specifications and would take substantial time for competitors to replicate if they chose to commission the same equipment. We believe our first-mover position is reinforced by the significant time, capital, and customer qualification requirements associated with establishing competitive atomization capacity. In aerospace and defense applications, qualification programs can require multiple years of testing and validation, creating substantial barriers to entry for new market participants.

Superior Technology: EIGA Premium Advantage

Based on performance specifications published by the manufacturer of our gas atomizers, EIGA Premium technology is designed to provide approximately twice the usable powder yield using half the gas when compared to conventional EIGA atomizers. This efficiency delivers a structural cost advantage over manufacturers that deploy conventional EIGA atomizers and compounds as production volumes increase. We expect our cost savings to further increase as our argon recycling system becomes operational, with estimated argon gas costs estimated to decrease by at least 77% over the first year. The combination of EIGA Premium technology and our argon recycling is expected to make our unit cost structure among the most competitive in the allied world for high-quality refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Qualification Moat and Technical Barriers

Aerospace and defense customers require extensive material qualification before they can incorporate materials into their products. Obtaining these qualifications requires a multi-year process involving intensive technical collaboration between the producer of the materials and either the end-user or the Tier 1 manufacturer. We have completed qualification of our C103 powder with ADDMAN/Castheon and Auburn University’s National Center for Additive Manufacturing Excellence (“NCAME”), our Ti-64 powder with Velo3D. In our PM-HIP components business, we have collaborated with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. These qualifications represent years of collaborative technical investment, and replacement would require high transition costs and significant time.

Strategic Government and Customer Relationships

EXIM Bank’s MMIA loan to us—the sixth MMIA loan approved and the first to support advanced materials and AM—provides not only non-dilutive capital but represents a U.S. government endorsement of our strategic role. We believe the U.S. Navy’s Letter of Support for the development of our PM-HIP manufacturing provides a similarly significant endorsement of our strategic importance to the U.S. defense industrial base. These government endorsements, combined with our proximity to Oak Ridge National Laboratory and our Special Advisor relationship with Lieutenant General (ret.) H.R. McMaster, provide us with critical insight and access to the U.S. defense ecosystem.

Domestic Supply Chain Sovereignty

U.S. defense procurement policy has progressively resulted in domestic sourcing preferences for critical materials, with congressional action and DoW acquisition policies creating increasing barriers to foreign-sourced specialty metals and advanced materials. Our titanium bar feedstock is sourced and processed in compliance with Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”), with full traceability from raw material through finished powder. We believe these same attributes position our titanium powders as a DFARS-compliant domestic source of supply, because our domestic atomization independently qualifies our titanium powders as “produced” in the United States, regardless of where the titanium bar feedstock is sourced. See “—Regulatory—Defense Procurement.” Our Tennessee manufacturing facility operates entirely within the United States, and our powders and PM-HIP components are produced, tested, and being qualified domestically. Our feedstock traceability, domestic manufacturing base, and AS9100D quality certification position us favorably relative to foreign competitors seeking to access the U.S.

6


Table of Contents

 

market. As Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence (“FOCI”) mitigation requirements are applied with increasing frequency to defense contractors and their supply chains, our structure as a U.S.-incorporated, U.S.-operating entity reduces the ownership and control risks that continue to complicate procurement relationships involving foreign suppliers.

Specialized Technical Talent and Process Know-How

Producing commercially viable reactive metal powders and qualifying PM-HIP components for defense and aerospace applications requires deep, specialized expertise in powder metallurgy, atomization process tuning, metallurgical modeling, and PM-HIP can design. Our technical team includes senior leaders with prior experience at leading metal and powder producers, national laboratories, and aerospace research institutions. We believe the limited number of qualified professionals and the multi-year process necessary to assemble and integrate a team with similar technical expertise represents a significant barrier to competitive entry that complements the qualification barrier and significant capital investment requirements described above.

Alignment of Interests

Our directors and executive officers, including Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer,Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer, and Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer, beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.5% of the shares of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. We believe this ownership structure creates meaningful economic alignment among our directors and management team and our stockholders, incentivizing our directors and management team to optimize outcomes for our investors.

 

Recent Operating Results (Preliminary and Unaudited)

We are in the process of finalizing our operating results as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2026. We have presented below ranges of certain unaudited preliminary results and estimates of selected key business metrics for the three months ended September 30, 2026. These preliminary estimates are based on currently available information and do not present all information necessary for an understanding of our operating results as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2026.

The unaudited preliminary results and estimates reflect the results as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2026. This information has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. BDO USA, P.C. has not audited, reviewed, examined, compiled, nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to this preliminary consolidated financial data. Accordingly, BDO USA, P.C. does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. We will complete the preparation of our interim financial statements as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2026 following the completion of this offering. These estimated metrics should not be viewed as a substitute for our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP included in this prospectus.

While we believe that such information and estimates are based on reasonable assumptions and management’s reasonable judgment, it is possible that we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify such items as we complete our interim financial statements and any resulting changes could be material. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ include (but are not limited to) the discovery of new information that affects accounting estimates and management’s judgments, or impacts valuation methodologies underlying these estimated results and a variety of business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and we undertake no obligation to update this information, except as required by law. Among other things, such results reflect that we did not produce titanium during the quarter until late July, prior to which we were concluding a comprehensive facility and process safety review and implementing the resulting improvements and remediations. In addition, we commissioned a custom-designed and fabricated titanium powder sieving system during the month of August 2026. While these events led to lower titanium production and adversely impacted gross margins during the quarter, the expanded sieving system coupled with our third EIGA commissioned in June expanded our titanium throughput capacity by approximately 100%. These preliminary estimates are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure and Backlog is a Key Performance

7


Table of Contents

 

Indicator. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information as to how we define Adjusted EBITDA and Backlog, the reasons why we include these measure and certain limitations to their use.

Although the financial results for the three months ended September 30, 2026 are not yet finalized, we estimate that the financial results will fall within the following ranges, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2025:


 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2026
(Estimated)

 

 

2025
(Actual)

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP Financial Measures:

 

Revenue

 

$

4,120

 

 

$

3,960

 

 

$

3,050

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,960

 

 

$

4,950

 

 

$

31,927

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(9,070

)

 

$

(9,500

)

 

$

(4,096

)

Other Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

 

Backlog(1)

 

$

13,440

 

 

$

13,430

 

 

$

4,806

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(6,350

)

 

$

(6,540

)

 

$

(7,295

)

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

$

(7,240

)

 

$

(7,610

)

 

$

(3,072

)

 

(1)
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Backlog” for more information.
(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to remove the impact of stock-based compensation, and costs related to the Redomiciliation, this offering and preparation for this offering. For additional information, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.

 

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA

 

The following table provides a reconciliation from our preliminary estimates of net (loss) income to preliminary estimates of Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2026 (at the low end and high end of the estimated ranges set forth above) and the three months ended September 30, 2025.


 

 

Three Months Ended September 30,

 

 

 

2026
(Estimated)

 

 

2025
(Actual)

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(9,080

)

 

$

(9,500

)

 

$

(4,097

)

Interest income

 

$

100

 

 

$

90

 

 

$

168

 

Interest expense

 

$

(470

)

 

$

(480

)

 

$

(132

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

 

$

-

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

$

(590

)

 

$

(600

)

 

$

(369

)

Stock-based compensation

 

$

(320

)

 

$

(330

)

 

$

(692

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

$

(560

)

 

$

(570

)

 

$

-

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(7,240

)

 

$

(7,610

)

 

$

(3,072

)

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

8


Table of Contents

 

 

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. The following is a summary of the principal risks we face:

•
We have a history of operating losses, expect to incur continuing losses in the future and will need to obtain additional funding for our operations.
•
Our continued growth depends on our ability to scale our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity.
•
Because all of our manufacturing is concentrated at a single facility, any significant disruption at such facility could adversely affect our entire business and financial results.
•
Unanticipated costs or delays associated with our ongoing refractory and titanium alloy powder commercialization and PM-HIP manufacturing may materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
•
We may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components for production, and even after qualification, quality issues could result in significant rework costs or the cancellation of production contracts.
•
Our manufacturing processes are complex and capital intensive and rely on critical, high-cost equipment that is difficult or very costly to replace.
•
Our manufacturing operations expose our business to health and safety risks, and any workplace accidents or safety incidents at our facility could result in significant liabilities, production disruptions, and increased regulatory scrutiny that materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
•
We have and will continue to have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern following the completion of this offering.
•
A considerable portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to contracts with the U.S. government, including changes in the U.S. political environment and federal policies. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.
•
Our powder business depends on additive manufacturing systems and processes that we do not control, and technological changes in those systems and processes could reduce demand for our powders.
•
We depend on our ability to successfully access the capital and financial markets. Any inability to access the capital or financial markets may limit our ability to fund our ongoing operations, execute our business plan or pursue investments that we may rely on for future profit and growth.
•
We expect to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our near-term revenue.
•
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and competitive position could be adversely affected.
•
We may become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

9


Table of Contents

 

•
If our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components fail to meet required customer specifications, our technology and products may become less competitive and our results of operations may be harmed.
•
We are subject to U.S. export control, defense trade and economic sanctions laws, and changes in, or violations of, these laws could restrict our operations, expose us to penalties, and adversely affect our business.
•
We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.
•
Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.
•
An active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq may not be developed or sustained, and the trading price for our common stock may be volatile and affected by economic conditions beyond our control.
•
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.
•
We may not ultimately realize certain expected benefits of our corporate redomicile from Australia to the State of Delaware.
•
The dual listing of our securities in Australia and the United States may adversely affect the liquidity and value of our common stock in the United States.
•
Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.
•
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate this weakness or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business, our stock price and access to the capital markets.
•
Our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains financial obligations and restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
•
As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital.
•
Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with Australian regulatory requirements with the ASX.

Our risk factors are not guarantees that no such conditions exist as of the date of this prospectus and should not be interpreted as an affirmative statement that such risks or conditions have not materialized, in whole or in part.

10


Table of Contents

 

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Investors, the media and others should note that, following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the investor relations page on our website (https://amaeroinc.com), presentations on our website, press releases, public conference calls and webcasts.

The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. However, information disclosed through these channels does not constitute part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Corporate Information

Our business was founded in 2013 through Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, an Australian company. Amaero International Limited was incorporated in Australia on May 17, 2019, and Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd became a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero International Limited. On December 5, 2019, we completed our initial public offering in Australia and became publicly listed on the ASX under the ticker “3DA,” and we changed our name to Amaero Ltd effective April 1, 2025. On February 20, 2026, we formed Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, for the purpose of redomiciling Amaero Ltd in the United States, and on June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, with Amaero Ltd becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Amaero Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353. Our telephone number is (423) 815-2699. Our website is https://amaeroinc.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we may take advantage of reduced disclosure and other requirements otherwise generally applicable to public companies, including:

•
presentation in this prospectus of only two years of audited financial statements and related financial disclosure;
•
exemption from the requirement to have our registered independent public accounting firm attest to management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
•
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
•
exemption from the requirement to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have at least $1.235 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.

11


Table of Contents

 

As a result of this status, we have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the SEC. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies unless it otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We will continue to be a smaller reporting company in any given year if either (i) the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million as of the last day of the most recently completed second quarter or (ii) we have less than $100.0 million in revenue in the most recently completed fiscal year and the aggregate market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million as of the last business day of the most recently completed second quarter (in each case, with respect to the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, as measured as of the last business day of the second quarter of such fiscal year). If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10‑K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

12


Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

3,883,496 shares.

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us

582,524 shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

27,716,676 shares (or 28,299,200 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $15.7 million (or approximately $18.5 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock in the United States, facilitate future access to the U.S. public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Listing & trading symbols

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “AMRO. ” Our CDIs are listed on the ASX under the symbol “3DA.”

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,132,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.17 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares shall no longer be reserved upon the effectiveness of our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”), at which time we shall cease granting awards under the Plan;

13


Table of Contents

 

•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its approval by our stockholders on August 27, 2026; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.72 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying the awards granted under the Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to the following:

•
conversion of all outstanding CDIs into shares of common stock;
•
no exercise of outstanding options or warrants described above;
•
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and
•
the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024.

14


Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2026, are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included all adjustments that, in management’s opinion, are necessary to state fairly the information set forth in those condensed consolidated financial statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The summary consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, the consolidated financial statements and condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Revenue

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

Gross loss

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

5,824

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

Other income, net

 

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

200

 

Loss from continuing operations before
   income taxes

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

Net loss attributable to stockholders(1)

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Basic and diluted net loss per
   share - continuing operations

 

$

(0.96

)

 

$

(0.98

)

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.53

)

Basic and diluted net income per
   share - discontinued operations

 

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

0.01

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

Weighted average shares used in computing net
   loss per share - basic and diluted
(1)

 

 

19,296,038

 

 

 

13,610,166

 

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

 

(1)
See Note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 5 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss attributable to stockholders and the weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share.

15


Table of Contents

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)

 

 

As of June 30, 2026

 

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma(1)(2)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

29,289

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

3,325

 

Contract assets, net

 

 

564

 

 

 

564

 

Inventories

 

 

6,504

 

 

 

6,504

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

925

 

 

 

925

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

760

 

 

 

—

 

Other current assets

 

 

617

 

 

 

617

 

Total current assets

 

$

26,284

 

 

$

41,224

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

45,926

 

 

 

45,926

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

10,000

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

2,361

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

3,997

 

Total assets

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

103,508

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,611

 

 

 

6,380

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,817

 

 

 

1,288

 

Accrued interest

 

 

796

 

 

 

796

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

998

 

 

 

998

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

10,224

 

 

 

9,464

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

19,573

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

9,721

 

 

 

9,721

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

984

 

 

 

984

 

Total liabilities

 

 

40,502

 

 

 

39,742

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

139,861

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

(75,481

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

(614

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

48,066

 

 

$

63,766

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

103,508

 

 

(1)
The pro forma column in the balance sheet data table above gives effect to the sale and issuance by us of 3,883,496 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $4.8 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

Adjusted EBITDA

In addition to the financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we provide a non-GAAP financial measure. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to remove the impact of stock-based compensation, and costs related to the Redomiciliation, this offering and preparation for this offering.

We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with other GAAP measures to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, make strategic decisions, and communicate with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense and income), asset base (such as depreciation and capital expenditures) and other items (such as non-recurring or non-cash costs) that impact the comparability of financial results from period to period. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure will provide useful information to investors and analysts in assessing our financial performance and results of operations across reporting periods by excluding items we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Loss from continuing operations is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA, as net loss includes results from discontinued operations for certain historical periods. Our non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered as an alternative to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You are encouraged to evaluate each of these adjustments and the reasons management considers them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in such presentation.

Our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the future, and any such modification may be material. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this non-GAAP financial measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in our industry and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA, reconciled to our loss from continuing operations, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(18,548

)

 

$

(13,394

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,901

)

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(935

)

 

 

(384

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(2,449

)

 

 

(2,366

)

 

 

(1,694

)

 

 

(1,064

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,984

)

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(15,160

)

 

$

(11,034

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,650

)

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

Backlog

Growth in backlog is a key measure of our business. Our backlog supports predictable revenue expansion and enables forward revenue visibility. Our backlog has expanded during the periods presented, growing from $0.4 million as of December 31, 2024 to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2025, to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026 and to $13.4 million as of September 30, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both our metal powders and PM-HIP product lines.

17


Table of Contents

 

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months and supports predictable revenue expansion and facilitates forward revenue visibility. Backlog may also include change orders for any contracts that have been formally contracted. Our backlog consists of firm orders for metal powder, which are not subject to any customer right of termination for convenience, and orders for PM-HIP components. Certain of our PM-HIP component contracts permit the customer to terminate for convenience. In those cases, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. The growth in backlog over the presented periods was primarily attributable to our execution of new contracts and expansion of existing contracts, each related to ramp of commercialization within the metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings.

 

($ in thousands)

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

Metal powders

 

$

8,997

 

 

$

5,984

 

 

$

163

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

276

 

Total

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

18


Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our business, operating results, financial condition or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of operating losses, expect to incur continuing losses in the future and will need to obtain additional funding for our operations.

We have never been profitable and we incurred net losses of $18.4 million in fiscal 2025 and $12.7 million in fiscal 2024. We believe that we will continue to incur net losses until such time as we are able to scale commercial production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. At June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million. Our ongoing operations will depend upon our ability to raise additional funding through sales of equity securities, convertible securities or debt in public offerings or private placements, or, to the extent available, through government grants, tax incentives or other sources. There is no assurance that we will be able to raise additional funds on reasonable terms or at all. If we do not obtain additional funding, we may not be able to continue our operations as a going concern and therefore may be forced to curtail or cease operations or liquidate.

The successful commercialization and scale-up of our titanium powder production capacity, the development of other refractory alloy powders, and the build out of our integrated value chain for PM-HIP components depend on our ability to obtain financing through equity, debt, government grants, tax incentives or other sources. Even if we are successful in scaling our refractory alloy powder production and PM-HIP component manufacturing, further expanding our capacity to meet anticipated demand would require additional capital investment. Our ability to obtain such funding will depend upon the prevailing capital market conditions as well as our business performance. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our efforts to raise additional funding on terms satisfactory to us. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate our current or future business activities or relinquish rights to certain of our assets or cease operations.

Our continued growth depends on our ability to scale our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity.

Our sustained growth depends on our ability to fully commercialize and scale up our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capacity. Events that could jeopardize that production progress include: an adverse event, incident or accident at our production facility (such as the flash fire we experienced in May 2026, as described below); a delay in procuring our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer or other equipment that is necessary for manufacturing our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components; or difficulty in hiring and training qualified employees. For example, as part of our ongoing expansion and scaling initiatives, we are commissioning additional sieving and blending equipment that are designed to substantially increase our titanium alloy powder throughput capacity. As is generally the case with adjusting equipment in an existing manufacturing system, we have experienced and may continue to experience periods of reduced titanium alloy powder capacity as the new equipment is incorporated into our manufacturing process and optimized. To the extent such incorporation and optimization efforts take longer than expected, our titanium alloy powder throughput would be adversely impacted. If we are unsuccessful in achieving and maintaining expected production rates or otherwise scaling our capacity, including by failing to reach anticipated throughput, uptimes, yields, or any combination thereof, within expected time frames or at all, we may not be able to build a sustainable or profitable refractory and titanium alloy powder and PM-HIP business as currently expected or at all.

19


Table of Contents

 

Because all of our manufacturing is concentrated at a single facility, any significant disruption at such facility could adversely affect our entire business and financial results.

Our manufacturing operations are in a single facility located in McDonald, Tennessee. We are subject to the operational risks with respect to our manufacturing operations such as accidents, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; unplanned power outages; water shortages; labor disruptions; safety incidents; the ability to obtain suitable or adequate machinery, equipment and labor; potential liability for pollution or other hazards; and other known and unknown risks. The nature of some of these risks is such that liabilities could exceed any applicable insurance policy limits or could be excluded from coverage. There are also risks against which we cannot insure or against which we may elect not to insure such as intellectual property matters and cyber risks. We may be unable to obtain insurance coverage in the amounts and on such terms that are favorable to us; our premiums and cost of coverage may increase; or carriers may be unwilling to provide us with coverage. For example, in August 2025, we made a claim with our then-current insurer with respect to damage sustained at our facility. Following payment of such claims, the insurer cancelled our policy. While we obtained replacement insurance, the costs of such replacement insurance were higher, and future events may make it difficult for us to maintain customary insurance on similar terms or at all that is suitable to cover our potential losses. The potential costs associated with any liabilities not covered by insurance, or in excess of insurance coverage, or compliance with applicable laws and regulations may require us to curtail or suspend production and to make significant capital outlays which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial viability.

Unanticipated costs or delays associated with our ongoing refractory and titanium alloy powder commercialization and PM-HIP manufacturing may materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

The commercialization and scale-up of our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing will require the commitment of substantial resources and capital expenditures. Our future expenditures may increase as personnel and equipment associated with our efforts are added. Factors that will determine the success of the commercialization and scale-up of our powder production and the amounts and timing of expenditures to commercialize and scale-up such production include: our ability to timely take delivery of, install and commission our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer, and to procure and install other capital equipment, which may involve long lead-times; maintaining and procuring required federal, state and local permits; the results of consultants’ analysis and recommendations; negotiating contracts for equipment, earthwork, construction, equipment installation, labor and completing infrastructure and construction work; effects of planned and unplanned shut-downs and delays in our production; effects of stoppages or delays on construction projects; disputes with contractors or other third parties; negotiating sales and offtake contracts for our planned production; the execution of any agreements with strategic partners; the impact of tariffs on our business, our strategic partners’ or suppliers’ businesses, logistics or the global economy; the impact of military conflicts on the global economy; the effects of inflation; and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Many of our expansion activities require significant lead times and must be advanced concurrently. Unanticipated costs or delays associated with the commercialization and scale-up of our powder and PM-HIP component production could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations and could require us to seek additional capital.

We may be unable to produce refractory and titanium alloy powders that meet our customers’ required specifications.

The sale of our refractory and titanium alloy powders requires that we produce atomized powder meeting the exact specifications required by our customers. Achieving these specifications is technically challenging, and we may be unable to produce powder that meets our customers’ required specifications or may be able to do so only after significant additional time and expense. Because it is difficult to predict the amount of time required, including to obtain any additional qualifications or regulatory approvals needed by the customer, and the costs involved in achieving these research, development, and engineering objectives, the expenses we incur may exceed our estimates and our development timelines may be extended. If we are unable to produce powders to our customers’ specifications, or cannot do so on a cost-effective and timely basis, we may be unable to qualify or sell these powders, and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

We may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components for production, and even after qualification, quality issues could result in significant rework costs or the cancellation of production contracts.

Our PM-HIP components must satisfy rigorous customer qualification requirements, including geometry, quality, and material property specifications, before they can be used in production. Qualification is typically a lengthy,

20


Table of Contents

 

multi-stage process, and we may be unable to qualify our PM-HIP components on the timeline we expect, or at all. A failure to achieve qualification could delay or prevent us from securing production contracts and could cause customers to pursue alternative suppliers or manufacturing methods. We have limited experience in qualifying PM-HIP components and are currently in process of our first major customer qualification.

Even after a component is qualified and we have been awarded a production contract, we may experience quality issues, nonconformances, or process variability in production. Addressing these issues may require rework, additional testing, or re-qualification, the costs of which could be significant and could exceed our estimates, adversely affecting our margins and results of operations. In addition, recurring or unresolved quality issues could damage our customer relationships and reputation and, in the worst case, result in the suspension or cancellation of a production contract. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be unable to adequately control the costs associated with continued expansion of our production capacity.

We require significant capital to develop and grow our business, and we expect to incur significant expenses, including those relating to the purchase and installation of additional equipment, expansion of our McDonald, Tennessee facility, research and development, sales and distribution, as we grow our refractory and titanium alloy powder and PM-HIP components production capacity. Our ability to become profitable will depend on successfully marketing our powders and components while controlling our costs. Additionally, we face competitive pressures from established manufacturers who currently have greater overall scale and long-standing OEM and Tier 1 relationships. If we are unable to cost-effectively manufacture, market, sell and distribute our powders and components, our margins, profitability and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

We operate in competitive markets and face competition from companies with significant manufacturing scale, financial resources, and established customer relationships, which may adversely affect our ability to attract new customers, offer competitive pricing, and meet customer production timelines.

The markets in which we operate are competitive. Our ability to attract and retain customers depends in significant part on our capacity to match or exceed competitor performance on design, production timelines, and costs. If we are unable to compete effectively, our revenue, margins, and growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Across our product lines, we face competition from a number of established domestic manufacturers. Certain of our competitors, including ATI Inc. and Carpenter Technology Corporation, are substantially larger than us and operate significantly greater manufacturing capacity across multiple facilities. These companies have long-standing relationships with major original equipment manufacturers and Tier 1 customers in the aerospace and defense, energy, and industrial markets, and may be able to offer customers more competitive pricing, faster delivery timelines, or a broader range of products than we can. Customers with established supplier relationships may be reluctant to qualify new suppliers or reallocate business, even where a competitive offering exists, particularly where qualification processes are lengthy and costly. In addition, with respect to our PM-HIP products, Bodycote Thermal Processing, Inc., a subsidiary of Bodycote plc, operates the largest hot isostatic pressing equipment network globally with established domestic and international presence.

We may also face competition from international manufacturers seeking to capture business from U.S.-based customers that are not subject to domestic sourcing requirements or that are willing to accept foreign supply chains. Foreign competitors may benefit from lower labor costs, government subsidies, or favorable currency exchange rates that allow them to offer products at prices that we are unable to match. We cannot assure that we will be able to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors, that competitive pressures will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, or that current or potential customers will not determine that a competitor’s products or services better meet their needs with respect to price, quality, capacity, lead time, or certifications.

If we fail to accurately predict our manufacturing requirements and timelines, we could incur additional costs or experience delays.

We are in the early stages of commercializing our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components, and we have limited historical information with which to accurately assess demand for these offerings. In

21


Table of Contents

 

addition, because we are still scaling our operations, we may be unable to manufacture and deliver our products in the volumes or on the timelines our customers require. As a result, it is difficult to predict our future revenues and expenses or trends in such revenues or expenses.

Our manufacturing processes are complex and capital intensive and rely on critical, high-cost equipment that is difficult or very costly to replace.

Due to the complexity of our manufacturing processes, unplanned equipment failures or other incidents could cause prolonged periods of reduced production, and we could incur significant repair or replacement costs in the event of those failures. Our operations could also be disrupted due to other unforeseen circumstances such as power outages, accidents, explosions, fires, natural disasters and other events.

Our manufacturing operations require regular, substantial capital investments to maintain, update, replace and add to our equipment and to scale our production and manufacturing capacity. We may be unable to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures if we fail to do so in a timely manner. The cost to repair or replace much of our equipment or facilities would be significant. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to purchase and maintain the property, plant and equipment necessary to operate our business, we may be required to reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or to incur additional indebtedness, each of which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Our manufacturing operations expose our business to health and safety risks, and any workplace accidents or safety incidents at our facility could result in significant liabilities, production disruptions, and increased regulatory scrutiny that materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, and local health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the health and safety of our employees. Our operations, including our manufacturing and production facilities, involve risks of employee workplace injuries and equipment failure. Any accident, incident, fire, explosion, or injury at our facilities could result in significant liabilities, including workers’ compensation claims, personal injury lawsuits, and regulatory penalties from agencies like the Tennessee Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“TOSHA”). Furthermore, such events could cause material disruptions to our manufacturing capabilities, damage our reputation with customers, and require us to incur substantial capital expenditures to remedy safety deficiencies, upgrade or replace equipment, or re-engineer our production processes, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

For example, in May 2026, a flash fire occurred at our facility and injured two of our employees, and we experienced two other fires at our facility that did not result in injuries or material damage to our facility or equipment. In response, we hired an expert to determine the cause of the incidents, which resulted in removal and replacement of sections of our facility’s exhaust system and a six-week pause in our titanium powder production, and are continuing to conduct a safety analysis. We expect to incur approximately $0.8 million in expenses to address the May 2026 flash fires relating to, among other things, remediation efforts, facility improvements, and consulting fees, and we only expect a portion of such expenses to be covered by insurance.

We have and will continue to have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern following the completion of this offering.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis of accounting, which assumes that we will continue as a going concern and does not include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to do so. In connection with the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, and again in connection with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2026, management evaluated whether conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for the twelve-month period following the date each such set of financial statements was issued. In each case, management concluded that substantial doubt exists.

We have historically incurred losses from operations and have made, and will continue to make, substantial capital investments to continually scale our production capacity. As of December 31, 2025, we had an accumulated deficit of $62.0 million with cash and cash equivalents of $31.9 million. As of June 30, 2026, our accumulated deficit

22


Table of Contents

 

had grown to $75.5 million and our cash and cash equivalents had declined to $13.6 million, with $3.3 million of remaining borrowing capacity under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which we drew in full in July 2026. Based on management’s evaluation of forecasted cash flows, current cash resources, and available financing, and excluding the receipt of any proceeds from this offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, we have concluded that our existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund our operations through the twelve-month look-forward period.

If the completion of this offering is successful, we believe the net proceeds together with our cash and cash equivalents that will exist upon the successful completion of this offering will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second quarter of 2027. Our expected financial commitments and obligations, including capital, labor, and operating expenses, mean that the net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient to alleviate our substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for at least 12 months following this offering. Our management has concluded that we will require additional funding through sales of equity securities, convertible securities or debt in public offerings or private placements, or, to the extent available, through government grants, tax incentives or other sources, following the completion of this offering to continue to operate. The terms of such additional offerings may be less favorable to us than the terms of this offering and may not be sufficient to alleviate the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and are likely to cause additional dilution to our existing stockholders. If we are unable to complete additional financing activities, we will need to re-evaluate our operating plan and may be forced to make significant reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, limit, suspend or curtail planned development programs and cease operations entirely.

 

The completion of this offering is subject to factors not within our sole control, including market conditions, investor demand, regulatory clearance, and pricing. Under applicable accounting standards, plans that depend on factors outside an entity’s control do not alleviate substantial doubt unless it is probable that those plans will be effectively implemented. Because the completion of this offering cannot be assured and the proceeds from this offering will not be sufficient to fund our operations for at least twelve months, our management has concluded that its plans do not alleviate the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Accordingly, substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists as of the date of the prospectus and will exist upon the successful completion of this offering.

 

Our preliminary financial results represent management’s current estimates and are subject to change.

The preliminary financial results contained in “Prospectus Supplement Summary—Recent Operating Results (Preliminary and Unaudited)” are only unaudited, preliminary estimates and are based on information available to management as of the date of this prospectus supplement and these estimates could change. Our actual financial results as of September 30, 2026 are subject to the completion of our condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for such period. Such actual financial results will not be available until after this offering is completed and, consequently, will not be available to you prior to investing in this offering. Our actual financial results as of September 30, 2026 may differ materially from the preliminary financial results we have provided as a result of the completion of our final adjustments, audit by our independent registered public accounting firm and other developments arising between now and the time that our financial results for such period are finalized. See the other risks described in the section entitled, “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for additional information regarding factors that could result in differences between these unaudited, preliminary financial results and the actual financial results we will report as of September 30, 2026.

 

The success of our business depends on our ability to continue to expand the adoption of our additive manufacturing products across our end markets and foster the adoption of PM-HIP manufacturing as an alternative to traditional forgings and castings.

The success of our business depends on two related trends: our ability to (i) expand the adoption of our additive manufacturing products across our end markets, which drives demand for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and (ii) foster the adoption of our PM-HIP manufacturing as an alternative to traditional forgings and castings, which we expect will drive demand for our PM-HIP components. We sell our powders and components into the defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors, and our long-term success depends on the continued penetration of additive manufacturing products and PM-HIP within these markets. Our estimates of market opportunity and market growth, whether derived from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant

23


Table of Contents

 

uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. If our additive manufacturing products are not adopted or our PM-HIP manufacturing does not achieve the rate of penetration we expect, or if demand for our products otherwise decreases, then our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

We may not be able to convert our backlog, including funded backlog, into revenue.

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months. This includes certain of our PM-HIP contracts that contain remaining performance obligations, including the cancellable portion of the contract value for contracts that provide the customer with a right to terminate for convenience, where we generally would receive payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. Our backlog includes contracts and/or purchase orders, and fluctuations in backlog are driven primarily by the timing of large contract wins. Our backlog may also include, as of any date of estimation, change orders for any project that have been formally contracted. Change orders may increase or decrease the amount we ultimately bill for a particular project, causing us to realize more or less revenue from a project than was reflected in our backlog as of the date of estimation. Additionally, prior to categorizing a project as part of our backlog, we maintain a running list of projects that are in an advanced stage of active bidding and discussion, including potential change orders for current projects, but for which the customer has not yet confirmed the commercial terms, the value of the contract and/or the scope of our work. These projects are tracked for project planning and budgeting of the business. Once the terms of these projects are further progressed in line with our backlog criteria, they are recorded in our backlog.

Our PM-HIP contracts and our defense-related contracts and subcontracts are generally subject to termination for convenience clauses, while our powder purchase orders generally do not contain termination for convenience rights. If a customer cancels a contract before the full exercise of the agreement, we may not receive the full revenue from these orders but would generally be entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. In addition, our backlog is typically subject to large variations from quarter to quarter and comparisons of backlog from period to period are not necessarily indicative of future revenues. Moreover, changes in the defense priorities of government customers could cause funding to be reallocated to address other emerging threats. As a result, the contracts comprising our backlog may not result in actual revenue in any particular period, or at all, and the actual revenue from such contracts may differ from our backlog estimates. The timing of receipt of revenues, if any, on projects included in the backlog could change because many factors and adjustments to contracts may also occur. The failure to realize some portion of our backlog could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our business is subject to significant customer concentration, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers, and we expect this customer concentration to continue for the foreseeable future. Our backlog is subject to such customer concentration risk. As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, the top two customers in our backlog represented approximately 75% and 84%, respectively, of the total dollar value of our backlog. Any disruption in our business with those customers, whether as a result of changes in such customers’ demand for products or services, adverse changes in the customer’s industry generally or other challenges in securing or renewing contracts, could have a material adverse impact on us.

24


Table of Contents

 

There are inherent risks whenever a large percentage of total backlog or revenue is concentrated with a limited number of customers. It is possible that, for the foreseeable future, a small number of customers will continue to account for a disproportionate share of our backlog and revenue.

Our industry is characterized by long production cycles, significant lead times, and substantial capital requirements, each of which may heighten the impact of customer concentration on our business. Our PM-HIP contracts are often awarded on a program-by-program basis following competitive qualification and bidding processes, and we generally do not have long-term volume commitments from our customers. A significant customer may unilaterally reduce or discontinue purchases from us at any time, qualify alternative suppliers, or experience delays or cancellations in its own programs that reduce demand for our materials. In addition, any merger, acquisition, or change of control involving a significant customer could result in the loss of, or a material reduction in, orders from that customer if the successor entity elects to use different suppliers or renegotiates existing supply arrangements on less favorable terms.

We are also exposed to the credit risk and financial condition of our customers. A significant customer may encounter financial difficulties, delay or reduce orders, seek to renegotiate pricing or other contractual terms, or fail to fulfill its obligations under existing contracts. The sectors in which our customers operate are often capital-intensive, and our customers' ability to sustain their procurement and production activities depends on their access to government appropriations, defense budgets, commercial aircraft order volumes, and capital markets. Any reduction in defense spending, decline in commercial demand, disruption in supply chains, or deterioration in general economic conditions could impair our customers' financial condition and their demand for our products. The loss of any significant customer, a material reduction in orders from any such customer, or the failure of any such customer to perform its contractual obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Moreover, our dependence on a concentrated customer base may limit our bargaining power in contract negotiations and could result in unfavorable pricing, terms, or conditions that adversely affect our profit margins. We cannot assure you that we will be able to diversify our customer base, that our existing customers will continue to purchase our products at current levels, or that, if we experience a loss of business from a significant customer, we will be able to obtain replacement business on comparable terms or at all.

A considerable portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to contracts with the U.S. government. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

Our direct exposure to U.S. government contracting risk arises principally through our PM-HIP components, which we supply for defense and naval programs, including as a subcontractor to U.S. government prime contractors and to government-affiliated laboratories and research institutions. We have more indirect exposure through our powder business, where the powder we sell to our customers may ultimately be incorporated into products sold to the U.S. government or its departments and agencies. As a result, we are exposed to many of the same regulatory schemes as the U.S. government programs, prime contractors and customers we support. U.S. government contracts and subcontracts are subject to termination by the government, either for convenience or for default in the event of a failure to perform under the applicable contract. If such a contract is terminated for convenience, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. If a contract is terminated for default, we could be liable for payments made to us for undelivered goods or services, additional costs the government incurs in acquiring undelivered goods or services from another source, and any other damages it suffers.

In addition, a reduction in overall DoW or other government spending, on an absolute or inflation-adjusted basis, because of shifting priorities, budget compromises or otherwise could adversely affect our business. Budget uncertainty, the growing U.S. national debt, the ability of the U.S. Congress to determine how to allocate the available resources and pass appropriations bills, the potential for U.S. government shutdowns, the use of continuing resolutions, and the federal debt ceiling can adversely affect our customers and our sales. If appropriations or grants are delayed, if federal spending is broadly reduced, or if a government shutdown were to occur and continue for an extended period, we could be at risk of reduced orders, program cancellations and other disruptions and nonpayment. When the U.S. government operates under a continuing resolution, new contract and program starts are restricted, and funding for our customers’ programs may be unavailable, reduced or delayed. Any delays in the completion of future U.S. government budgets could delay procurement of the products we provide or the grants which we receive. Specifically, DoW’s

25


Table of Contents

 

changes in funding priorities could reduce opportunities in existing programs and in future programs or initiatives where we intend to compete and where we have made investments.

Additionally, certain opportunities may require us to have personnel security clearances, and we currently only have one employee with security clearance. While we are in the process of sponsoring additional employees for security clearance, such sponsorships may be unsuccessful or take longer than expected. We do not expect our performance of classified contracts will require us to obtain a facility security clearance, but if a facility clearance becomes required or we determine to seek such clearance, the clearance process may be time-consuming, costly and impost stringent requirements on us.

Our powder business depends on additive manufacturing systems and processes that we do not control, and technological changes in those systems and processes could reduce demand for our powders.

We sell our refractory and titanium alloy powders, directly and through distributors, as feedstock to customers who design, manufacture and operate additive manufacturing systems, and our powders are qualified to specific systems, processes and material specifications. The additive manufacturing market is subject to continuous innovation and technological change, including continuing advances in systems and processes, the emergence of new alloys, particle specifications, standards and certifications, and shifts in customer requirements and preferences. Because we do not control the additive manufacturing systems or processes into which our powders are incorporated, our success depends on the continued competitiveness and adoption of our customers’ systems. If our customers’ systems are rendered obsolete or lose market share to competing technologies, if the industry transitions to processes or materials for which our powders are not qualified, or if new standards or certifications require us to re-qualify our powders, demand for our powders could decline, we could incur significant time and expense to qualify our powders to new requirements, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes in the U.S. political environment and federal policies, including a reduction in or reversal of policies that currently support domestic manufacturing, reshoring and critical materials, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We currently benefit from a favorable U.S. federal policy environment for domestic producers of critical materials and advanced manufacturing, including increased defense spending and federal policies that support reshoring, domestic supply chains, and domestic additive and advanced manufacturing, and that reduce the competitiveness of foreign producers. These policies are subject to change with shifts in the U.S. political environment, and there is no assurance that they will continue, be funded, or be implemented in a manner that benefits us. A reduction in or reversal of these policies, changes in research grant funding policy, changes in tax laws or tax incentives, or a decline in government spending could reduce demand for our products, limit our access to government funding and incentives, and erode our competitive position relative to foreign producers. In addition, while the designation of titanium and refractory metals as critical materials has generally supported domestic producers such as us, changes in such designations, or trade or export restrictions arising from critical-materials status, could increase our costs or restrict our ability to sell our products. If any such changes adversely affect our business, we may incur additional costs and have to obtain funding from other sources, and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may fail to implement our strategic capital projects successfully, which could adversely impact our results of operations and keep us from achieving our goals.

In order to develop, scale and enhance our refractory and titanium alloy powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing capabilities, we have previously undertaken, and expect to undertake, strategic capital projects, including the expansion of production capacity. Our ability to achieve increased revenues or otherwise realize acceptable returns on these investments or other strategic capital projects is subject to risks, many of which are beyond our control, including a variety of market, operational, permitting and labor-related factors. If we are not able to achieve the anticipated results from the implementation of our strategic capital projects, or if we incur unanticipated implementation costs or delays, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

For example, we have placed a binding order for our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer, which we expect to be commissioned at our McDonald, Tennessee facility in June 2027. Due to the long lead time to procure, install and commission such complex equipment, if we were to experience any delays in the process, such delays could have a negative impact on planned production capabilities and our ability to develop and deliver our products to our customers

26


Table of Contents

 

within the time periods they expect, as well as our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may determine, after equipment has been installed and commissioned, that it must be modified, re-engineered or rebuilt to meet operational, quality, safety or regulatory requirements that were not fully identified at the time of installation. Any such rework could require unplanned capital expenditures and result in production downtime, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Further, we periodically undertake maintenance activities, routine or otherwise, involving facilities and pieces of equipment that are key to our operations. It is possible that unanticipated maintenance needs could result in equipment outages that are longer, or costs that exceed, those originally anticipated, including those related to the May 2026 flash fires. Significant repair delays or unanticipated costs associated with these activities could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Prices for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components are subject to unpredictable fluctuations.

We expect our future revenues to be derived from the sale of our refractory and titanium alloy powders, including refractory alloy powders such as niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium alloys, and from the manufacture and sale of our PM-HIP components. The prices we are able to realize for these products may fluctuate and are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including the prices of the underlying metals, competition from other powder producers and manufacturers, the availability of competing products and manufacturing methods, customer purchasing decisions and negotiating leverage, and broader economic and geopolitical conditions, including the level of inflation, tariffs and interest rates. Increases in production capacity by us or by new or existing competitors could place downward pressure on prices, and we may be unable to predict the timing or extent of any such capacity additions. If we are unable to realize prices for our products sufficient to cover our costs and provide an adequate margin, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We depend on our ability to successfully access the capital and financial markets. Any inability to access the capital or financial markets may limit our ability to fund our ongoing operations, execute our business plan or pursue investments that we may rely on for future profit and growth.

Until we achieve commercial production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components at scale, we will continue to incur operating and investing net cash outflows. As a result, we rely on access to capital markets as a source of funding for our capital and operating requirements. We will require substantial additional capital to fund and scale our ongoing operations. We cannot assure you that such additional funding will be available to us on satisfactory terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, as needed and at competitive rates, our ability to implement our business plan and strategy will be adversely affected. Certain market disruptions may increase our cost of borrowing or affect our ability to access financial markets. Such market disruptions could result from: high inflation; tariffs; bank failures; credit market disruptions; adverse economic conditions; adverse capital market conditions; adverse market conditions for our powders and components; decrease in the demand for our powders and components; or adverse regulatory actions that affect our business plans.

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business.

Attempts to gain unauthorized access to our information technology or manufacturing systems are expected to become more sophisticated over time. These attempts, which might be related to industrial or other espionage, include covertly introducing malware to our computers and networks and impersonating authorized users, among others. We seek to detect and investigate all security incidents and to prevent their recurrence, but in some cases, we might be unaware of an incident or its magnitude and effects until substantial damage or disruption has occurred. The theft, unauthorized use, or publication of our intellectual property or confidential business information could harm our competitive position, reduce the value of our investment in research and development and other strategic initiatives or otherwise adversely affect our business. In addition, the devotion of additional resources to the security of our

27


Table of Contents

 

information technology systems in the future could significantly increase the cost of doing business or otherwise adversely impact our financial results.

We depend on key management employees.

The responsibility of overseeing the day-to-day operations and strategic management of our business depends substantially on our senior management and key personnel. Loss of such personnel may have an adverse effect on our performance. The success of our operations will depend upon numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including our ability to attract and retain key employees and hire qualified management, technical, engineering, manufacturing and sales personnel. We currently depend upon a relatively small number of key persons to seek out and form strategic alliances and find and retain additional employees. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining the personnel required to grow and operate our business profitably.

Our business could be adversely affected if our reputation is harmed.

Our reputation is important to the success of our business. If our reputation is damaged as a result of our actions or by events outside of our control, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, successfully and promptly, the underlying causes of any reputational harm, we may be unsuccessful in repairing any damage to our reputation and our future business prospects would likely be adversely affected.

Lawsuits may be filed against us and an adverse ruling in any such lawsuit may adversely affect our business, financial condition or liquidity or the market price of our common stock.

The refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components we supply may be used in potentially hazardous or critical applications, including defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy and industrial applications, that could result in death, personal injury, property damage, loss of production, punitive damages and consequential damages. Actual or claimed defects in the products we supply could result in our being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting potentially large claims. The outcome of outstanding, pending or future proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and may be determined adversely to us and as a result, could have a material adverse effect on our assets, liabilities, business, financial condition or results of operations. Even if we prevail in any such legal proceeding, the proceedings could be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of management and key personnel from our business operations, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

We expect to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our near-term revenue.

We currently have purchase orders with a limited number of customers, from which we expect to generate most of our revenues in the near future. For example, for the six months ended June 30, 2026, Titomic Limited represented 41% of our revenue and Continuum Powders Corporation represented 27% of our revenue. Because we rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues, we depend on the financial strength and solvency of these customers. Should one or more of our significant customers experience financial difficulties or declare bankruptcy, be declared insolvent or otherwise be restricted by state or federal laws or regulation from continuing in some or all of their operations, this could adversely affect our ongoing revenues, the collectability of our accounts receivable and our net income.

If our suppliers become unavailable or inadequate, our customer relationships, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We acquire certain of our materials, which are critical to the ongoing operation and future growth of our business, from third parties. We face risks from financial difficulties or other uncertainties experienced by our suppliers, distributors or other third parties on which we rely, including the third-party provider that will operate our argon recycling system. While we have entered into long-term supply agreements for certain critical inputs, including argon and other industrial gases and a portion of our titanium bar feedstock that we source from a domestic supplier, we do not have long-term agreements covering many of the materials we purchase, and many of our suppliers are not obligated to continue selling materials to us beyond accepted purchase orders. In particular, we currently source the majority of our titanium bar feedstock from suppliers located in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) on a purchase-order basis, without the protection of a long-term supply agreement. As a result, a substantial portion of our titanium bar feedstock is

28


Table of Contents

 

subject to the risk of supply interruption, price increases, tariffs, and trade or export restrictions, including the export-control and trade-related risks described elsewhere in these risk factors. Our reliance on these suppliers involves significant risks and uncertainties, including whether the suppliers will provide an adequate supply of required materials of sufficient quality, will increase prices for the materials and will perform their obligations on a timely basis. Certain suppliers have long lead times, which we cannot control. If third parties are unable to supply us with required materials or components or otherwise assist us in operating our business, our business could be harmed. In addition, disclosure required by the SEC’s conflict minerals regulations could result in adverse publicity or force us to use alternative suppliers which may increase our costs and adversely impact the supply-chain for our products.

While most manufacturing equipment and materials for our products are available from multiple suppliers, certain of those items are only available from limited sources. Should any of these suppliers become unavailable or inadequate, or impose terms unacceptable to us, such as increased pricing terms, we could be required to spend a significant amount of time and expense to develop alternate sources of supply, and we may not be successful in doing so on terms acceptable to us, or at all. As a result, the loss of a limited source supplier could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Availability of, and volatility in the prices of, raw materials and energy prices and our ability to pass along increased costs to our customers could adversely affect our results of operations.

The prices and availability of raw materials critical to our business, including the titanium and refractory metal alloy electrodes (containing metals such as niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium) that we atomize into our powders, and the non-reactive metal alloy powders, such as copper, aluminum and stainless steel alloys, that we purchase from third parties for use in our PM-HIP manufacturing, are based on global supply and demand conditions. The refractory metals contained in the alloy electrodes we purchase are relatively scarce, are produced and traded in smaller volumes than titanium, and have historically experienced greater price volatility, and a substantial portion of global supply is concentrated in a limited number of countries. The non-reactive metal alloy powders we purchase for our PM-HIP manufacturing are more widely available, but the suppliers that produce them are at times capacity-constrained, which can extend lead times and delay our receipt of these powders, and any such delay or reduction in supply could disrupt our PM-HIP operations. Certain raw materials used by us are only available from a limited number of suppliers, and it may be difficult to find alternative suppliers at the same or similar costs. There is no guarantee that we will be able to pass through the price of raw materials to our customers, and volatility in the prices of raw materials (including as a result of macroeconomic conditions and geopolitical events) may affect long-term customer demand for our products or may shift existing specifications to new alloys. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources for a number of activities connected with our business, such as the production and transportation of raw materials and finished products. The availability and pricing of these resources are subject to market forces that are beyond our control.

The relationship between the United States and the PRC has faced increased challenges in recent years. Because the PRC possesses the world’s largest tungsten and molybdenum reserves, and a significant majority of rare earth mineral mining, refining and production capacity, any actions that it may take to restrict or withhold tungsten, molybdenum or rare earth mineral products, such as magnets, could result in global shortages and harm our business. The tensions between the United States and the PRC are amplified by the ongoing trade conflicts between the two countries, and there is significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the two countries with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations, and tariffs. For example, effective February 4, 2025, the PRC introduced new controls on the export of tungsten, and in October 2025, the PRC’s Ministry of Commerce reiterated plans to continue stringent export license restrictions on tungsten into 2026–2027. While we purchase our tungsten in electrode form exclusively from U.S. suppliers, the controls had an immediate impact on the international tungsten market, affecting the global supply of tungsten and causing prices to surge over 800%, from $330 per metric ton unit on January 1, 2025, to over $3,000 per metric ton unit on March 31, 2026. The PRC has similarly announced plans for stringent export license restrictions on rare earth minerals and related compounds, metals and magnets, including the possible denial of licensure to any companies affiliated with foreign militaries. As a result of these export controls, the cost of production of our products may increase, and our operating margins could be reduced if we are unable to pass through the increase in sourced materials to our customers. Restrictions on supply may mean that we are unable to fulfill orders in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

 

Energy, principally in the form of electricity, is a significant manufacturing input to the production of our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. Energy and utility prices, including electricity and water prices, are volatile and subject to conflicting economic and governmental interests at the local, regional, national and global levels and to trade disruptions. Long-term macro-economic forecasts for energy demand, including demand driven by the anticipated need for data centers to support artificial intelligence computing processes, are expected to add volatility to, and lead to increases of, energy market pricing. Increased supplier and customer operating costs arising from volatility in the prices of energy sources, such as increased energy and utility costs and transportation costs, could be passed through to us, and we may not be able to increase our product prices sufficiently or at all to offset such increased costs.

The impact of any volatility on the prices of energy or the raw materials on which we rely, including the reduction in demand for our products caused by such price volatility, could result in a loss of revenue and adversely affect our results of operations.

Ongoing military and trade conflicts may affect demand for our products and could create supply chain challenges.

Ongoing military conflicts in the Middle East and Europe have created uncertainty in global trade and energy markets. As a supplier to the defense and aerospace industries, with technology supporting active efforts across the DoW and the U.S. Navy, we may experience increased demand for our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components from government and defense customers. While such increased demand could benefit our business, our ability to meet this demand may be constrained by production capacity limitations and the need to comply with heightened regulatory requirements for defense-related contracts. Any failure to meet delivery timelines or quality standards could expose us to contractual penalties, reputational harm, and loss of future business opportunities.

Although we manufacture our products in our McDonald, Tennessee facility and have developed multiple suppliers to help assure availability of supply, existing and future military conflicts may contribute to increased costs for energy or certain materials, delays from individual suppliers, or broader economic uncertainty that affects our customers’ capital expenditure decisions.

Risks Related to Our Technology and Our Intellectual Property Rights

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business and competitive position could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our proprietary technology, processes and know-how, including our atomization processes, powder and post-processing parameters, and proprietary modeling and simulation software. We rely primarily on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information, together with copyright, confidentiality and invention-assignment agreements with our employees, contractors and counterparties, to establish and protect our rights. We currently hold no issued patents and have one pending U.S. patent application; that application may not result in an issued patent, or may issue with claims narrower than we seek, and until it does we will have no patent protection for the related technology. We hold no registered trademarks and rely on common-law rights in our name and logo. As a result, our intellectual property protections may be more limited than those of competitors with established patent and trademark portfolios.

Trade secrets and know-how are difficult to protect. Our confidentiality and invention-assignment agreements may be breached, may not provide adequate remedies, or may be held unenforceable, and our other security measures may be insufficient to prevent unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure, including through cyber intrusion. Trade-secret protection does not prevent competitors from independently developing or reverse-engineering equivalent technology. Monitoring and policing unauthorized use is difficult and costly, particularly outside the United States, where intellectual property laws may afford less protection and enforcement may be more expensive and uncertain. Any enforcement efforts, including litigation, could be time-consuming and expensive, could divert management’s attention, could provoke counterclaims, and could result in a determination that narrows or invalidates our rights.

30


Table of Contents

 

We may become subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly and may subject us to significant liability and increased costs of doing business.

Companies holding patents or other intellectual property rights relating to metal powder production and PM-HIP manufacturing may bring suits alleging infringement of such rights by us or otherwise asserting rights in or licenses to our technologies. These claims may damage our brand and reputation, harm our customer relationships, and result in liability for us. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time-consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate, and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. If it is determined that we have infringed upon a third party’s intellectual property rights, we may be required to cease using the challenged intellectual property, and we may be subject to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights, and may require us to indemnify our customers for liabilities they incur as a result of such claims. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses.

Alternatively, we could be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant time, effort, and expense, and may affect the performance or characteristics of our products. If we cannot license or develop alternative non-infringing substitutes for any infringing technology used in any aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of our products and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

If our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components fail to meet required customer specifications, our technology and products may become less competitive and our results of operations may be harmed.

Even if we are able to scale commercial production of our powders and components, our products may not meet required specifications that may cause them to not perform as expected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to detect and fix any defects in our products prior to sale. Further, our powders must meet the requirements of the additive manufacturing systems and processes our customers use to manufacture their products, and our PM-HIP components must meet the requirements of the systems and assemblies into which they are incorporated. If our products fail to perform as expected, we may face liability, lose customers or customers may delay or terminate orders, each of which could adversely affect our business, prospects and results of operations.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We are subject to U.S. export control, defense trade and economic sanctions laws, and changes in, or violations of, these laws could restrict our operations, expose us to penalties, and adversely affect our business.

Our products and technology are subject to U.S. export controls, including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of State and the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce, as well as U.S. economic sanctions laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). We are registered with the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls as a manufacturer of defense articles, and certain of our metal alloy powders and related technical data are controlled under the EAR and/or ITAR. Compliance with these regimes requires us to, among other things, correctly classify our products and technology, screen customers and counterparties, restrict access to controlled technical data by non-U.S. persons, obtain any required licenses or other authorizations for certain exports, re-exports or transfers, and maintain related records. These requirements are complex, and our compliance measures may prove inadequate.

Violations of export controls or defense trade or sanctions laws — even if inadvertent — can result in significant civil and criminal penalties, including fines, loss or suspension of export privileges, debarment from government contracting, and reputational harm, and can lead to government investigations that are costly and divert management’s attention. Because we supply the U.S. defense and naval industrial base and our technology constitutes “critical technology” for purposes of U.S. foreign-investment regulations, we may also be subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny, including review by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”).

31


Table of Contents

 

The U.S. export control and sanctions regimes are subject to ongoing change and have been the focus of increasing regulatory and enforcement activity, including with respect to advanced materials, additive manufacturing and technologies viewed as critical to national security, and with respect to trade with China. As a result, our products, technology and related activities could become subject to additional or more restrictive export controls, licensing requirements, reporting obligations, record keeping requirements, end-use or end-user restrictions, or other regulatory conditions in the United States or abroad. Any such changes could limit our ability to sell to, or share technology with, certain customers, markets or partners; require us to obtain licenses that may not be granted or may be granted on unfavorable terms or after significant delay; increase our compliance costs; delay or prevent shipments; and require changes to our products, processes or operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We will face risks associated with the potential growth of our business within certain heavily regulated industry verticals.

We market and sell our products to customers in heavily regulated industry verticals, including the defense and aerospace industries. As a result, we face additional regulatory scrutiny, risks, and burdens from the governmental entities and agencies that regulate those industries. Entering new heavily regulated verticals and expanding in those verticals in which we are already operating will continue to require significant resources to address potential regulatory scrutiny, risks, and burdens, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will be successful or beneficial to us. Additionally, our customers may face evolving industry standards and regulations, which require us to change our products to allow us to continue to serve such customers. If we are unable to successfully penetrate these verticals, maintain or grow our market share in such verticals in which we already operate or cost-effectively comply with governmental and regulatory requirements applicable to our activities with customers in such verticals, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be harmed.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and noncompliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

We are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and similar laws in the United States and other countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, which have been enforced aggressively and are interpreted broadly, prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making or offering improper payments or other benefits to government officials and others in the private sector. We leverage third parties to supply the raw materials needed to produce our refractory and titanium alloy powders and PM-HIP components. We and these third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, suppliers and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, and we may be ultimately held responsible. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, severe criminal or civil sanctions, settlements, prosecution, loss of export privileges, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage and other consequences. Any investigations, actions or sanctions could materially harm our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on developing and maintaining relationships with local communities and other stakeholders and our ability to obtain and renew governmental permits to achieve our business plans, a process that is often costly and time-consuming.

Our success depends on developing and maintaining productive relationships with the communities surrounding our operations in McDonald, Tennessee and other stakeholders in such location. Notwithstanding our ongoing efforts, local communities and stakeholders can become dissatisfied with our activities, which may result in legal or administrative proceedings or campaigns against us, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Obtaining and renewing governmental permits is a complex and time-consuming process. The timeliness and success of permitting efforts are contingent upon many variables not within our control, including the interpretation of permit approval requirements administered by the applicable permitting authority. We

32


Table of Contents

 

may not be able to obtain or renew permits that are necessary to our operations or we may find that the cost and time required to obtain or renew such permits exceeds our expectations, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business plans or our prospective or actual revenues and profitability. In addition, private parties, such as environmental activists, frequently attempt to intervene in the permitting process and to persuade regulators to deny necessary permits or seek to overturn permits that have been issued. These third-party actions can materially increase the costs and cause delays in the permitting process and could cause us to delay, curtail or abandon planned operations or expansion at our facility.

Compliance with environmental regulations and litigation based on environmental regulations could require significant expenditures.

Environmental regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land development, and set forth limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. In connection with our current business operations, we may incur environmental costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any failure to remedy an environmental problem could require us to suspend operations or enter into interim compliance measures pending completion of the required remedy. Moreover, government authorities and private parties may bring lawsuits based upon damage to property and injury to persons resulting from the environmental, health and safety impacts of our operations. We cannot assure you that any such law, regulation, enforcement or private claim would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we violate or fail to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, we could be subject to penalties, restrictions on operations or other sanctions. Such liability could materially adversely affect our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.

As a result of listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses in the future periods that we did not incur prior to such listing. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC, have imposed various requirements on public companies including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and internal controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and we may need to add additional personnel and build our internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. Because we expect that our shares will remain listed on the ASX in addition to listing our common stock on Nasdaq, we will be subject to the listing and continuing-obligation requirements of two exchanges and two regulatory regimes, and we expect to incur additional and partially overlapping compliance, reporting and administrative costs as a result of maintaining this dual listing. While we expect our U.S. regulatory obligations to be the more significant driver of these costs, the dual listing will require us to satisfy continuing obligations in both jurisdictions, increasing our overall compliance burden and the demands on our management and personnel beyond those we would incur if our securities were listed on a single exchange. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our senior management. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company in the United States, we could be subject to the delisting of our common stock by Nasdaq, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation. Our stock is also listed on the ASX and, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a listed company on such exchange, we could be subject to the delisting of our common stock by the ASX, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Changes in tax laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate. We operate across multiple jurisdictions, and the applicable tax laws are increasingly complex and the application of which can be uncertain. Changes in tax laws, as well as other factors, could cause us to experience fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rates and otherwise adversely affect our tax positions. For example, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, enacted on July 4, 2025, introduced significant changes to U.S. tax law. Additionally, we may be subject to examination by tax authorities on income, employment, and other tax matters. Although we regularly assess the adequacy of our tax provisions, there can

33


Table of Contents

 

be no assurance that such provisions will be sufficient or will not be subject to challenge or that an adverse determination would not have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, our tax provision involves significant judgment and uncertainty, and fluctuations in our ultimate tax liabilities could materially affect our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be limited.

As of December 31, 2025, we had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes and Australian tax purposes of approximately $29.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. Our federal NOL carryforwards generated in 2018 or later of $29.6 million may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such carryforwards generally is limited to 80% of our current year taxable income. While our Australia NOL carryforwards of $21.4 million may be carried forward indefinitely, we do not expect to use such NOLs, as we do not expect to generate revenue in Australia. In addition, we have $22.5 million of U.S. state NOLs that will begin to expire in 2044.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership by “5% shareholders” over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research and development tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. As a result, in the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced an ownership change, or if we experience one or more ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset U.S. federal taxable liability may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. Furthermore, our state NOL carryforwards may be subject to similar and additional limitations under applicable state tax law.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and CDIs

Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change in control.

Our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 41.8% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. In particular, Pegasus Growth Capital and affiliated funds (collectively, “Pegasus”) is our largest stockholder and beneficially owned an aggregate of 31.3% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Hank J. Holland, is the general partner of Pegasus. As a result, these stockholders will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents and approval of significant corporate transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree, and which may be adverse to your interests. The influence of such stockholders may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

An active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq may not be developed or sustained, and the trading price for our common stock may be volatile and affected by economic conditions beyond our control.

We plan to list our common stock on Nasdaq in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and our CDIs are currently listed on the ASX. However, a liquid public market in the United States for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which means you may experience a decrease in the value of your common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations and we cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some specific factors that could adversely affect the price of our common stock or the trading volume for such shares include actual or expected changes in our prospects or operating results; changes in our public guidance regarding our financial results or business plans; changes in actual or anticipated demand for our products; general economic conditions; and the liquidity of U.S. and Australian trading markets. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders often instituted securities class action litigation against that company. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert

34


Table of Contents

 

the attention of senior management and, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our shares of our common stock following this offering will be listed to trade on Nasdaq in U.S. dollars and our CDIs will be listed to trade on the ASX in Australian dollars, and this may result in price variations.

Our shares of our common stock will be listed to trade on Nasdaq in U.S. dollars and our CDIs will be listed to trade on the ASX in Australian dollars. Dual-listing may result in price variations between the exchanges due to a number of factors, including currency fluctuations or investor perception of the different securities or exchanges. In addition, the exchanges are open for trade at different times of the day and the two exchanges also have differing vacation schedules. Differences in the trading schedules, as well as volatility in the exchange rate of the two currencies, among other factors, may result in different trading prices for our Common Stock and CDIs on the two exchanges. Other external influences, such as localized market sentiment, may have differing effects on the trading price of our Common Stock and CDIs on the two exchanges.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

We, our directors, our officers and Pegasus have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements under which we will, subject to specific exceptions described in the section titled “Underwriting,” not to offer, sell, or transfer such securities for 90 days (for us) or 180 days (for our directors, officers and Pegasus) following the date of this prospectus. The parties subject to lock-up agreements beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.5% of the shares of our outstanding common stock as of August 27, 2026. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market either before this offering or after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time.

In addition, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement to register shares reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans. Upon effectiveness of that registration statement, subject to the satisfaction of applicable vesting restrictions and the expiration or waiver of the lock-up agreements referred to above, the shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options will be available for immediate resale in the public market.

Sales of our common stock as restrictions end or pursuant to registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the trading price of our securities to fall and make it more difficult for you to sell shares of our common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

We may not ultimately realize certain expected benefits of our redomiciliation from Australia to the State of Delaware.

In June 2026, we completed our redomiciliation from Australia to the State of Delaware (the “Redomiciliation”) whereby Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity interests in Amaero Ltd, an Australian public limited liability company. Our objectives in effecting the Redomiciliation were, among other things, to:

•
position us in a larger, deeper capital market in the United States;
•
provide us with access to a broader U.S. investor pool that previously could not, or were unlikely to, invest in non-U.S. securities;
•
improve our access to lower-cost U.S. debt and equity capital markets, which are larger and more diverse than Australian capital markets;
•
simplify our corporate structure for potential strategic transactions in the United States; and

35


Table of Contents

 

•
enable us to negotiate potentially less restrictive measures to mitigate foreign ownership, control and influence concerns in our pursuit of classified contracts with the DoW and other federal government customers.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to realize any of the above benefits of the Redomiciliation. However, we did incur significant non-recurring costs associated with the Redomiciliation, including legal fees, accountants’ fees, proxy solicitor fees, and filing fees. While it is expected that the benefits of the Redomiciliation will offset these transaction costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the short-term or at all. These combined factors could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The dual listing of our securities in Australia and the United States may adversely affect the liquidity and value of our common stock in the United States.

CDIs representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock are listed on the ASX and we plan to list such shares of our common stock on Nasdaq. Accordingly, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules as well as associated Australian regulatory requirements in respect of our CDIs and ASX listing.

We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our common stock, and we may in the future seek to delist the trading of our securities on the ASX. Nasdaq and the ASX have different trading hours, trading characteristics (including trading volume and liquidity), trading and listing rules, and investor bases (including different levels of retail and institutional participation), and as a result of these differences, the trading prices of our CDIs and our common stock may not be the same (despite allowing for currency differences). Additionally, the dual listing of our securities may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq. The price of our common stock on Nasdaq could also be adversely affected by trading in our CDIs on the ASX. In addition, the securities listed on the two exchanges are different instruments: our CDIs trade on the ASX, while our common stock will trade on Nasdaq, and a holder seeking to move between the two markets must convert CDIs into shares of our common stock, or shares of our common stock into CDIs. This conversion process takes time, and during the conversion period the holder remains exposed to movements in the price of our securities and in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate, which may discourage holders from moving between markets and further limit liquidity. Moreover, because our CDIs and our common stock trade in different currencies, in different time zones and in markets with limited overlapping trading hours, the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX and the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq may diverge, and developments may be reflected in the price in one market before the other.

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock relative to the price of our CDIs.

The price of our CDIs is quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX, and the price of our common stock will be quoted in U.S. dollars on Nasdaq. Movements in the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate may adversely affect the U.S. dollar price of the common stock and the U.S. dollar equivalent of the price of our CDIs. If the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, the U.S. dollar price of the common stock could decline, even if the price of our CDIs in Australian dollars increases or remains unchanged.

The market price of our common stock may be adversely affected by arbitrage activities.

Investors may seek to profit by exploiting differences in the price of our shares of common stock as reflected by the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX and the trading price of our shares of common stock on Nasdaq. Such arbitrage activities could cause the price of our common stock or the CDIs, as the case may be, in the market with the higher value to decrease to the price set by the market with the lower value or could otherwise adversely affect the market price of our common stock on Nasdaq. These arbitrage risks may be increased by the fact that our common stock will be quoted in U.S. dollars on Nasdaq while our CDIs will be quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX, which may also give investors the opportunity to exploit the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on the market price of our common stock and our CDIs.

36


Table of Contents

 

Certain of our outstanding securities may dilute the value of our common stock, and the issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

As of June 30, 2026, we had CDIs covering 23,833,180 shares of common stock outstanding, warrants to purchase CDIs covering 642,049 shares of common stock outstanding, and 2,132,218 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options. To the extent that such securities are exercised, the ownership interests of our shares will be diluted. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to an aggregate of 150,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights, powers, and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Pursuant to our Plan, as of June 30, 2026, we may grant up to an aggregate of 483,307 shares of common stock and, pursuant to our 2026 Plan, we have reserved an additional 4,000,000 shares of common stock for future issuances. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, including the ASX Listing Rules, we may issue shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise. Any such issuances may result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.

Limitations on new share issuances under the ASX Listing Rules may significantly limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock or other securities when such additional capital is required. In particular, the ASX Listing Rules currently prohibit us from issuing, during any 12-month period, shares of our common stock in an amount greater than 15% of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

The foregoing ASX Listing Rule is substantially more restrictive than the comparable Nasdaq rule and, as such, may significantly limit or prevent us from raising funds by issuing and selling shares of our common stock and which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the development of our business. Moreover, seeking stockholder approval to issue common stock is likely to take considerable time and expense and there can be no assurance that any such approval will be given in the future.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including:

•
presentation of only two years of audited financial statements and related financial disclosure;
•
exemption from the requirement to have our registered independent public accounting firm attest to management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;
•
exemption from compliance with the requirement of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements;
•
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
•
exemption from the requirement to hold non‑binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

37


Table of Contents

 

We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although we expect to not be an emerging growth company sooner. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

•
the last day of the fiscal year in which we have at least $1.235 billion in annual revenue;
•
the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;
•
the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or
•
the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies unless it otherwise irrevocably elects not to avail itself of this exemption. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be more volatile and may decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $2.85 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering as of June 30,2026 and an assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share. See the section titled “Dilution.”

Management will have broad discretion over the use of our proceeds from this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering include increasing our capitalization and financial flexibility and growing the U.S. public market for our stock, thereby enabling access to the U.S. public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtaining additional capital, and increasing our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of our proceeds. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be harmed.

We do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have not declared any dividends and do not anticipate that we will do so in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the development of our business. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding common stock will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors on the basis of our earnings, financial requirements and other relevant factors. As a result, a return on your investment will only occur if the

38


Table of Contents

 

price of our common stock appreciates. We cannot assure you that our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which you purchase the common stock. You may not realize a return on your investment in the common stock and you may even lose your entire investment in the common stock.

If U.S. securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our business, the market price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock on Nasdaq will be influenced by the research and reports that U.S. securities and industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts may discontinue research on us, to the extent such coverage currently exists, or in other cases, may never publish research on us. If no or too few U.S. securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause its price and trading volume to decline. In addition, research and reports that Australian securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our CDIs may impact the market price of the common stock in the United States.

If we fail to maintain proper internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

We are subject to the reporting obligations under the U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, has adopted rules requiring a public company to include a report of management on the effectiveness of such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, an independent registered public accounting firm for a public company must issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If in the future we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of our common stock could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to maintain the listing of our shares on Nasdaq.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to remediate this weakness or otherwise fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business, our stock price and access to the capital markets.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Following the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth and smaller reporting companies in the United States, and, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness relates solely to the information technology general controls for the accounting system that is relevant to the preparation of our financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and implement user access controls within that system to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to adequately restrict user and privileged

39


Table of Contents

 

access to appropriate personnel. As a result, certain business process controls that are dependent upon the affected information technology general controls were not designed and implemented appropriately to mitigate the segregation of duties and inappropriate access risk. This material weakness did not relate to, and did not affect, the banking portals through which payments and disbursements are made from our bank accounts, for which we maintained separate controls, including appropriate segregation of duties.

As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2025. This material weakness had not been remediated, and our internal control over financial reporting remained not effective, as of June 30, 2026.

This material weakness could increase the risk of unauthorized access to the information technology systems that support our financial reporting processes, manipulation of the data we use to produce our financial statements, and/or the lack of complete and accurate information, any of which could lead to a material misstatement of our account balances or disclosures and affect our ability to report our financial information on a timely basis. Although this material weakness did not result in any material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements for the periods presented that was identified as a result of this material weakness, this material weakness could lead to a material misstatement of our account balances or disclosures in the future that is not prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We have concluded that this material weakness occurred because, although our securities have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, prior to this offering we had not been subject to the internal control over financial reporting requirements applicable to public companies in the United States, and we did not have the systems, business processes and related internal control necessary to satisfy the accounting and financial reporting requirements of a company subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have begun to implement, and plan to undertake, the following measures to remediate this material weakness:

•
strengthening segregation of duties through both procedural changes and system-based controls, including hiring and retaining additional accounting, finance and information technology personnel; and
•
improving our information technology general controls, including controls over user access provisioning and termination, and privileged access monitoring.

We may incur significant costs in connection with remediating this material weakness. The material weakness will not be considered remediated until the applicable remediated controls have operated for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. We have not performed a formal evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to obtain an attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting will not be subject to independent audit or attestation for the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully remediate the material weakness described above or that we will not identify additional material weaknesses in the future. Even if we successfully remediate this material weakness, we cannot assure you that we will not suffer from this or other material weaknesses in the future.

If we fail to remediate this material weakness, or fail to otherwise maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and, once we are a public company, effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may be unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, which could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. Any of these outcomes could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, subject us to investigation by the SEC, the stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed or other regulatory authorities, and restrict our future access to the capital markets.

Our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains financial obligations and restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have entered into, and may continue to enter into, arrangements pursuant to which we have incurred or will incur significant indebtedness, including the credit agreement entered into by our wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”) with the Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM

40


Table of Contents

 

Bank”), which provides for a $26.1 million senior secured credit facility maturing on June 30, 2034 (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”). Following the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was fully drawn. Our ability to make payments on such debt, to repay such indebtedness when due, and to fund our business, operations, and capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate or raise cash in the future. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as utilizing available capital, selling assets, selling equity, or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic transactions, investments, and partnerships, any of which may impede the implementation of our business strategy, prevent us from entering into transactions that would otherwise benefit our business, and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Borrower’s obligations under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Amaero Inc. and certain of our subsidiaries. Such obligations are secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets financed with disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and a pledged cash collateral account, and we have expanded such collateral to include substantially all assets of the Borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. If we are unable to repay or otherwise refinance our indebtedness under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement when such indebtedness is due, or if any event of default occurs under such agreement, EXIM Bank could accelerate our outstanding obligations. In the event that EXIM Bank accelerates the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness and the lenders may seek to enforce their security interests in the collateral.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, make any substantial change in the scope or nature of our business or operations, merge or consolidate with other companies, sell all or substantially all of our assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur liens, pay cash dividends, repurchase or redeem our equity interests, enter into transactions with affiliates, and make investments in other businesses, subject in each case to customary exceptions. In addition, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement requires us to satisfy three financial covenants which will be tested quarterly beginning on September 30, 2027 or September 30, 2028, as applicable. Such covenants are a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum liquidity requirement and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to satisfy these financial covenants. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. Although the financial covenants are not tested until future periods, a breach of the covenants under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement could result in an event of default. If the facility is fully drawn, the principal remedy available to the lenders upon an event of default would be to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable.

Delaware law and provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws might delay, discourage or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult or delay or prevent changes in control of our management. Among other things, these provisions will:

•
authorize our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval;
•
permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;
•
establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that our directors may only be removed by stockholders for cause;

41


Table of Contents

 

•
permit stockholders to only take actions at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;
•
require that stockholders give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings;
•
eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors;
•
prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders; and
•
require a super-majority vote of stockholders to amend some of the provisions described above.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay, discourage or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions they desire, any of which, under certain circumstances, could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our bylaws designate a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, each of which may limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, or employees.

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action or proceeding asserting a claim for or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, stockholders, or officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, stockholder, or officer or other employee of us arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation, or remedy under, any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation, or our bylaws, or (4) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, such action or proceeding may be brought in another state court located within the State of Delaware (or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware). Nothing in our bylaws precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in federal court, subject to applicable law.

Section 22 of the Securities Act establishes concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over Securities Act claims. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to hear such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our bylaws also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims against us and our current and former directors, officers, stockholders, or other employees. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

Further, the enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court of law may rule that these types of provisions are

42


Table of Contents

 

inapplicable or unenforceable if they are challenged in a proceeding or otherwise. If a court were to find either exclusive forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur significant additional costs associated with resolving such dispute, as well as resolving such action in other jurisdictions, all of which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital.

As a result of listing our CDIs on the ASX, we are subject to the ASX Listing Rules, which may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to manage our business or raise additional capital. The ASX Listing Rules differ from and, in some cases, are more restrictive than the rules and requirements of Nasdaq, including restrictions that:

•
limit our non-executive director compensation to a maximum amount approved by stockholders in general meeting;
•
require that the terms of every class of our securities, including any preferred stock, be approved by the ASX;
•
prohibit us from removing or changing the voting rights or dividend rights (if any) of our securities, except in certain circumstances;
•
specify certain terms and conditions of our options and/or rights plans;
•
prohibit issuing our equity securities without stockholder approval in the three months after we receive any notice in writing that a person proposes to make a takeover bid for the Company;
•
limit the issuance of our restricted (escrowed) securities; and
•
prohibit “golden parachutes” or other termination benefits for our officers upon a change in ownership or control of the Company.

These ASX Listing Rules may, in some cases, limit our ability to take certain actions that would otherwise be permitted under Nasdaq rules and may affect our ability to manage our business and to attract and retain key management and scientific personnel. In addition, the ASX Listing Rules include approval and reporting requirements that differ from the requirements under the Nasdaq rules, such as requirements to:

•
comply with required timetables for the issuance of our equity securities;
•
deliver notice to the ASX prior to the release of our restricted (escrowed) securities;
•
file quarterly, half-yearly and annual periodic reports that include specific disclosures required by the ASX Listing Rules;
•
obtain stockholder approval for certain related-party transactions and for securities issuances to our directors;
•
deliver drafts to the ASX of charter documents, debt and convertible securities documents, certain meeting notices and documents sent to certain holders of our securities; and
•
prior to release to any other person, release announcements through the ASX as the central collection point for market sensitive information.

Compliance with these additional ASX Listing Rules will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities or transactions more difficult, time-consuming or costly, may limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock or other securities and increase demand on our systems and resources. We applied to the ASX for, and received, certain waivers from the application of some of the

43


Table of Contents

 

ASX Listing Rules, however such waivers will not afford us relief from all of the increased restrictions and requirements imposed by the ASX Listing Rules.

Increases in our costs and expenses associated with compliance with the ASX Listing Rules will adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, limitations on new share issuances under the ASX Listing Rules may limit or prevent us from raising additional capital by issuing and selling shares of our common stock or other securities when such additional capital is required, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and the development of our business. See “—Our ability to raise additional capital may be significantly limited by the ASX Listing Rules that limit the amount of common stock that we are permitted to issue without stockholder approval.”

Our outstanding CDIs will be listed on the ASX and will be freely tradable in the public markets in Australia.

Trading in our CDIs may have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq. Our common stock will be traded on Nasdaq and our CDIs will be traded on the ASX. The CDIs are, in general, the economic equivalent of our shares of common stock and, as a result, the trading price of our CDIs on the ASX will likely affect the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq, and vice versa. The trading price of our CDIs may be influenced by factors different from those that affect the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq and may be influenced by arbitrage activities. In addition, holders of common stock, including shares sold in this offering, may deliver those shares to CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd (“the Depositary Nominee”) for the CDIs in exchange for our CDIs. If a significant number of the shares of our common stock that are sold in this offering are exchanged for our CDIs, it may have a material adverse effect on the liquidity and trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq. Trading in our securities on these markets will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on Nasdaq and Australian dollars on the ASX) and at different times (resulting from different time zones, trading days and public holidays in the United States and Australia). The trading prices of our securities on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors, including the fact that Nasdaq and the ASX have different criteria for trading halts as well as different listing rules and disclosure requirements. Any decrease in the price of our CDIs on the ASX could cause a decrease in the trading price of our common stock on Nasdaq.

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with Australian regulatory requirements with the ASX.

Although we expect that our shares of common stock will be listed on Nasdaq, the shares sold in this offering may not be freely tradable in Australia during the 12 months after their issue date in this offering. In general, shares purchased in this offering may be resold in Australia during that period only to certain “sophisticated investors” and “professional investors” (as defined in the Australian Corporations Act) and certain persons associated with us under Section 708(12) of the Australian Corporations Act, and any subsequent resale of those shares will also be subject to the same restrictions during the 12 months after their issue date in this offering.

So long as those restrictions are in effect, to the extent that investors who purchase shares in this offering are able to resell those shares in Australia, the price they receive may be different than the market price of our common stock. Likewise, while investors purchasing shares in this offering will be entitled to exchange those shares for our CDIs, sales of those newly issued CDIs in Australia will be subject to the same restrictions that are applicable to the underlying shares of our common stock as described above. Although we expect that the majority of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after this offering will be represented by our CDIs that are traded on the ASX, investors purchasing shares in this offering may not be able to freely sell those shares, or the CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering. To the extent those newly issued CDIs are not freely tradeable, investors may not be able to take advantage of any liquidity which may be available for our CDIs traded on the ASX during that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) has granted the ASIC Corporations (Offers of CHESS Depositary Interests) Instrument 2025/180 (the “Instrument”), which permits the issue and on sale of our CDIs within the first 12 months of issue provided that the Company has lodged a cleansing notice on the ASX within applicable time limits after those CDIs are issued. Accordingly, if the Company is able to rely on the Instrument and has lodged a cleansing notice in respect to such CDIs,

44


Table of Contents

 

those CDIs that have been issued on conversion of the Company’s common stock, including common stock that is issued in this offering, may be freely tradable on the ASX.

45


Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include statements about:

•
our expectations regarding financial results and performance, including revenue growth and margin expansion, operating leverage, our operational and financial targets, key metrics;
•
the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities to meet our liquidity needs, including our ability to continue as a going concern and our cash runway;
•
our expectations regarding supply chain risk, policy developments, and other industry trends;
•
our ability to benefit from and address industry trends, including supply chain risk and U.S. policy initiatives;
•
our ability to position ourselves in the market, price our products competitively, and access and meet demand in the U.S. defense and aerospace industry;
•
our ability to manage our manufacturing operations, scale our production capacity, and expand our manufacturing expertise;
•
the size of the market opportunity for our products;
•
our expectations regarding the growth of our PM-HIP manufacturing business;
•
our ability to complete qualification and certification programs necessary to secure production contracts;
•
our ability to execute under our commercial contracts and unlock additional growth opportunities across industries;
•
our expectations regarding our argon recycling system, including implementation plans, timeline, cost savings, and the impact on our cost structure and competitive positioning;
•
our ability to develop new product offerings;
•
our expectations regarding the macroeconomic environment, including rising inflation and interest rates and geopolitical conflicts, and uncertainty in the global banking and financial services markets;
•
our ability to effectively manage costs;
•
our expectations regarding the effects of existing and developing laws and regulations and our ability to comply with such laws and regulations, including U.S. government contracting and national security requirements;
•
our expectations regarding the benefits of our Redomiciliation, including anticipated access to U.S. capital markets, Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence (“FOCI”) mitigation, and eligibility for classified defense contracts;
•
our expectations and management of future growth, including the projections regarding the expansion of our production capacity and the commissioning timeline of our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer;

46


Table of Contents

 

•
our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;
•
our ability to obtain additional capital and maintain cash flow or obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us;
•
our plans with respect to the dual listing of our securities on Nasdaq and the ASX, including the potential future delisting from the ASX;
•
our ability to obtain waivers from ASIC with respect to resale restrictions applicable to shares of our common stock issued in this offering, and the effect of any such restrictions on the liquidity of our securities in Australia;
•
our expectations regarding future dividends, including our current intention not to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future and to retain future earnings to finance our operations and growth;
•
our expectations regarding the identified material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, including our remediation plans, the timing and cost of remediation, and our ability to remediate it and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting;
•
the increased expenses associated with being a public company;
•
the future trading prices of our common stock; and
•
our anticipated uses of net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

Neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. Moreover, the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. You should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

47


Table of Contents

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $15.7 million (or approximately $18.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock is exercised in full) from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.6 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our use of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate future access to the U.S. public equity markets by us, our employees and our stockholders, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use up to approximately $10.0 million of the net proceeds of this offering to purchase capital equipment over the next 12 months with the remaining proceeds to be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and research and development. Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

We believe that the estimated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second quarter of 2027, and will need to seek additional funds to continue our operations through the next year. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek even greater amounts of additional funding sooner than planned.

Because we expect to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we intend to invest the net proceeds that are not used as described above in capital-preservation investments, including short-term interest-bearing debt instruments or bank deposits.

48


Table of Contents

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors subject to applicable laws and will depend upon, among other factors, our operating results, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock is limited by the terms of the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and may be limited by any of our future debt instruments or preferred securities.

49


Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATION

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, as well as our capitalization, as of June 30, 2026:

•
on an actual basis; and
•
on a pro forma basis to reflect the issuance and sale by us of 3,883,496 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

 

As of June 30, 2026(1)

 

 

Actual

 

 

Pro Forma(2)

 

(in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

29,289

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

19,573

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized
   and no shares issued or outstanding, actual and pro forma

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 150,000,000 shares
   authorized, 23,833,180 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000
   shares authorized, 27,716,676 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

139,861

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

(75,481

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

(614

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

48,066

 

 

 

63,766

 

Total capitalization

 

$

67,639

 

 

$

83,339

 

 

(1)
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $3.6 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $4.8 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(2)
In July 2026, we drew the remaining approximately $3.3 million in proceeds available under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, representing net cash proceeds available to us after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee. On a further adjusted basis after reflecting incurrence of such additional indebtedness, our cash and cash equivalents, long-term debt, net, and total capitalization would have been approximately $32.6 million, $22.9 million, and $86.6 million, respectively. See Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Notes 14 and 22 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement.

50


Table of Contents

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,132,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.17 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares shall no longer be reserved upon the effectiveness of our 2026 Plan, at which time we shall cease granting awards under our Plan;
•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its approval by our stockholders on August 27, 2026; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.72 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares underlying the awards granted under the Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

51


Table of Contents

 

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. We have no goodwill or other intangible assets as of June 30, 2026. Our total tangible assets equal our total assets as presented on the condensed consolidated balance sheets less deferred offering costs of $0.8 million, which reflect deferred charges related to this offering that will be applied against the gross proceeds of this offering upon its completion. Our historical net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 was $47.3 million, or $1.98 per share.

After giving effect to the sale by us of 3,883,496 shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2026 would have been $63.8 million, or $2.30 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $0.32 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.85 per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 

$

5.15

 

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

$

1.98

 

 

 

 

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2026

 

$

0.32

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

$

2.30

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors
   in this offering

 

 

 

 

$

2.85

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $3.6 million, and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $0.13, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of our common stock offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $4.8 million per share and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering by $0.09 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase 582,524 additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $2.35 per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $0.37 per share and the pro forma dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $2.80 per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

52


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis to give effect to this offering, as of June 30, 2026, the differences between the cash proceeds received by us upon the initial issuance of the underlying securities prior to this offering, the consideration we expect to receive from investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

 

Total Consideration

 

 

Average
Price Per

 

 

Number

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Share

 

Initial purchasers of securities
   before this offering

 

 

23,833,180

 

 

 

86.0

%

 

$

120,177,109

 

 

 

85.7

%

 

$

5.04

 

Investors participating in this
   offering

 

 

3,883,496

 

 

 

14.0

%

 

$

20,000,004

 

 

 

14.3

%

 

$

5.15

 

Total

 

 

27,716,676

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

140,177,113

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

5.06

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.15 per share, which is based on the last reported trading price of our CDIs listed on ASX on October 5, 2026, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and the total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $3.9 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders, by approximately $5.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 582,524 additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the total number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to 84.2% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the total number of shares of common stock held by investors purchasing shares of common stock in the offering would be increased to 15.8% of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, and excludes:

•
2,132,218 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.17 per share;
•
483,307 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the Plan, as of June 30, 2026, which number of shares shall no longer be reserved upon the effectiveness of our 2026 Plan, at which time we shall cease granting awards under the Plan;
•
4,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan upon its approval by our stockholders on August 27, 2026; and
•
642,049 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs convertible into shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.72 per share.

The 2026 Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares of our common stock reserved thereunder, and the 2026 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares of our common stock that may be granted thereunder based on shares under the Plan that expire, are forfeited or are repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

53


Table of Contents

 

To the extent that any outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised or new awards are granted under our equity compensation plans, or additional shares of our common stock are issued, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

54


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements, such as those relating to our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions, and beliefs, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. You should read the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). Because the molten metal resulting from the EIGA process does not contact other materials during the melting process, the EIGA helps minimize contamination and produces metal powders with a high level of purity and consistency. To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of approximately $45.9 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Redomiciliation

On June 22, 2026, we completed a redomiciliation of our parent company from Australia to the State of Delaware in the United States by way of two schemes of arrangement, which were interconditional, whereby Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation, replaced Amaero Ltd, an Australian incorporated entity, as our parent company. To effect the Redomiciliation, the shareholders in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) for each ordinary share they owned in Amaero Ltd. CDIs can be converted at the holder’s option into a share of our common stock on a 40-for-1 basis, and each share of our common stock can be converted into 40 CDIs. The Redomiciliation has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this prospectus reflect the operations of Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries, as our accounting predecessor, for all periods presented.

55


Table of Contents

 

Known Trends, Demands, Commitments, Events, or Uncertainties Impacting Our Business

We believe that our performance and future success depends on several factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Reshoring and Expansion of Production Capacity in the United States.

Over several decades, U.S. manufacturers shifted production of advanced materials and components offshore and adopted asset-light, just-in-time operating models, contributing to a contraction of the domestic industrial base for high-value metal powders, castings, and forgings. More recently, heightened geopolitical tension, the supply disruptions experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic and the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East, and a shift in U.S. trade and industrial policy have prompted a reprioritization of domestic manufacturing and changes in supply-chain strategy. Federal policy has increasingly relied on a combination of incentives and trade measures, including tariffs, domestic procurement preferences, and government-backed financing, to encourage the relocation of manufacturing and procurement to the United States.

In light of the shifting macroeconomic environment, in 2023, we relocated our manufacturing and corporate headquarters to the United States, signing a 15-year lease with two 5-year renewal options on a 100,000 square-foot facility in McDonald, Tennessee, supported by state and local economic incentives. Since then, we have commissioned three Premium Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizers (“EIGA”), including commissioning our third EIGA in June 2026. We also placed a binding order for our fourth EIGA in December 2025, which is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, and have executed a binding contract for an argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected during the first quarter of 2027. Through June 30, 2026, we had invested an aggregate of approximately $48.3 million in property, plant and equipment to stand up our domestic manufacturing operations, of which approximately $2.3 million had been incurred but not yet paid and was reflected in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as of June 30, 2026 (see the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows). We expect to invest an additional approximately $16.5 million to complete the current build-out of our production capacity, consisting of approximately $3.3 million to complete and commission our fourth EIGA, approximately $2.2 million to commission our argon gas recycling system, and approximately $11.0 million for powder processing equipment, PM-HIP component manufacturing equipment, and leasehold improvements. Of this amount, approximately $7.9 million was subject to binding purchase commitments as of June 30, 2026 (see Note 13 — Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies). As a result of this continual build out of our production capacity, our powder production capacity increased materially through the second half of 2025 and it further increased when our third EIGA was commissioned in June 2026. Our capacity will further increase once our fourth EIGA comes online, and the argon recycling system is expected to reduce recurring argon consumption by at least 77%. We expect to fund these capital investment projects with a combination of borrowings under our Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM Bank”) credit facility (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”) and cash on hand, including the expected proceeds from this offering.

As we transition from a period of build-out into increased commercial operations, we expect our revenues to increase. We also expect to continue to incur significant capital expenditures through the completion of these ongoing projects and beyond such periods. Our ability to achieve commercial scale revenues will depend on our ability to successfully optimize our production processes, strengthen our supplier and customer relationships, and achieve uninterrupted operations with high production yields. Delays or technical failures in the commissioning of our fourth EIGA Premium atomizer or any unanticipated cost overruns in completing our facility build-out could materially affect our capital position and ability to achieve consistent growth.

Furthermore, the benefits we derive from the onshoring trend depend on the continuation of the supportive U.S. trade and industrial policy being advanced by the current U.S. presidential administration, which is subject to change with political and economic conditions and is outside our control. The same trade measures that favor domestic producers may also increase our costs as a portion of our titanium bar feedstock supply chain is exposed to tariffs and global pricing and we have at times increased inventory purchases to mitigate trade and tariff risk. A reversal or moderation of reshoring policy, the loss of government-backed financing, or sustained increases in input costs could adversely affect demand for our products or our margins.

56


Table of Contents

 

Business Development Activities

In conjunction with the recent and expected increased production capacity, we have entered into the following commercial arrangements:

•
In September 2024, we completed qualification of our Niobium C103 (“C103”) powder with Castheon, Inc., a subsidiary of ADDMAN Group, triggering the offtake provisions of our five-year preferred supplier agreement under which we serve as the primary supplier of C103, refractory alloy, and titanium alloy powders to ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing.
•
In December 2024, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company under which Perryman serves as our preferred and primary supplier of U.S.-melt and forged titanium bar feedstock for our atomization of spherical titanium powders.
•
In April 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D (OTC: VLDX) for Niobium C103 and other refractory alloy powders and a preferred supplier agreement for titanium alloy powders. Velo3D satisfied its qualification condition following Auburn NCAME testing of our C103 and Ti-64 powders in July 2025.
•
In September 2025, we entered into a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited (ASX: TTT) (“Titomic”), under which we serve as Titomic’s sole supplier of refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders for cold spray applications. The agreement was accompanied by an initial $3.0 million refractory powder purchase order.
•
In September 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for titanium powders and a strategic development agreement with Knust-Godwin, LLC, an integrated additive manufacturer and precision machining firm.
•
In December 2025, we received a Letter of Support from the Maritime Industrial Base Program Office of the Department of the Navy validating PM-HIP manufacturing as a viable and technically ready alternative to castings and forgings for the Maritime Industrial Base.
•
In April 2026, we executed a three-year exclusive Master Purchasing Agreement with United Performance Metals, LLC (“UPM”), which is a leading distributor of specialty metals and advanced alloy powders to defense, aerospace, and space customers and will act as our distribution partner. We are the exclusive supplier of titanium powders to UPM. The agreement is supported by an initial 4,000 kg purchase order and a contracted minimum inventory of 4,000 kg with ongoing replenishment orders.
•
In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the U.S. Department of War (the “DoW”) valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

The growth of our business is dependent on our ability to continue to meet delivery requirements under our existing commercial arrangements, enter into additional commercial arrangements and complete the build-out of our production capacity. Furthermore, many of our supply agreements establish preferred-supplier status or minimum volumes but do not guarantee that customers will purchase at expected levels.

Bolstering Supply Chain Resilience Within the Defense Industrial Base

The DoW has identified the resilience of the defense industrial base as a national security priority and, in its National Defense Industrial Strategy, has emphasized investment in domestic advanced manufacturing. The DoW has identified castings and forgings as an area of particular concern, reflecting consolidation of suppliers, long lead times, and limited domestic capacity for large, complex, mission-critical components.

57


Table of Contents

 

Our PM-HIP business aims to help bridge this gap. PM-HIP produces large, near-net-shape parts with forged-equivalent material properties and shorter lead times than conventional castings and forgings, offering a domestically produced alternative for high-mix, low-volume components. Near-net-shape components are metal parts that have been manufactured using processes that allow for their initial form to closely approximate the final shape needed for the finished component; they require only minimal machining or finishing before they are incorporated into an end product. PM-HIP enables manufacturers to produce these complex, near-net-shape components that require less machining than parts made from solid metal stock, reducing material waste and manufacturing time. The process also produces components with consistent material properties, high strength and durability, making them well suited for demanding applications in industries such as aerospace, defense, energy and industrial manufacturing. We expect our PM-HIP business to involve longer sales and qualification cycles than our powder business, but to grow as a share of our revenue over time. Realizing this opportunity depends on factors largely outside our control, including the level and timing of U.S. government defense spending and appropriations, procurement priorities, and our ability to complete additional lengthy qualification and certification programs. Under our July 2026 research and development contract with the DoW, we will utilize PM-HIP to manufacture test parts and provide our results and findings to the DoW.

Commercial Tailwinds Within the Aerospace and Defense Sectors

Adoption of additive and advanced manufacturing continues to expand across the defense, aerospace and space sectors, driven by the technology’s ability to reduce buy-to-fly ratios, shorten production timelines, enable more complex geometries, and improve material properties for low-volume, high-value parts. In aerospace and defense, additive manufacturing is increasingly used for flight- and mission-critical components and for sustainment and maintenance, repair, and overhaul applications. Our high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders are used as feedstocks for these applications.

These tailwinds have driven the early-stage ramp of our powder business. Our exposure to certain of these end markets, including semiconductor capital equipment, is currently limited and largely indirect through our powder customers. The pace of additive manufacturing adoption, customer qualification timelines, end-market demand, competition from other powder producers, and pricing for both our products and our raw material inputs are uncertain and could differ materially from our expectations.

Impact of Raw Material Prices and Product Mix

We value most of our inventory utilizing the first in first out (“FIFO”) inventory costing methodology. Under the FIFO inventory costing method, changes in the cost of raw materials and production activities are recognized in cost of sales in the current period even though these materials may have been acquired at potentially significantly different values due to the length of time from the acquisition of the raw materials to the sale of the processed finished goods to the customers. In periods of rising raw material costs, the FIFO inventory valuation generally results in lower cost of sales. Conversely, in periods of decreasing raw material costs, the FIFO inventory valuation generally results in higher cost of sales.

Regulatory Landscape

We operate in an industry that is subject to many regulations related to national security, environmental, land use, workplace health and safety and other matters, and such regulations have generally become more stringent over time. If we fail to comply with existing and future laws and regulations we may be subject to fines, litigation, criminal charges, sanctions by regulators, or other liabilities. Due to the uncertainty of future regulations, we are unable to estimate the impact of such regulations on our business.

Global Economic Conditions

Unfavorable economic conditions in the United States and globally may adversely impact our business growth and operating results. Macroeconomic factors such as inflation, higher interest rates, tariffs, banking disruptions, geopolitical tensions and conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East have contributed to increased economic uncertainty and market volatility. Recent policy actions by the U.S. government, including changes to trade policy, tariffs on key imports and shifts in industrial and environmental regulations, may further impact global supply chains and business investment decisions. These effects may not be fully reflected in our financial performance until future periods. Additionally, adverse conditions could limit our ability to secure financing on acceptable terms, or at all. Ongoing

58


Table of Contents

 

geopolitical instability and related sanctions may further disrupt global financial markets, including in the United States, potentially resulting in a material impact on our operations.

Backlog

Growth in backlog is a key measure of our business. Our backlog supports predictable revenue expansion and enables forward revenue visibility. Our backlog has expanded during the periods presented, growing from $0.4 million as of December 31, 2024 to $6.9 million as of December 31, 2025, to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026, and to $13.4 million as of September 30, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both our metal powders and PM-HIP product lines.

Our backlog represents the portion of legally binding contracts that are expected to result in future revenue within the next twelve months and supports predictable revenue expansion and facilitates forward revenue visibility. Backlog may also include change orders for any contracts that have been formally contracted. Our backlog consists of firm orders for metal powder, which are not subject to any customer right of termination for convenience, and orders for PM-HIP components. Certain of our PM-HIP component contracts permit the customer to terminate for convenience. In those cases, we are generally entitled to payment for work performed and costs incurred, subject to other adjustments, through the termination date, determined under the applicable contract’s terms. The composition of our backlog between metal powder and PM-HIP components as of December 31, 2024, December 31, 2025, and June 30, 2026 is set forth in the table below. The growth in backlog over the presented periods was primarily attributable to our execution of new contracts, and expansion of existing contracts, each related to ramp of commercialization within the metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings. Our backlog increased further to $10.0 million as of June 30, 2026, reflecting continued execution of new and existing contracts across both product lines.

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

Metal powders

 

$

8,997

 

 

$

5,984

 

 

$

163

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

889

 

 

 

276

 

Total

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

Key Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to the financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we provide a non-GAAP financial measure. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as income (loss) from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to remove the impact of stock-based compensation, and costs related to the Redomiciliation, this offering and preparation for this offering. We use Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with other GAAP measures to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, make strategic decisions, and communicate with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to assess our financial performance because it allows us to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing the effects of our capital structure (such as varying levels of interest expense and income), asset base (such as depreciation and capital expenditures) and other items (such as non-recurring or non-cash costs) that impact the comparability of financial results from period to period. We believe that the presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure will provide useful information to investors and analysts in assessing our financial performance and results of operations across reporting periods by excluding items we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Loss from continuing operations is the GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA, as net loss includes results from discontinued operations for certain historical periods. Our non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered as an alternative to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. You are encouraged to evaluate each of these adjustments and the reasons management considers them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in such presentation. Our presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. There can be no assurance that we will not modify the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in the future, and any such modification may be material. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this non-GAAP financial measure in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA may be

59


Table of Contents

 

defined differently by other companies in our industry and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA, reconciled to our income (loss) from continuing operations, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(18,548

)

 

$

(13,394

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,901

)

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

(365

)

 

 

(935

)

 

 

(384

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(2,449

)

 

 

(2,366

)

 

 

(1,694

)

 

 

(1,064

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,984

)

 

 

—

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(15,160

)

 

$

(11,034

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,650

)

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

Key Performance Indicators

We focus on a variety of key performance indicators and a non-GAAP financial measure to plan, measure and evaluate our business and financial performance, identify key trends affecting our business, inform our strategic business decisions, and develop operational goals for managing our business. We believe that these key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure provide useful information to investors and others by allowing for transparency with respect to key metrics used by management in our financial and operational decision-making. These metrics may be used by investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results and enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects. Our calculation of key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure may be different than or otherwise not comparable to similarly named metrics used by other companies. The following table presents a summary of our key performance indicators and the non-GAAP financial measure for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Key Performance Indicators

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Backlog (1)

 

$

6,873

 

 

$

439

 

 

$

10,013

 

 

$

3,175

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(18,361

)

 

$

(11,342

)

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

$

(15,160

)

 

$

(11,034

)

 

$

(8,512

)

 

$

(7,650

)

 

(1)
See “—Backlog” for more information.
(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For definitions of Adjusted EBITDA, as well as reconciliation to loss from continuing operations, its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above.

Components of Results

The following describes the principal components of our results of continuing operations. For a description of our discontinued operations, see “Discontinued Operations” below.

60


Table of Contents

 

Revenue

We generate revenue from two product offerings: metal powders and PM-HIP components.

Revenue from sales of metal powders is recognized at a point in time, when control of the product transfers to the customer, which typically occurs upon shipment or delivery in accordance with the terms of the applicable customer arrangement. Pricing is established under master purchasing agreements and individual purchase orders, with payment terms generally consistent with industry practice for advanced materials suppliers.

Revenue from PM-HIP components is recognized over time as production progresses for arrangements that meet the criteria of ASC 606 for over-time recognition, based on customer-specific manufacturing arrangements where the products produced have no alternative use and we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. For arrangements that do not meet the over-time recognition criteria, revenue is recognized at a point in time upon delivery. In each of 2024 and 2025, our PM-HIP revenue consisted principally of qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications.

We also recognize service and research revenue from time to time in connection with development arrangements. Substantially all of our revenue in each of the periods presented was generated in the United States.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of variable production costs and fixed production costs. Variable production costs consist principally of raw material inputs (including electrodes, third-party powder feedstock, argon gas, and electricity for our metal powders products, and third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and feedstock for our PM-HIP components products) and direct hourly production labor. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility, and consumables and other warehouse supplies. Cost of revenue also includes share-based compensation expense allocable to direct production labor and plant overhead personnel. Because production volumes during the periods presented were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

General and Administrative Expense

General and administrative expense consists principally of salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation for our corporate, finance, legal, and executive personnel; outside professional fees, including consulting, audit, tax, legal, and investor relations costs; insurance; technology and information systems costs; and other general corporate overhead. As we prepare to be a public company, we are implementing additional procedures and processes to address the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, costs to comply with reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, costs for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal expenses and other related costs. We anticipate these additional expenses to be a significant increase from our past general and administrative expenditures. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulations—We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company with securities listed on exchanges in both the United States and Australia, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives.”

Research and Development Expense

Research and development (“R&D”) expense consists principally of third-party services and internal materials consumed in research and development activities, and, in periods in which we have dedicated R&D personnel, the related compensation costs. R&D personnel costs were incurred in 2024 at our former El Segundo, California operations, which were wound down in 2024. No internal R&D personnel costs were incurred in 2025. Research and development activities have included university-led powder optimization research, internal refractory alloy atomization trials, and third-party research and development supporting our PM-HIP products.

61


Table of Contents

 

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists primarily of income recognized on state and local economic development grants tied to headcount and capital investment milestones at our Tennessee facility, together with miscellaneous other items.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents, which are held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of the coupon interest accruing on borrowings under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement at the stated rate of 5.36% per annum, commitment fees on the unused portion of our committed facility, and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs using the effective interest method over the term of the loan.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

We are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes and, with respect to certain of our subsidiaries, foreign income taxes. We maintain valuation allowances against all of our deferred tax assets, reflecting management’s assessment that it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations reflects the residual results of our former Australian and United Arab Emirates operations, the cessation of which was approved by resolution of our board of directors in October 2023. For periods following the substantial completion of those wind-downs, income from discontinued operations consists primarily of refundable R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations in prior years.

62


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of continuing operations for the periods presented (in thousands). The discussion that follows compares our results of continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024. Income from discontinued operations is discussed at the end of this section, and additional information regarding our discontinued operations is included in Note 21 — Discontinued Operations in our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Revenue

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

4,988

 

 

 

379

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

 

 

7,308

 

 

 

176

%

Gross loss

 

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

 

 

(2,320

)

 

 

82

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

 

 

2,860

 

 

 

27

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

 

 

(144

)

 

 

-27

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

 

 

2,716

 

 

 

25

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

 

 

(5,036

)

 

 

36

%

Other income, net

 

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

-5

%

Interest income

 

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

92

%

Interest expense

 

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(452

)

 

N/M

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

 

 

(118

)

 

 

-22

%

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(5,154

)

 

 

38

%

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

 

 

(5,154

)

 

 

38

%

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

 

 

(499

)

 

 

-75

%

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

 

$

(5,653

)

 

 

44

%

 

N/M = not meaningful

Revenue

Revenue increased $5.0 million from $1.3 million in 2024 to $6.3 million in 2025. This growth reflects the progressive ramp of our Tennessee manufacturing operations as customers completed qualification programs and began drawing on contracted volumes.

 

 

 

 

Change

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Major Product line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Metal powders

 

$

5,277

 

 

$

678

 

 

$

4,599

 

 

 

678

%

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

639

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

61

%

Total revenues from contracts with customers

 

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

 

$

4,988

 

 

 

379

%

 

Metal powders revenue increased $4.6 million from $0.7 million in 2024 to $5.3 million in 2025. The increase reflects the early-stage ramp of our atomization capacity following the commissioning of EIGA #1 in June 2024 and EIGA #2 in June 2025.

PM-HIP components revenue increased $0.4 million from $0.6 million in 2024 to $1.0 million in 2025. PM-HIP revenue in both periods was generated from qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications, principally for U.S. defense, aerospace, space, and naval propulsion customers.

63


Table of Contents

 

Customer Concentration

In 2025, Continuum Powders Corporation represented 48% of our revenue and Velo3D, Inc. represented 25% of our revenue. In 2024, three customers each individually accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Two of these customers, each a prime contractor to the DoW and its programs, represented 37% and 32% of our revenue, respectively, and Castheon, Inc. represented 15% of our revenue. Together, these three customers represented 84% of our revenue. No other customer represented more than 10% of our revenue in 2025 or 2024. See the section titled “Business—Customers and Key Agreements” for additional information regarding agreements with our customers.

Customer concentration is a known risk to our results of operations. The loss of any 10%-or-greater customer, or a material reduction in orders from such a customer, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. Our top customers in 2024 and 2025 were not the same customers in both periods. As we are in the early stages of scaling our manufacturing operations, we expect our customer base to continue evolving as we expand powder production capacity and convert additional PM-HIP qualification and first-article work into production contracts.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $7.3 million from $4.2 million in 2024 to $11.5 million in 2025. Gross loss was $5.2 million in 2025, compared to a gross loss of $2.8 million in 2024.

The increase in cost of revenue in 2025 reflected the scale-up of our Tennessee manufacturing operations, with EIGA #1 in operation for the full year following its commissioning in June 2024 and EIGA #2 commencing operations following its commissioning in June 2025. For our metal powders products, variable production costs consist principally of raw material electrodes, electricity, argon gas, and direct hourly labor. For our PM-HIP components products, variable production costs consist principally of third-party powder, third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and direct hourly labor. Variable production costs increased approximately $4.8 million in 2025. Direct input costs increased $3.5 million, consistent with the growth in total revenue. Direct hourly labor increased $1.3 million, reflecting revenue growth and the continued scale-up of our hourly production workforce, including the first year of meaningful commercial powder sales, at headcount levels above then-current capacity and demand to support EIGA #3 capacity coming online in June 2026. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, and operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility. Fixed production costs also increased as we continued to build out our manufacturing capability, principally reflecting a $0.8 million increase in depreciation primarily attributable to manufacturing equipment placed in service in 2024 and 2025, a $0.6 million increase in plant salaried labor and overhead, and a $1.0 million increase in consumables and other warehouse supplies. Because production volumes during the periods presented were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $2.9 million from $10.5 million in 2024 to $13.4 million in 2025. The increase principally reflected: (i) a $1.3 million increase in consulting and professional fees, principally reflecting increased investor relations costs, executive search fees in connection with the build-out of our senior leadership team, technical, operational, and quality advisory engagements supporting our continued operational scale-up, and government relations advisory engagements supporting our commercial efforts; (ii) a $1.2 million increase in salaries and benefits, primarily reflecting continued headcount additions throughout 2024 contributing a full twelve months of compensation in 2025, as well as additional hires during 2025 to support the continued scale-up of our operations; and (iii) a $0.3 million increase in qualification services and related fees.

Research and Development Expense, Net

Research and development expense decreased $0.1 million from $0.5 million in 2024 to $0.4 million in 2025. The decrease primarily reflects the non-recurrence of approximately $0.2 million of R&D personnel costs incurred in the first half of 2024 at our former El Segundo, California operations, which were wound down in 2024. R&D expense in 2025 consisted entirely of third-party services and internal materials consumed in R&D activities, with no internal R&D personnel costs. R&D activities in 2025 included university-led powder optimization research, internal refractory alloy atomization trials, and third-party research and development supporting our PM-HIP product offerings.

64


Table of Contents

 

Other Income and Expense

Other income, net was $0.2 million in each of 2024 and 2025.

Interest income

Interest income increased from $0.4 million in 2024 to $0.7 million in 2025, primarily reflecting higher average cash balances during the last four months of 2025 as we invested the proceeds from our equity financings. Excess cash is held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.5 million in 2025, comprising $0.3 million of coupon interest and $0.1 million of amortization of debt discount and issuance costs on our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which bears a stated rate of 5.36%.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations was $0.2 million in 2025 and $0.7 million in 2024. In October 2023, our board of directors resolved to cease operations in Australia and the United Arab Emirates to focus resources on our Tennessee operations. The wind-down of our United Arab Emirates operations was substantially complete by December 31, 2023, and the wind-down of our Australian operations was substantially complete by June 30, 2024. Income from discontinued operations in 2025 and 2024 primarily reflects refundable R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program ($0.2 million in 2025 and $0.8 million in 2024) related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations in prior years.

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (unaudited)

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated results of continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands). Income (loss) from discontinued operations is presented separately below.

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenue

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

$

6,178

 

 

 

506.8

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

 

 

5,978

 

 

 

133.0

%

Gross loss

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

 

 

200

 

 

 

(6.1

%)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

 

 

4,147

 

 

 

71.3

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

55

 

 

N/M

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

108

 

 

—

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

100.0

%

Total operating expenses

 

$

10,134

 

 

$

5,824

 

 

$

4,310

 

 

 

74.0

%

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

 

 

(4,110

)

 

 

45.2

%

Other income, net

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

83

 

 

N/M

 

Interest income

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

65.5

%

Interest expense

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

 

 

(659

)

 

N/M

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

$

(222

)

 

$

200

 

 

$

(422

)

 

N/M

 

Loss from continuing operations before income
   taxes

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

 

 

(4,532

)

 

 

50.9

%

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

 

 

(4,532

)

 

 

50.9

%

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
   of tax

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

(170

)

 

 

(100.0

%)

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

 

$

(4,702

)

 

 

53.9

%

 

N/M = not meaningful

65


Table of Contents

 

Revenue

Revenue increased $6.2 million from $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. This growth reflects the progressive ramp of our Tennessee manufacturing operations as customers completed qualification programs and began drawing on contracted volumes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Metal powders

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

 

$

5,337

 

 

 

622

%

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

233

%

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

$

6,178

 

 

 

507

%

 

Metal powders revenue increased $5.3 million from $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $6.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. The increase reflects the fulfillment of an initial $3.0 million refractory powder purchase order from Titomic Limited, continued ramp of our atomization capacity following the commissioning of our second EIGA Premium in June 2025, and expansion of new and existing customer relationships.

PM-HIP components revenue increased $0.8 million from $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. PM-HIP revenue in both periods was generated from qualification and first-article components manufactured to customer-specific technical specifications, principally for the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, and naval propulsion customers.

Customer Concentration

For the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, revenue from Continuum Powders Corporation represented 27% and 47% of our total revenue, respectively. The decrease in revenue percentage from this customer reflects growth in our total revenue rather than a decline in sales to this customer. Revenue from Titomic Limited represented 41% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2026. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, revenue from Castheon, Inc. and from a prime contractor to the DoW and its programs represented 11% and 13% of our total revenue, respectively. The loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Customer concentration is a known risk to our results of operations. The loss of any 10%-or-greater customer, or a material reduction in orders from such a customer, could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. Our top customers for the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2026 were not the same customers, except for Continuum Powders Corporation. As we are in the early stages of scaling our manufacturing operations, we expect our customer base to continue evolving as we expand powder production capacity and convert additional qualification and first-article work into production contracts.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

Cost of revenue increased $6.0 million from $4.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $10.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. Gross loss was $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 compared to $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

The increase in cost of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2026 reflected the continued scale-up of our Tennessee manufacturing operations, with EIGA #1 and EIGA #2 in operation during the period compared to only EIGA #1 in the six months ended June 30, 2025. For our metal powders products, variable production costs consist principally of raw material electrodes, electricity, argon gas, and direct hourly labor. For our PM-HIP components products, variable production costs consist principally of third-party powder, third-party hot isostatic pressing processing, materials used in canister design and fabrication, and direct hourly labor. Variable production costs increased $3.5 million from $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. Direct input costs increased $2.3 million on higher production volumes, while decreasing as a percentage of revenue, reflecting improved production yields and better pricing realization on our PM-HIP contracts and powder orders. In the prior-year period, we were in the early stages of commercial production. Direct hourly labor increased $1.1 million, reflecting revenue growth and the continued scale-up of our hourly production workforce, at headcount levels above

66


Table of Contents

 

then-current capacity and demand to support EIGA #3 capacity coming online in June 2026. Fixed production costs consist principally of plant salaried labor and overhead, depreciation on manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements, and operating lease expense for our Tennessee facility. Fixed production costs increased $2.5 million, primarily reflecting the continued build out our manufacturing capability. The increase consisted of $0.7 million in plant salaried labor, share-based compensation and related overhead; $0.7 million in consumables, spare parts, and other warehouse supplies; $0.5 million in depreciation, primarily attributable to incremental manufacturing equipment placed in service since July 2025; and $0.5 million in repairs and maintenance. The increase in repairs and maintenance was primarily attributable to costs incurred in connection with May 2026 flash fire incidents affecting our powder processing operations, including clean-up and restoration costs. Restoration and clean-up activities were substantially complete as of June 30, 2026, and we do not expect to incur material additional costs related to these incidents. Because production volumes during the periods were below our installed atomization capacity, a substantial portion of fixed production costs was recognized as a period cost in cost of revenue rather than absorbed into inventory.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4.2 million from $5.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $10.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026. The increase principally reflected: (i) a $2.0 million increase in professional fees, consisting of $1.4 million of primarily legal fees incurred in connection with our redomiciliation and $0.6 million of primarily audit fees incurred in connection with our preparation to become a U.S. public company, in each case not directly attributable to this offering and expensed as incurred; (ii) a $1.0 million increase in salaries and benefits, reflecting a full six months of compensation in 2026 for employees hired during the first six months of 2025, together with additional hires from July 2025 through June 2026 to support the continued scale-up of our operations; (iii) a $0.3 million increase in consulting fees, primarily process safety consulting services; (iv) a $0.3 million increase in insurance premiums, primarily attributable to additional property and equipment placed in service; (v) a $0.2 million increase in employee relocation costs; (vi) a $0.2 million increase in share-based compensation primarily attributable to increased headcount; and (vii) a $0.2 million increase in other individually immaterial increases.

Research and Development Expense, Net

Research and development expenses were $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to a de minimis amount for the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Loss on Dispositions and Impairment

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded a $0.1 million impairment on construction in progress. There was no comparable item in the six months ended June 30, 2025.

Other Income, net

Other income, net was $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 primarily consisting of Tennessee government grant income recognized based on achievement of capital investment and employment milestones.

Interest income

Interest income increased $0.2 million from $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025 to $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, primarily reflecting higher average cash balances. Excess cash is held in interest-bearing cash accounts and a money market fund.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, comprising $0.5 million of coupon interest and $0.2 million of amortization of debt discount and issuance costs on our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which bears a stated rate of 5.36%.

Discontinued Operations

Income from discontinued operations was $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025,with the wind-down of our Australian operations substantially completed. Income from discontinued operations reflects refundable

67


Table of Contents

 

R&D cash tax incentives received under the Australian Government R&D Tax Incentive program related to qualifying R&D expenditures incurred by our former Australian operations.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our selected unaudited quarterly results of operations (in thousands). The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and reflects, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

June 30,
2025

 

 

September 30,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

 

March 31,
2026

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(3,904

)

 

$

(4,997

)

 

$

(4,097

)

 

$

(5,550

)

 

$

(6,561

)

 

$

(6,872

)

Interest income

 

 

123

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

160

 

Interest expense

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(132

)

 

 

(284

)

 

 

(307

)

 

 

(390

)

Income tax (benefit)
   expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation &
   amortization

 

 

(184

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(447

)

 

 

(452

)

 

 

(483

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(521

)

 

 

(543

)

 

 

(692

)

 

 

(693

)

 

 

(927

)

 

 

(767

)

IPO-related costs(1)

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

(714

)

 

 

(1,270

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(3,320

)

 

$

(4,330

)

 

$

(3,073

)

 

$

(4,437

)

 

$

(4,390

)

 

$

(4,122

)

Revenue

 

 

354

 

 

 

865

 

 

 

3,050

 

 

 

2,036

 

 

 

1,880

 

 

 

5,517

 

 

(1)
Represents non-ordinary course costs incurred related to the Redomiciliation and preparation for and costs related to this offering.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary historical sources of liquidity have been cash on hand, proceeds from equity placements and borrowings under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. Our principal historical liquidity requirements have been funding leasehold improvements for the build-out of our Tennessee facility, funding capital expenditures to support our metal powders and PM-HIP product offerings, and meeting working capital needs.

As of June 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million comprising $4.7 million held in interest-bearing cash accounts and $8.9 million held in money market funds. We also had $3.3 million in available borrowing capacity under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, representing net cash proceeds available to us after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee of 12.56% applied at each drawdown. In June 2026, our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, increase the total commitments from $22.8 million to $26.1 million, providing an additional $2.9 million in net cash proceeds to us, net of the EXIM Bank exposure fee, bringing total remaining capacity under the facility, as amended, to approximately $8.1 million. The amended facility was fully drawn subsequent to December 2025.

We have historically incurred losses from operations and used cash in operations while making substantial capital investments to build and scale our production infrastructure, reflecting our early stage of commercialization and production volumes that have remained below our installed atomization capacity. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $18.5 million and used $18.4 million of net cash in operating activities. For the six months ended June 30, 2026, we incurred a net loss from continuing operations of $13.4 million and used $12.9 million of net cash in operating activities. We expect these conditions to continue in the near term, along with further capital investment, as we increase utilization of our fixed-cost production base toward installed capacity.

68


Table of Contents

 

Over the next 12 months, we expect our principal liquidity requirements to consist of (i) continued investment in operations during the commercialization ramp, with operating losses expected to decrease as revenue scales over our largely complete fixed-cost base; (ii) working capital investment to support our projected revenue growth, principally in inventory (to support production volumes ahead of customer orders) and accounts receivable (reflecting the customary lag between shipment and collection); (iii) capital expenditures under our remaining contracted commitments, principally relating to our fourth EIGA Premium and our argon recycling system; and (iv) debt service under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, including the initial deferred cash interest payment due September 30, 2026, the commencement of quarterly cash interest payments due thereafter and the commencement of quarterly principal payments on September 30, 2027.

We have evaluated our liquidity position, capital resources, and projected cash flows in accordance with ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern. Based on this evaluation, and excluding the effects of any potential proceeds from this offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, we have concluded that our existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund our operations through the end of the one-year look-forward period from the date our financial statements are issued. Accordingly, substantial doubt exists about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date our financial statements were issued. See Note 3 — Going Concern to our consolidated financial statements and the section titled “Risk Factors—We have substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if this offering is not completed.” for additional information.

If the completion of this offering is successful, we believe the net proceeds together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second quarter of 2027. Our expected financial commitments and obligations, including capital, labor, and operating expenses, mean that the net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient to alleviate our substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for at least 12 months following this offering. Our management has concluded that we will require additional funding through sales of equity securities, convertible securities or debt in public offerings or private placements, or, to the extent available, through government grants, tax incentives or other sources, following the completion of this offering to continue our operations. The terms of such additional offerings may be less favorable us than the terms of this offering and may not be sufficient to alleviate the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and are likely to cause additional dilution to our existing stockholders. If we are unable to complete additional financing activities, we will need to re-evaluate our operating plan and may be forced to make significant reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, limit, suspend or curtail planned development programs and cease operations entirely.

Our principal plan to address our liquidity needs is the completion of this offering, the net proceeds of which we intend to use, together with cash on hand, to fund our planned operations, working capital investment, and capital expenditures as we continue to scale our business. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information regarding the anticipated uses of proceeds from this offering.

Indebtedness

As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million, consisting solely of loans under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement due June 30, 2034, none of which was classified as current. This carrying amount was net of $2.2 million of unamortized debt discount and $0.6 million of unamortized debt issuance costs, reflecting gross indebtedness of $22.4 million.

In February 2025, our wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, providing for our senior secured equipment financing facility. The facility provided an initial gross commitment of $22.8 million, of which $2.5 million represented the EXIM Bank exposure fee deducted pro rata from each drawdown, resulting in $20.3 million of net cash proceeds available to us under the original commitment. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement is guaranteed by Amaero Inc. and certain of our other subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”).

69


Table of Contents

 

The facility bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.36% per annum, which was set five business days prior to the first disbursement based on the published U.S. Commercial Interest Reference Rate, with interest accruing on outstanding disbursements from the date of each draw. Cash interest payments are deferred until September 30, 2026, on which date all interest accrued from the date of each draw through that date becomes payable, with quarterly cash interest payments due thereafter. Principal repayments commence on September 30, 2027 and are payable in 28 equal quarterly installments, with the facility maturing on June 30, 2034. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn and uncancelled portion of the facility.

The facility is secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets that are financed with the disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and by a pledged collateral account. Until we demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the Borrower is required to maintain funds in the pledged collateral account equal to at least 20% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which funds are classified as restricted cash on our consolidated balance sheet. The pledged collateral account balance was $3.3 million and $4.0 million as of December 31, 2025 and June 30, 2026, respectively. Once we demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the funds in the pledged collateral account may be used solely to service the principal and interest payments under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes (including mergers, consolidations, and changes of control), restricted payments (including dividends and other distributions), investments, transactions with affiliates, asset dispositions, and changes in the nature of our business or accounting policies, as well as three financial covenants tested quarterly: (i) a leverage ratio not to exceed 1.75 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; (ii) minimum liquidity of not less than $4.2 million, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; and (iii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2028. The financial covenants are not tested prior to these dates.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and representations, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency events, and a change in control. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, EXIM Bank may suspend further disbursements, cancel undrawn commitments, and accelerate all outstanding obligations.

Draws under the facility are made upon satisfaction of equipment commissioning milestones. As of December 31, 2025, we had drawn $15.0 million in cumulative net cash proceeds, with $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment. The effective interest rate on the facility, after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee and other debt issuance costs amortized over the term of the loan, is approximately 7.97%.

In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the total commitment from $22.8 million to $26.1 million (an increase of $3.3 million, providing an additional $2.9 million in net cash proceeds available to us after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee), (ii) join us following the June 2026 Redomiciliation, as an additional guarantor, and (iii) extend the testing commencement date for the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant from September 30, 2027 to September 30, 2028. The remaining undrawn capacity under the amended facility was $3.3 million on June 30, 2026, which has been fully drawn. See Note 14 — Indebtedness and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information.

In October 2026, we amended the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement to, among other things, (i) decrease the pledged cash requirement from 20% to 10% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, (ii) change the first testing date for the minimum liquidity covenant from September 30, 2027 to September 30, 2028 and (iii) provide for the expansion of the collateral to include substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and the guarantors, subject to certain exceptions.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the years ended (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(18,361

)

 

$

(11,342

)

 

$

(7,019

)

 

 

62

%

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

 

 

(6,815

)

 

 

51

%

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

61,472

 

 

 

28,794

 

 

 

32,678

 

 

 

113

%

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents,
   and restricted cash

 

 

22,976

 

 

 

4,132

 

 

 

18,844

 

 

 

456

%

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end
   of period

 

$

35,185

 

 

$

12,109

 

 

$

23,076

 

 

 

191

%

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven primarily by a net loss of $18.4 million, a net working capital change of $2.9 million, and a $0.9 million change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.9 million. Non-cash adjustments to net loss consisted of share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million, depreciation expense of $1.2 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.2 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in inventories of $4.6 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.8 million, an increase in prepaid expenses of $0.6 million, and an increase in other current receivables (presented within other current assets) of $0.4 million, partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.1 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.0 million, a $0.8 million net inflow from other current assets, an increase in accrued interest of $0.3 million, and an increase in unearned revenue of $0.1 million. Although the change in net working capital reflects an increase in accounts payable, total accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets was substantially unchanged from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, as an increase in trade payables was substantially offset by a decrease in capital-expenditure-related payables, which declined from approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2024 to approximately $0.2 million at December 31, 2025 and are presented within the supplemental non-cash investing and financing disclosures (property, plant, and equipment acquired but not yet paid).

Net cash used in operating activities was $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven primarily by a net loss of $12.7 million and a net working capital change of $2.2 million, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.0 million and a $0.6 million change in other non-current operating balances. Non-cash adjustments to net loss primarily consisted of share-based compensation expense of $2.4 million, depreciation expense of $0.4 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.2 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in inventories of $1.3 million, an increase in other current assets of $1.1 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.4 million, and a decrease in operating lease liabilities of $0.2 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $0.8 million and an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.2 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven by purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the continued build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to expand our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

Net cash used in investing activities was $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven by purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the initial build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to establish our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises and drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received gross

71


Table of Contents

 

proceeds from equity capital raises of $46.7 million, gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $2.6 million, and gross proceeds from employee stock option exercises of $0.1 million. “Warrants” refers to the instruments originally issued as listed or unlisted options on the ASX, each entitling the holder to subscribe for one newly issued CDI (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) at the applicable exercise price. We use the term “warrant” to align with GAAP and SEC disclosure conventions; it refers to the same instruments described as “listed options” or “unlisted options” under their original Australian terms of issue. The warrants are not currently listed or publicly traded on ASX. These cash inflows were partially offset by share issuance transaction costs of $2.9 million. We also received $15.0 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million. The 2025 equity capital raises consisted of the:

•
February 2025 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $7.47 per share across two tranches, raising aggregate gross proceeds of $13.7 million. The first tranche of the equivalent of approximately 1.7 million shares of common stock settled in February 2025, resulting in gross proceeds of $12.7 million, and the second tranche of the equivalent of approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock settled in April 2025 following shareholder approval and resulted in gross proceeds of $1.0 million; and
•
August 2025 placement and Share Purchase Plan, in which we issued the equivalent of 3.1 million shares of common stock at $10.53 per share in an institutional placement that settled in August 2025, raising gross proceeds of $32.7 million, and a follow-on Share Purchase Plan in October 2025 where we issued the equivalent of an additional approximately 29,000 shares of common stock at the same $10.53 price per share, raising additional gross proceeds of $0.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises. We received gross proceeds from equity capital raises of $30.2 million and gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.5 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by share issuance transaction costs of $1.9 million. The 2024 equity capital raises consisted of the:

•
March 2024 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of 1.5 million shares of common stock at $8.61 per share, raising gross proceeds of $13.1 million; and
•
September 2024 placement, in which we issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $9.59 per share across two tranches, raising aggregate gross proceeds of $17.1 million. The first tranche of the equivalent of approximately 1.4 million shares of common stock settled in September 2024, resulting in gross proceeds of $13.6 million, and the second tranche of the equivalent of approximately 0.4 million shares settled in November 2024 following shareholder approval and resulted in gross proceeds of $3.5 million.

Cash Flows — Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 (unaudited)

The following table summarizes our condensed consolidated cash flows for the six months ended June 30 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

 

$

(5,918

)

 

 

85

%

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(9,417

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

1

%

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

4,744

 

 

 

16,826

 

 

 

(12,082

)

 

 

-72

%

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents,
   and restricted cash

 

 

(17,672

)

 

 

424

 

 

 

(18,096

)

 

 

-4268

%

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end
   of period

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

$

4,998

 

 

 

40

%

 

72


Table of Contents

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $12.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, driven primarily by a net loss of $13.4 million, a net working capital change of $1.4 million, and a $1.2 million change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $3.1 million. Non-cash adjustments to net loss consisted of share-based compensation expense of $1.7 million, depreciation expense of $0.9 million, amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million, impairment and loss on disposal of assets of $0.1 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.1 million. The change in net working capital reflected an increase in accounts receivable of $2.0 million, an increase in inventories of $0.6 million, an increase in contract assets of $0.6 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $0.5 million, and a decrease in contract liabilities of $0.1 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.9 million and an increase in accrued interest of $0.5 million. The changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities reflected in the change in net working capital exclude capital-expenditure-related payables and accruals, deferred offering costs, and debt issuance costs incurred but not yet paid, each of which was non-cash

Net cash used in operating activities was $7.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, driven primarily by a net loss of $8.7 million and a $0.1 million net change in other non-current operating balances, partially offset by non-cash adjustments to net loss of $1.6 million and a $0.3 million net working capital change. Non-cash adjustments consisted of share-based compensation expense of $1.1 million, depreciation expense of $0.4 million, and non-cash operating lease expense of $0.1 million. The change in net working capital primarily reflected an increase in accounts payable of $1.6 million, an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.2 million, and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.8 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $0.3 million and an increase in inventories of $3.2 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $9.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025. In both periods, investing activities consisted primarily of purchases of property, plant and equipment to support the continued build-out of our Tennessee facility, including the addition of machinery and equipment and leasehold improvements to expand our metal powders and PM-HIP production capacity.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, driven by drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received $4.8 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million. We also received gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.1 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2025, driven by net proceeds from equity capital raises and drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. We received gross proceeds from equity capital raises of $14.0 million, gross proceeds from warrant exercises of $0.1 million, and gross proceeds from employee stock option exercises of $0.1 million. These cash inflows were partially offset by share

73


Table of Contents

 

issuance transaction costs of $0.7 million. We also received $3.5 million in gross proceeds from drawdowns under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance transaction costs of $0.2 million.

The effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and restricted cash was $0.1 million in each of the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, reflecting movements in the AUD/USD exchange rate during the period.

Material Cash Commitments

Our material cash commitments as of June 30, 2026 consist of (i) principal payments under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, (ii) operating lease payments under our Tennessee manufacturing and corporate headquarters lease, (iii) contractual payments under executed capital equipment purchase contracts, (iv) inventory purchase commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (v) minimum take-or-pay payments under our argon recovery services agreement. For additional information regarding our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, see “Indebtedness” above and Note 14 — Indebtedness and for additional information regarding our Tennessee lease, see Note 11 — Leases.

Our inventory purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $3.6 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $7.9 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $2.7 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (ii) milestone payments of $2.2 million for our argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; (iii) $1.4 million for powder blending, screening and classification equipment; (iv) $0.9 million for PM-HIP production equipment; and (v) various other contracted commitments for leasehold improvements and ancillary plant equipment.

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we entered into a long-term argon recovery services agreement under which, following final acceptance and commissioning of the system (expected in the first quarter of 2027), we are obligated to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years. The monthly fee is equal to the greater of a usage-based charge, based on the volume of argon recovered, or a minimum take-or-pay amount of $24,500 per month, in each case subject to a 1.0% annual escalation. Our aggregate minimum take-or-pay commitment under this agreement is approximately $4.7 million over the initial term. Because amounts payable in excess of the minimum depend on future recovered gas volumes, only the minimum take-or-pay amount is reflected in the table below.

The following table summarizes our material cash commitments as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Inventory
purchase
commitments

 

 

Capital
commitments

 

 

Operating
leases

 

 

Indebtedness

 

 

Argon
recovery
services
minimum

 

 

Total

 

2026 (remaining portion)

 

$

3,621

 

 

$

6,108

 

 

$

494

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

10,223

 

2027

 

 

 

 

 

1,777

 

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

1,598

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

4,579

 

2028

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

4,519

 

2029

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,049

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

4,543

 

2030

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

3,195

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

4,567

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

23,366

 

 

 

11,184

 

 

 

3,639

 

 

 

38,189

 

Total

 

$

3,621

 

 

$

7,885

 

 

$

28,015

 

 

$

22,367

 

 

$

4,732

 

 

$

66,620

 

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as the related disclosures. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. The following critical accounting estimates involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and are the most impactful to our reported financial results.

74


Table of Contents

 

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from PM-HIP contract manufacturing over time using the cost-to-cost input method. We measure revenue in each period as total estimated contract price multiplied by the ratio of costs incurred to date over total estimated contract costs. Because PM-HIP components are highly engineered to customer-specific technical specifications and we cannot readily redirect to another customer without significant loss of value, they have no alternative use to us. Our contracts also provide an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in the event the customer terminates for reasons other than our failure to perform. Both criteria under ASC 606-10-25-27(c) are therefore met, supporting over-time recognition.

Certain PM-HIP contracts with U.S. government agencies include title-transfer clauses that grant the government a legal ownership interest in work-in-progress during production. We have evaluated these provisions and concluded that, notwithstanding the legal title transfer, we retain physical possession and practical production control throughout the manufacturing process and that the government does not have the practical ability to direct the use of, or obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset during production. Accordingly, we base our revenue recognition for these contracts on Criterion 3 (ASC 606-10-25-27(c)) rather than Criterion 2.

Customer contracts include milestone billing provisions, with milestone amounts structured to approximate the value delivered at each stage of production. Revenue recognized may differ from milestone billings in any given period — giving rise to contract assets (revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed) or contract liabilities (amounts billed or received in advance of completion).

The most significant judgment in PM-HIP revenue recognition is the estimate of total contract costs to complete. An increase in total estimated contract costs reduces the percentage of completion and therefore reduces revenue and gross profit recognized to date. Changes in total estimated contract costs are recognized in the period the change is identified on a cumulative catch-up basis. If a contract is projected to result in a loss, the full anticipated loss is recognized immediately.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based compensation expense at the grant-date fair value of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant-date fair value calculation requires us to make subjective assumptions, the most significant of which are expected volatility and expected term. We estimate expected volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock, measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility, and expected term is estimated using the simplified method. Changes in these assumptions can have a material effect on the grant-date fair value of awards and, therefore, on the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized over the requisite service period. A higher assumed volatility or a longer assumed expected term would result in a higher grant-date fair value, and vice versa. We recognize stock-based compensation expense within the consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, and is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the inputs used to determine grant-date fair value. See Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation for the assumptions used to determine the grant-date fair value of awards granted during 2025 and 2024 and for additional information regarding stock-based compensation expense recognized during the periods presented.

Lease Accounting

We account for our operating lease for the Tennessee manufacturing facility under ASC 842. The most significant judgment in lease accounting is the determination that the two five-year renewal options are reasonably certain to be exercised, resulting in a total expected lease term of 25 years. A different conclusion regarding the renewal options would result in a materially different right-of-use asset and lease liability and a different pattern of lease cost recognition.

Emerging Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and have elected to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period for new or revised financial accounting standards. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we expect to continue to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period, although we may decide to early adopt such new or

75


Table of Contents

 

revised accounting standards to the extent permitted by such standards. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen to not take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements and Note 4 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recent accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our EXIM Bank debt bears a fixed stated interest rate of 5.36% and matures on June 30, 2034. Accordingly, we have no direct exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our outstanding borrowings. We hold cash primarily in money market funds ($8.9 million as of June 30, 2026), which are subject to money market fund rates. A 1% decrease (increase) in money market rates would reduce (increase) annual interest income by approximately $0.1 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our revenues and the majority of our costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. We are listed on the ASX and certain corporate administrative costs are incurred in Australian dollars. Currency translation adjustments of $0.1 million were recognized in other comprehensive income in the six months ended June 30, 2026. We do not hedge foreign currency exposure and do not believe our current exposure is material. Our AUD-denominated cost exposure is expected to decrease in future periods as a result of the Redomiciliation.

Raw Materials and Commodity Price Risk

Our primary raw material inputs are niobium (for C103 powder) and titanium alloy (for Ti-64 powder). Titanium feedstock pricing is partially mitigated through our three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company. We do not currently use derivative instruments to hedge commodity price risk. Current U.S. tariff policy provides for a 35% tariff on imported electrode raw materials, but U.S. tariff policy has changed and may continue to change significantly. Our argon gas recycling system contracted for commissioning in the first quarter of 2027 is expected to materially reduce our argon input cost exposure upon commissioning.

76


Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading U.S.-based producer of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing (“AM”) and advanced manufacturing, and a pioneer in Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”) manufacturing of large near-net-shape components. With manufacturing and corporate headquarters in Tennessee, we occupy a strategically critical position at the intersection of U.S. national security priorities, AM technology, and the domestic reshoring of imperative U.S. supply chains.

Our core technology platform centers on the Electrode Induction Melting Inert Gas Atomizer (“EIGA”), an advanced crucible-free gas atomization technology designed for the production of high-purity titanium and refractory alloy powders (“EIGA Premium”). To our knowledge, our EIGA Premium configuration is the only such system operating in the United States. We produce high-purity spherical metal powders specifically engineered for laser powder bed fusion (“LPBF”) 3D printing of mission-critical components — particularly for hypersonic weapons systems, satellite propulsion, strategic missiles, aerospace, and medical applications. Our powder portfolio encompasses niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium, zirconium, and titanium alloy powders.

Through our PM-HIP manufacturing process, we produce large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, providing a technically mature and scalable alternative to the strained domestic supply chain for large-scale castings and forgings. This capability is particularly relevant to the U.S. Navy’s submarine industrial base, where capacity constraints for large components represent a critical bottleneck to shipbuilding program objectives.

We have built a strong reputation for delivering mission-critical materials and parts on time and to customer specification with leading organizations in defense, aerospace, and advanced manufacturing. We have entered into exclusive or preferred supplier arrangements and long-term supply and strategic development agreements with organizations such as ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers, Velo3D, a “Made in USA” leader in AM technology, and Titomic Limited, a global leader in cold spray AM technology, among others.

Following a three-year capital investment program of approximately $45.9 million, we believe we are at an inflection point as our business transitions from onshoring our manufacturing facilities to revenue growth and margin expansion.

Industry and Market Background

The Strategic Imperative for Domestic Advanced Materials

The U.S. defense industrial base faces a structural vulnerability that has developed over several decades: a pronounced reliance on foreign sources — particularly China and other potentially adversarial nations — for critical minerals and the advanced materials derived from them. This vulnerability extends to the processing, atomization, and qualification of high-performance metal powders essential for next-generation weapons systems, propulsion platforms, and space technologies.

Refractory alloys occupy a particularly sensitive position within the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. For example, Niobium C103 (“C103”) is a refractory alloy used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components, and jet engine afterburner flaps due to its unique combination of properties, including its high melting point, low density, strength retention at elevated temperatures, ductility at room temperature, and weldability. Prior to our commissioning of domestic C103 powder production capacity, qualified domestic sources of C103 additive manufacturing powder were limited, creating potential supply-chain risks for critical aerospace and defense programs.

Titanium alloys are similarly essential to the U.S. aerospace and defense supply chains. Titanium is indispensable for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance, and medical implants due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, high-temperature performance, and biocompatibility. The adoption of additive manufacturing for titanium components has accelerated substantially, as AM reduces the traditional buy-to-fly ratio, dramatically lowering material waste, lead times, and total unit costs. The United States is highly dependent on imports of titanium alloys, and we believe we add a critical source of domestic supply to help address significant existing supply chain risks.

77


Table of Contents

 

We believe recent policy developments have created an environment that is primed to catalyze investment in domestic AM capability. These policy developments include, among others, the identification of AM and domestic advanced material production as priorities by the National Defense Industrial Strategy (“NDIS”); the passage of the 2026 National Defense Authorization Act, requiring the Department of War (“DoW”) to develop advanced manufacturing guidance; and the implementation of the Make More in America (“MMIA”) initiative by the U.S. Export-Import Bank (“EXIM Bank”) to address long-term weaknesses in U.S. supply chains caused by decades of underinvestment and offshoring.

U.S.-based purchasers of advanced materials are increasingly including U.S.-only sourcing clauses, and reshoring has been a priority of the Trump administration, which is expected to benefit domestic powder producers and PM-HIP manufacturers who can fill supply chain gaps previously served by non-U.S. suppliers. For PM-HIP, investment and interest are being driven by the aerospace and energy sectors that are themselves beneficiaries of the Trump administration’s push to strengthen the domestic defense and industrial base, which is expected to result in U.S.-based PM-HIP manufacturers realizing significant benefits from the broader policy direction, even as the sector navigates near-term input cost volatility.

When taken together with the several executive orders promoting advancement of domestic AM capability and other initiatives by the Trump administration, including improved regulatory mitigation and targeted tariff policies, we believe that establishing industrial policy and supply chain sovereignty are national security priorities and economic objectives.

Addressing the Castings and Forgings Bottleneck through PM-HIP

The limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging is an additional structural vulnerability that has negatively impacted the U.S. defense industrial base in recent years. In particular, the domestic forging and casting base for stainless steel, nickel superalloy, and specialty metal components, which is essential to manufacturing naval propulsion and submarine components, has contracted significantly over the past several decades due, in part, to offshoring. The limited domestic supply chain presents a direct threat to the Navy’s submarine production targets, which are central to the NDIS.

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing offers a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging. By consolidating metal powder within precision-engineered tooling under simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure, PM-HIP produces fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties and microstructure, meaning a higher performance in quality and structural integrity. The process eliminates internal voids and maintains a fine microstructure through plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding — achieving mechanical properties that are in many cases superior to conventional cast equivalents, while enabling complex geometries not achievable by traditional forging.

Market Opportunity

We evaluate our total U.S. addressable market by reviewing the estimated current and future U.S. addressable markets of the three product categories we directly serve—titanium additive manufacturing powder, refractory additive manufacturing powder, and PM-HIP components—each of which is expected to grow due to, among other things, rising defense spending, accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing, and reshoring of critical supply chains:

•
Titanium powder: The U.S. addressable market for titanium additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $464.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $803.5 million by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 14.7% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Straits Research report. We believe growth is being driven by the accelerating adoption of additive manufacturing across defense, aerospace, medical device manufacturing and civilian firearms—including for aircraft structures, jet engine components, missile systems, ordnance and medical implants—and by the ability of additive manufacturing to reduce the traditional buy-to-fly ratio.
•
Refractory powder: The U.S. addressable market for refractory additive manufacturing powder is estimated to be approximately $191.8 million in 2026, growing to approximately $242.6 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 6.0% from 2026 to 2030, according to a July 2026 Dataintelo

78


Table of Contents

 

report. We believe growth is being driven by demand for high-performance refractory alloys used in rocket nozzles, satellite thrusters, hypersonic components and jet engine afterburner flaps, and by additive manufacturing increasingly displacing conventional fabrication in aerospace and defense.
•
PM-HIP components: Based on management’s estimates, we believe the U.S. PM-HIP market we serve—the near-net-shape PM-HIP components market, a distinct subset of the broader total hot isostatic pressing (HIP) market, which itself is a distinct subset of the total U.S. metal forging market of $17.4 billion as of 2025, according to a July 2026 SNS Insider report—to be approximately $80 million in 2026, growing to approximately $450 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 54.0% from 2026 to 2030. We believe growth is being driven by defense and energy customers seeking to overcome the persistent shortage of large-scale domestic casting and forging capacity, particularly across the U.S. naval and maritime industrial base; PM-HIP directly addresses this bottleneck by producing fully dense, near-net-shape components with forged-equivalent material properties, on shortened production cycles and in geometries not achievable through traditional forging.

In aggregate, we estimate the total U.S. addressable market for these three categories at approximately $736.6 million in 2026, growing to approximately $1,496.1 million by 2030, representing a CAGR of approximately 19.4% from 2026 to 2030.

Since January 1, 2026, Velo3D and SBO AG, which is the parent company of our customer Knust-Godwin, and at least two additional U.S.-based companies have announced plans to expand their U.S. operations to increase their metal printer capacity, which we believe is indicative of potential growth in demand for titanium and refractory powders.

 

Our Solution

We aim to address critical gaps in the supply chain by building resilient, integrated, and scalable U.S.-domestic industrial production and supply chains. Fragmented supply chains introduce variability at each step, from feedstock mining to powder atomization to component production, causing inconsistent performance and higher scrap rates for original equipment manufacturers in regulated sectors. As industries are pushed to integrate more advanced alloys, the lack of fully integrated suppliers is expected to result in costly bottlenecks and limit commercialization.

We offer the following products:

•
Specialty Metal Powder Production: The production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory, and titanium alloy powders for additive manufacturing and advanced manufacturing applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical, and consumer sectors.
•
PM-HIP Manufacturing: The production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components with forged-equivalent material properties for demanding, critical applications in defense, aerospace, space, energy, and industrial sectors.

These two product categories are strategically complementary: powder production establishes us as a leading domestic source of critical alloy feedstock for AM, while PM-HIP manufacturing leverages our powder metallurgy expertise and customer relationships to provide manufacturing capacity capable of addressing the current lack of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging.

We believe we are well positioned at the intersection of materials science and manufacturing, with scaled U.S. production of high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders and differentiated PM-HIP capability for near-net-shape parts.

79


Table of Contents

 

Our Strategy

We expect to drive stockholder value based on our strategic position as a critical U.S. domestic supplier of high-value refractory and titanium alloy powders and producer of near-net-shape powder metallurgy components to the U.S. defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial sectors.

We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the powerful macro-trends of U.S. re-industrialization and the strengthening of domestic supply chains. This “onshoring” is a vital response to increasing geopolitical instability and the vulnerabilities exposed by recent global disruptions, such as military conflict in the Middle East and tariffs and trade restrictions. The U.S. government and key industries are actively seeking to reduce reliance on foreign supply chains to ensure national security and maintain operational resilience, with the goal of safeguarding the continuous supply of mission-critical materials and components, particularly within the defense and aerospace sectors, which are essential for national security.

Our advanced materials and manufacturing capabilities directly address this imperative. We possess premium technology, including, to our knowledge, the only EIGA Premium system configuration of its kind currently operating in the United States, and PM-HIP. By expanding our production capacity and utilizing this differentiated technology, we believe we are positioned to become a critical contributor to the U.S. defense industrial base. With an experienced leadership team guiding us toward commercial production, we believe we are poised to capitalize on the strong demand for domestically sourced, high-performance materials and large, complex, near-net-shape powder metallurgy parts.

The key elements of our strategy are:

Target High-Margin Growth with Specialized Materials

Our strategy is to achieve resilient, high-margin growth by focusing on two complementary revenue streams: (i) the production of ultra-clean, high-purity refractory and titanium alloy powders, and (ii) high-value manufacturing of large, near-net-shape components with our PM-HIP capabilities. Our goal is to continue to operate the largest U.S. domestic production capacity for refractory and titanium spherical powders with full feedstock traceability and to further expand our capacity to meet market opportunities.

We have strategically prioritized refractory and titanium alloy powder as a core driver of our expected growth, as such powder is vital for extreme-temperature applications like hypersonic missiles, missile defense, space, and energy applications that are becoming more prevalent. We believe our strategic advantage as an agile, lower cost U.S. domestic producer of refractory and titanium alloy powders will enable us to maximize our share of this market demand and address critical supply chain needs.

Align with U.S. Re-industrialization and Defense Requirements

A core element of our strategy is to align our operations with the U.S. government’s initiative to onshore critical manufacturing capabilities. Amid geopolitical tensions and supply chain vulnerabilities, we have and intend to continue to focus on expanding our ability to deliver domestically sourced and manufactured high-performance refractory and alloy powders, filling a vital gap in the U.S. domestic supply chain for mission-critical programs like hypersonic and strategic missiles, while also continuing to source cost-effective raw materials across the global supply chain, including the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). Our goal in relocating to the United States in July 2023 was to move ahead of larger multinational companies that are only now seeking to re-establish their U.S. manufacturing capabilities. To our knowledge, we are the only manufacturer currently operating a gas atomizer dedicated to supplying refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which both advances U.S. priorities to reduce reliance on China and Russia for critical materials and is consistent with our strategy to align our operations with the DoW’s re-industrialization policies.

Leverage Commercial Scale Operations

We have pursued and achieved full commercial-scale production, a pivotal transition that allows us to develop improved costs and margin economics as volume demand increases. With over $100.0 million raised since May 2022 and approximately $87.8 million in tangible assets, including $17.6 million of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, each as of June 30, 2026, we believe that we are well-capitalized to continue to scale production. The commissioning of

80


Table of Contents

 

our third advanced atomizer in Tennessee in June 2026, which is dedicated solely to titanium alloy powder production, doubles our titanium powder production capacity and represents a key step in our strategic pursuit of increasing our high-value powder production capacity. Our first atomizer is dedicated to refractory alloy powders, while our second and third atomizers are dedicated to titanium alloy powders. Our fourth atomizer, which has been ordered and is expected to be commissioned in June 2027, is also expected to be dedicated to titanium alloy powder production. We intend to deploy the additional titanium capacity to capture a greater share of the high-margin titanium powder market, capitalize on superior pricing and meet increasing U.S. defense and aerospace demand.

Pursue Long-term Commercial Agreements

Our expansion strategy is to secure key agreements that de-risk the commercialization phase by providing a tangible demand pipeline. Our expansion has included a multi-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, a five-year preferred supplier agreement with ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing where we are their primary supplier of C103 and refractory AM powder, a five-year exclusive supplier agreement for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders with Titomic, a leader in cold spray production of critical components, a three-year exclusive distribution agreement with United Performance Metals, and a five-year supply agreement with Knust-Godwin. As of September 30, 2026, our backlog under these agreements and others was $13.4 million across 18 unique customers. We believe that successfully executing under our existing commercial contracts and pursuing additional agreements will further validate our operational abilities through demonstrated performance and unlock additional growth opportunities, including in the aerospace, defense, and medical applications.

Maintain Technological Advantage

We believe our early adoption of EIGA Premium atomizers provides us with advanced technical manufacturing capabilities not available to other U.S. producers.

Our technological advantage is validated by organizations such as NASA Glenn Research Center and the Air Force Research Laboratory, which have determined that only EIGA technology is capable of the qualification and scaled production of C103 and refractory alloys due to their high melting temperatures. Our EIGA Premium capabilities provide both the high purity and scalability necessary to meet the demanding requirements of the U.S. defense sector. As new technologies and methods arrive and become available, we intend to evaluate their ability to provide us cost-efficient products in the AM and advanced manufacturing industries.

Furthermore, we plan to continue to expand our expertise in PM-HIP allowing us to produce large, near-net-shape components with properties equivalent to “traditional forgings, alleviating major supply chain bottlenecks for large-scale parts.

Competitive Strengths

First-Mover Advantage and Scale Position

We have spent approximately $45.9 million over the past three years to establish the only U.S. domestic atomization capacity specifically dedicated to refractory alloys and the largest total domestic capacity for spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders. In connection with our expansion efforts, we have realized net losses from continuing operations of $13.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and $18.5 million and $13.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, our total indebtedness was $19.6 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $13.6 million.

 

We have acquired and commissioned three EIGA Premium atomizers and are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth in June 2027. Our current annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 720 metric tons based on product mix, represents greater scale than any other known domestic competitor, and our annual planned production capacity is expected to increase to 920 metric tons, with a maximum capacity of 960 metric tons, when our fourth atomizer is commissioned. In addition to the significant investments we made to build out our production capacity, we have obtained significant expertise and know-how relating to the optimization and calibration of our EIGA Premium systems, which we believe results in meaningful cost and production advantages beyond the underlying equipment specifications and would take substantial time for competitors to replicate if they chose to commission the same equipment. We believe our first-mover position is reinforced by the significant time, capital, and customer qualification requirements associated with establishing competitive atomization capacity. In

81


Table of Contents

 

aerospace and defense applications, qualification programs can require multiple years of testing and validation, creating substantial barriers to entry for new market participants.

Superior Technology: EIGA Premium Advantage

Based on performance specifications published by the manufacturer of our gas atomizers, EIGA Premium technology is designed to provide approximately twice the usable powder yield using half the gas when compared to conventional EIGA atomizers. This efficiency delivers a structural cost advantage over manufacturers that deploy conventional EIGA atomizers and compounds as production volumes increase. We expect our cost savings to further increase as our argon recycling system becomes operational, with estimated argon gas costs estimated to decrease by at least 77% over the first year. The combination of EIGA Premium technology and our argon recycling is expected to make our unit cost structure among the most competitive in the allied world for high-quality refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Qualification Moat and Technical Barriers

Aerospace and defense customers require extensive material qualification before they can incorporate materials into their products. Obtaining these qualifications requires a multi-year process involving intensive technical collaboration between the producer of the materials and either the end-user or the Tier 1 manufacturer. We have completed qualification of our C103 powder with ADDMAN/Castheon and Auburn University’s National Center for Additive Manufacturing Excellence (“NCAME”), our Ti-64 powder with Velo3D. In our PM-HIP components business, we have collaborated with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. These qualifications represent years of collaborative technical investment, and replacement would require high transition costs and significant time.

Strategic Government and Customer Relationships

EXIM Bank’s MMIA loan to us—the sixth MMIA loan approved and the first to support advanced materials and AM—provides not only non-dilutive capital but represents a U.S. government endorsement of our strategic role. We believe the U.S. Navy’s Letter of Support for the development of our PM-HIP manufacturing provides a similarly significant endorsement of our strategic importance to the U.S. defense industrial base. These government endorsements, combined with our proximity to Oak Ridge National Laboratory and our Special Advisor relationship with Lieutenant General (ret.) H.R. McMaster, provide us with critical insight and access to the U.S. defense ecosystem.

Domestic Supply Chain Sovereignty

U.S. defense procurement policy has progressively resulted in domestic sourcing preferences for critical materials, with congressional action and DoW acquisition policies creating increasing barriers to foreign-sourced specialty metals and advanced materials. Our titanium bar feedstock is sourced and processed in compliance with Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”), with full traceability from raw material through finished powder. We believe these same attributes position our titanium powders as a DFARS-compliant domestic source of supply, because our domestic atomization independently qualifies our titanium powders as “produced” in the United States, regardless of where the titanium bar feedstock is sourced. See “—Regulatory—Defense Procurement.” Our Tennessee manufacturing facility operates entirely within the United States, and our powders and PM-HIP components are produced, tested, and being qualified domestically. Our feedstock traceability, domestic manufacturing base, and AS9100D quality certification position us favorably relative to foreign competitors seeking to access the U.S. market. As FOCI mitigation requirements are applied with increasing frequency to defense contractors and their supply chains, our structure as a U.S.-incorporated, U.S.-operating entity reduces the ownership and control risks that continue to complicate procurement relationships involving foreign suppliers.

Specialized Technical Talent and Process Know-How

Producing commercially viable reactive metal powders and qualifying PM-HIP components for defense and aerospace applications requires deep, specialized expertise in powder metallurgy, atomization process tuning, metallurgical modeling, and PM-HIP can design. Our technical team includes senior leaders with prior experience at

82


Table of Contents

 

leading metal and powder producers, national laboratories, and aerospace research institutions. We believe the limited number of qualified professionals and the multi-year process necessary to assemble and integrate a team with similar technical expertise represents a significant barrier to competitive entry that complements the qualification barrier and significant capital investment requirements described above.

Alignment of Interests

Our directors and executive officers, including Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer, Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer, and Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer, beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 35.5% of the shares of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. We believe this ownership structure creates meaningful economic alignment among our directors and management team and our stockholders, incentivizing our directors and management team to optimize outcomes for our investors.

Our Products

Specialty Metal Powder Production

Technology: The EIGA Premium

Our EIGA Premium technology employs proprietary modifications and operating parameters and represents an industry leading method for producing high-purity, spherical metal powders, designed to meet the most demanding applications. This advanced system operates on a crucible-free, non-contact melting process, designed to ensure that the resulting powders are exceptionally pure and free from contaminants. Unlike conventional methods such as vacuum induction melting inert gas atomization (“VIGA”), the absence of refractory materials in EIGA’s crucible-free melting process is designed to eliminate the risk of contamination from atmospheric gases like oxygen and nitrogen, a common occurrence with traditional techniques. This superior purity significantly increases usable production yield, enabling our EIGA Premium atomizers to achieve a higher yield than older atomization models, while ensuring exceptional material quality for high-performance applications.

Both NASA Glenn and the Air Force Research Laboratory have noted that conventional atomization methods may introduce contamination levels beyond tolerable limits for refractory metals. This is particularly important for alloys such as C103, which has extremely high melting temperatures that make high-purity powder production technically challenging and differentiate EIGA from conventional atomization approaches. Our use of EIGA technology provides a critical differentiator of our powders. As stated by Dr. Mark Benedict, Senior Scientist at the Air Force Research Laboratory, in a June 2025 report, “non-contact EIGA is the industry standard for reactive and refractory materials.”

The benefits of our customized EIGA technology extend beyond purity and contamination control. The process yields powders with superior sphericity and uniform particle size, which critically improves powder flowability and packing density, two essential factors for successful AM. Metal powders with greater sphericity and particle size uniformity correlate with fewer defects, superior component performance and reduced material waste.

83


Table of Contents

 

The graphic below illustrates the EIGA process and atomization of a 100mm Ti-6A1-4V electrode:

 

img612178_2.jpg

 

An important advantage of our EIGA Premium atomizer is its production efficiency, delivering a higher yield compared to standard EIGA technologies. This efficiency is achieved through enhanced control over atomization parameters, resulting in a finer and more consistent particle size distribution. By minimizing off-specification powders and maximizing the usable fraction, we not only reduce material loss but also significantly lower conversion costs and argon gas consumption, lowering our operational costs. Based on performance specifications published by the equipment manufacturer, our EIGA Premium atomizers are designed to produce approximately twice the usable powder yield while using approximately 50% less argon gas than standard EIGA atomization. This improved yield and product purity make high-quality metal powders more economically viable, which in turn supports the large-scale adoption of AM. We believe our EIGA Premium atomizers are currently the only custom-designed and manufactured advanced atomizers operational in the United States. This unique design offers flexibility, enabling seamless switching between alloys within a material family, making it an ideal solution for diverse applications from aerospace to medical devices.

Atomizer Installation and Commissioning Schedule

We have executed a disciplined, phased atomizer commissioning program. The table below shows the timeline and status of our EIGA Premium atomizers:

 

Atomizer

Status

Key Milestone

EIGA #1

Commissioned

June 2024 — First known EIGA Premium commissioned in U.S. and second globally

EIGA #2

Commissioned

June 2025

EIGA #3

Commissioned

June 2026

EIGA #4

Ordered; Commissioning June 2027

Order placed December 2025

Our Tennessee facility has physical capacity for up to five EIGA Premium atomizers in the refractory and titanium production areas. We have acquired and commissioned three atomizers with annual maximum production capacity of approximately 720 metric tons and a planned annual production capacity of 680 metric tons, based on

84


Table of Contents

 

expected product mix. We are currently contracted for and expect to commission a fourth atomizer by June 2027 and expect to have an annual maximum powder production capacity of approximately 960 metric tons. We have also purchased and are in the process of commissioning other key equipment such as three-stage sieving equipment and additional blenders that are designed to substantially increase our ability to refine the powder output from our atomizers once such equipment is fully operational. The current capacity makes us the largest U.S. domestic producer for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.

Product Portfolio

We produce spherical powders for AM processes, specifically engineered for the highest-demand, highest-value applications in defense, aerospace, space, medical devices, and industrial manufacturing. Our primary powder products listed below include refractory and titanium alloy powders:

 

Alloy

Properties

Applications

Tungsten Heavy Alloy (“WHA”)

Extremely high melting point (over 3,000°C), very high density and excellent thermal stability

Munitions, radiation shielding, high-temperature furnace components, and semiconductor equipment

Titanium-Zirconium-Molybdenum (“TZM”)

A molybdenum alloy offering an excellent compromise of strength, weight, and machinability at temperatures below molybdenum’s melting point

High-temperature tooling, nuclear applications, and aerospace

Niobium

Superconducting properties at cryogenic temperatures, good ductility, and strong corrosion resistance

Superconducting accelerators, nuclear fuel assemblies, and semiconductor processing equipment

Molybdenum

High melting point, high strength, corrosion resistance

Aerospace, electronics, and energy

Rhenium

Extremely high melting point (over 3,000°C), exceptional strength and creep resistance at high temperatures, and good ductility that it retains even after recrystallization

Nickel-based superalloys for jet engine turbine blades

Tantalum

Corrosion-resistant with unique biocompatibility

Medical implants, surgical instruments, cardiovascular devices, and capacitors

Zirconium

High corrosion resistance in acidic and alkaline environments, and low thermal neutron absorption

Nuclear reactor fuel assemblies (low neutron absorption), aerospace alloys, and chemical processing equipment

 

Our agile production capability for high-value refractory alloy powders is a differentiated competitive advantage. High temperature niobium, tungsten, tantalum, molybdenum, rhenium and zirconium alloys have exceptional high-temperature strength retention, excellent ductility, and outstanding weldability, making them uniquely suited for propulsion and thermal protection systems.

Ti-64 is the most widely used titanium alloy in aerospace and defense manufacturing due to its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and biocompatibility. We produce Grade 5 and Grade 23 titanium alloy powders. Grade 23 has reduced oxygen, nitrogen, and iron content relative to Grade 5, providing improved ductility and fracture toughness for fatigue-critical applications including medical implants and specialized aerospace components.

Feedstock

We have entered into long-term supply agreements for certain critical inputs, including argon and other industrial gases and a portion of our titanium bar feedstock that we source from a domestic supplier. However, we do not have long-term agreements covering many of our feedstocks. In particular, due to the cost efficiencies, we currently source the majority of our titanium bar feedstock from suppliers located in the PRC on a purchase-order basis, without

85


Table of Contents

 

the protection of a long-term supply agreement. Certain of our customers may require us to source certain feedstocks from solely domestic suppliers in compliance with the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement.

Commercial Progress

As of June 30, 2026, we have active advanced materials contracts with 20 different customers. Specifically:

•
ADDMAN Group: We serve as the preferred supplier of C103 and refractory alloy AM powder to ADDMAN Group, one of the largest U.S. domestic metal additive manufacturers.
•
Velo3D: We have entered into a five-year exclusive supply agreement to provide C103 and other refractory alloy powders to Velo3D, where we also serve as preferred supplier of titanium alloy powders.
•
Titomic: We have a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited, under which we are the sole supplier of refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders.
•
Knust-Godwin: We have a five-year supply and strategic development agreement for titanium alloy powders with Knust-Godwin, which is planning a 52,000 square foot expansion of its additive manufacturing operations.
•
Continuum Powders Corporation: We have a one-year master purchasing agreement, renewable by mutual agreement, under which we supply titanium alloy powder to Continuum Powders Corporation, with a binding minimum purchase commitment.

In addition, as of June 30, 2026, we have 18 development contracts for near-net-shape parts in the defense, aerospace and industrial sectors.

PM-HIP Manufacturing

We believe our PM-HIP manufacturing capability positions us as a technically mature and scalable solution that has the potential to meaningfully alleviate the structural vulnerability posed by the limited availability of U.S. domestic large-scale casting and forging for large, complex, near-net-shape components in defense and aerospace applications.

PM-HIP is a process in which metal powder is loaded into precision-engineered canisters, which is then subjected to simultaneous high temperature and isostatic pressure in a hot isostatic pressing unit, which is a high-temperature furnace inside a pressure vessel. The simultaneous application of heat and pressure eliminates internal voids and microporosity through a combination of plastic deformation, creep, and diffusion bonding, producing a fully dense component with forged-equivalent mechanical properties. Near-net-shape tooling design using computational modeling minimizes post-process machining, reducing costs and cycle times. The graphic below provides an illustration of the PM-HIP process:

 

img612178_3.gif

 

PM-HIP offers substantial benefits over alternative manufacturing methods by directly addressing critical supply chain vulnerabilities and enhancing component performance. PM-HIP dramatically reduces lead times, with complex components achievable in three to four months compared to six to 18 months for forgings, and even as short as six weeks in some instances. This process provides greater access to high-quality, complex, large components and offers additional flexibility for design modifications and quantities, even for bespoke or small lots. Key advantages include isotropic and fine microstructures, high-quality material properties, and reduced welding, which minimizes associated failure modes, inspections, and heat treatment problems. PM-HIP also provides improved inspectability, domestic fabrication of large, complex components with internal cavities, increased material utilization, and reduced scrap for

86


Table of Contents

 

enhanced sustainability. It also relieves demand on the capacity-constrained casting and forging supply chain for high-mix, low-volume components, and allows the use of a broader range of metal alloys without the alloy limitations inherent in those traditional processes. The process accommodates increased component size and complexity, handling thick and thin sections simultaneously, and can produce parts as large as 63x104 inches and weighing up to 20,000 pounds efficiently in a single heating process, a scale often not feasible with AM.

PM-HIP produces materials with high-quality properties, often superior to castings and comparable to forgings, due to the small grains established during powder production. This allows for precise control of grain size, enabling properties such as enhanced strength and fracture toughness with smaller grains, or improved creep strength and ductility with longer holds or higher temperatures. Nearly any material can be produced, including notoriously crack-prone hot work tool steels and oxygen-sensitive or reactive materials like titanium alloys and aluminum composites, without the material compromises often required by other AM methods like LPBF. Furthermore, PM-HIP enables the manufacture of components to near-net-shape, dramatically reducing the need for extensive post-processing machining and minimizing material scrap, thereby maximizing material utilization and contributing to cost-effective and timely production.

We are a leader in this field, integrating significant program management with partner organizations to deliver final functional components in virtually any metal alloy and production volume. We believe our adoption of PM-HIP is crucial for alleviating domestic supply chain constraints impacting large-scale castings and forgings and directly supports the onshoring of critical manufacturing capabilities to the United States. This establishes us as a viable domestic manufacturing alternative for lower volumes and higher mixes of parts, providing precision and material quality, which translates into shorter production cycles and reduced lead times. Critically, components produced using our PM-HIP process are designed to be interchangeable with existing components and designs, supporting seamless integration into current systems. In addition, in December 2025, the Maritime Industrial Base Program Office of the United States Department of the Navy issued a formal Letter of Support recognizing our PM-HIP manufacturing process as a viable alternative to traditional casting and forging supply chains within the maritime and defense industrial bases, following an 18-month technical collaboration with the Navy and industry partners. The Navy’s letter specifically recognized our demonstrated technical capability in PM-HIP of large near-net-shape components, including our progress in material behavior modeling, geometric precision, and process understanding, and noted that our planned expansion of PM-HIP and related manufacturing capabilities in Tennessee presents an opportunity to strengthen a domestic supply chain that is critical to defense and national security. PM-HIP manufacturing is supported by an established framework of published military and industry specifications, including nickel alloy powder and parts, stainless steel powder and parts, Class 1 components produced by PM-HIP using 316L, and hot isostatically pressed stainless steel and alloy steel flanges, fittings, valves and parts for high-temperature service.

Our EIGA Premium atomizers currently have over 720 metric tons of annual maximum capacity of U.S. powder production, and further production expansion plans are projected to increase our current maximum capacity to 960 metric tons, creating an integrated value chain where high-purity EIGA powders enhance the efficiency and final mechanical properties of PM-HIP components. We also plan to expand our powder production to include specialty maritime alloy powders that are utilized in PM-HIP manufacturing of components for the submarine industrial base. We believe this vertical integration provides a significant advantage through stringent quality control from feedstock to finished part, ensuring material traceability, end-to-end quality control, and faster research and development cycles for custom-engineered solutions.

Commercial Progress

As of June 30, 2026, we had active PM-HIP contracts with nine different customers spanning defense, aerospace, industrial, and energy sectors. We recently announced as a result of our two years of development with BPMI, a prime defense contractor, and the U.S. Navy, we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI. Additionally, we recently announced that as part of our research and development agreement with the DoW, we will test and manufacture PM-HIP parts to provide results and findings that we believe will help further shape the commercial viability of PM-HIP for defense needs.

87


Table of Contents

 

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing and corporate headquarters is located in Bradley County, Tennessee. The facility currently encompasses approximately 100,000 square feet of primary manufacturing space and would support approximately 30,000 square feet of expansion. Key facility characteristics include:

•
Location: McDonald, Tennessee, adjacent to Chattanooga — a strategically important aerospace and defense manufacturing hub with proximity to major defense contractors, research laboratories (including Oak Ridge National Laboratory), and a highly skilled manufacturing workforce.
•
Argon Gas Recycling: We are installing an argon gas recycling system, which is expected to reduce recurring argon gas consumption expense by at least 77% when commissioned in the first quarter of 2027.
•
Capacity: Current physical capacity for up to 5 EIGA Premium atomizers in dedicated refractory and titanium powder production areas.
•
Quality Certification: AS9100D certification for metal powder manufacturing, testing, and PM-HIP production, which is required for qualification as a supplier to aerospace and defense programs.
•
Lease: 15-year lease with option to extend for up to an additional 10 years, providing long-term facility security.
•
Government Support: $0.6 million grant from the State of Tennessee received in July 2023.

The facility is organized into dedicated production areas for refractory alloy powder production, titanium alloy powder production, PM-HIP manufacturing, post-processing and screening, analytical testing and quality control, and administrative and engineering functions.

Following significant capital investment, we believe we are positioned as the largest-capacity domestic producer of spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders in the United States, which helps insulate us from competitive pressure, as building similar functionality would require substantial capital expenditure and multi-year qualification timelines.

Markets

End-Use Applications

The advanced materials and components produced using our high-purity powders are critical for industries operating under extreme conditions, where material performance directly impacts safety and operational success. Our diversified market strategy focuses on these high-value, high-growth sectors, ensuring a stable and resilient path for growth.

Aerospace & Defense

The aerospace and defense sectors represent a primary target for us of our products due to the stringent requirements for lightweight, high-strength, and high-temperature-resistant materials. Refractory metals, like Niobium and Tungsten, and titanium alloys are essential for mission-critical components.

Our materials are vital for manufacturing components subjected to extreme environments, such as:

•
Rocket Nozzles and Satellite Thrusters: These components must withstand intense heat and pressure during launch and operation.
•
Hypersonic Missile Systems: The extreme speeds generate intense temperatures, requiring materials that maintain structural integrity without significant deformation.
•
Advanced Military Aircraft: Components like engine parts, structural frames, and landing gear require high strength-to-weight ratios and exceptional durability under harsh conditions.

88


Table of Contents

 

The purity of our powders is crucial in these sectors. Contamination in aerospace materials can lead to premature failure, making our low-contamination powders a preferred option for ensuring the reliability and safety of high-stakes defense and aerospace systems.

Medical

The medical sector relies on specialized metal powders for biocompatible implants and instruments, where material purity and mechanical properties are crucial for patient safety and long-term functionality. Specific applications include:

•
Biocompatible Implants: Titanium and certain refractory metals are highly valued for implants such as orthopedic components and dental implants due to their excellent biocompatibility.
•
Prosthetics and Surgical Instruments: High-strength, corrosion-resistant materials are used to ensure the longevity and sterilizability of surgical tools.

We can produce high-purity, spherical metal powders suitable for AM and PM-HIP, which allows for the creation of complex, customized implants tailored to individual patient anatomy, significantly improving outcomes and reducing recovery times. The superior mechanical properties of components derived from our powders ensure the durability required for long-term implants.

Energy

The energy sector, particularly in advanced nuclear applications and high-temperature heat exchange, demands materials capable of performing under extreme thermal and corrosive conditions. Specific applications include:

•
Nuclear Reactor Components: Advanced nuclear reactors, including next-generation systems, require materials resistant to radiation damage, high temperatures, and corrosive coolants. Refractory metals are essential for structural components and fuel cladding.
•
High-Temperature Heat Exchangers: These components are critical for transferring heat in industrial processes and advanced power generation. They must withstand extreme thermal gradients and aggressive environments.
•
Advanced Turbine Parts: Used in power generation, these components benefit from the high temperature resistance of refractory metals to improve efficiency and reduce maintenance.

The properties of our refractory metal powders, high melting points, strength at elevated temperatures, and resistance to creep and corrosion, make them ideal for these demanding energy applications, supporting the transition to more efficient and resilient energy systems. Our product portfolio, encompassing high-purity refractory metals and titanium alloys, is meticulously engineered to meet the rigorous demands of these high-value, high-growth industries. By strategically addressing these diverse sectors, we mitigate reliance on any single market’s economic fluctuations, establishing a stable and resilient growth trajectory.

Consumer

In the consumer sector, additive manufacturing enables premium, differentiated products with material properties and finishes that distinguish them from mass-produced alternatives. Manufacturers of premium consumer goods increasingly value titanium for its strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and durability. Specific applications include:

•
Suppressors: Titanium powder is an ideal choice for suppressors because of its ability to utilize additive manufacturing to produce the intricate features required for the suppressor to function and the material’s exceptional strength-to-weight ratio, corrosion resistance, and thermal performance. Titanium powder for suppressors represents one of the fastest-growing niche applications due to the adoption of additive manufacturing by the firearms industry, strong demand for lightweight precision systems among civilian gun owners, and recent reforms to regulations making ownership more viable.

89


Table of Contents

 

•
Consumer Electronics and Device Enclosures: Titanium’s strength-to-weight ratio, rigidity, and premium surface finish make it an increasingly sought-after material for lightweight, durable enclosures and housings for portable consumer electronics, where additive manufacturing supports thin-walled, structurally robust designs that differentiate premium devices.
•
Premium Cutlery and Edged Products: High-strength, wear- and corrosion-resistant alloys are valued in premium consumer cutlery and edged products, where our PM-HIP process can produce billets with the dense, uniform microstructure and material properties that support edge retention and durability.

Industrial

Our PM-HIP manufacturing capability enables us to produce dense, high-performance components for industrial equipment that must operate reliably under demanding mechanical, thermal, and wear conditions. Specific applications include:

•
Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment: We produce PM-HIP components for semiconductor manufacturing equipment, including parts used in wafer processing.
•
Industrial Machinery: We produce PM-HIP components for industrial machinery, including build plates supplied to an original equipment manufacturer of metal additive manufacturing systems.

This capability also allows us to produce large, near-net-shape industrial components with forged-equivalent material properties, helping to address the limited availability of domestic large-scale casting and forging capacity for demanding industrial applications.

Customers and Key Agreements

We have established a portfolio of long-term exclusive and preferred supplier agreements with leading participants in the additive manufacturing and defense supply chain ecosystem: Our key agreements with customers and suppliers are summarized below. Our PM-HIP contracts and our defense-related contracts and subcontracts are generally subject to termination for convenience clauses, while our powder purchase orders generally do not contain termination for convenience rights.

ADDMAN Group / Castheon / Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing

In September 2024, we completed qualification of our C103 AM powder in accordance with ADDMAN Group and Castheon’s technical specifications, which triggered ADDMAN’s offtake obligation under the agreement. Under the resulting five-year preferred supplier agreement, we are the primary supplier of C103 and refractory alloy AM powder to ADDMAN Group and its subsidiaries, including Castheon and Keselowski Advanced Manufacturing. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party. ADDMAN is a leading market participant among Tier 1 additive manufacturers for defense and space sectors, with combined production capacity exceeding 300,000 square feet across multiple U.S. locations and more than 50 3D printing machines actively supporting DoW-funded programs, including space launch systems, satellites, and hypersonic and strategic missiles.

We began to make initial deliveries under the agreement in 2025. In October 2025, we completed a joint material improvement collaboration with ADDMAN that further enhanced C103 mechanical properties to achieve wrought-like material performance. We continue to collaborate with ADDMAN on advancing sovereign capabilities for propulsion and thermal protection systems in hypersonic weapons. space, and satellite applications.

Velo3D

In April 2025, we signed a five-year exclusive supply agreement with Velo3D, Inc., a leading U.S.-based metal additive manufacturing equipment manufacturer whose Sapphire family of printers is deployed at SpaceX, Aerojet Rocketdyne, Lockheed Martin, Ursa Major, Honeywell, and General Motors.

Under the agreement, which cannot be terminated for convenience, we are the exclusive supplier to Velo3D for C103 and other refractory alloy powders including molybdenum, tantalum, tungsten, rhenium, and zirconium alloys and a preferred supplier for titanium alloy powders. Velo3D has developed proprietary print parameters exclusively for our

90


Table of Contents

 

powders on all Velo3D Sapphire family printers and will provide these print parameters with 3D printing machine licensing at no additional cost to customers. In July 2025, we satisfied Velo3D’s qualification condition following certification by NCAME of conformance with ASTM F3635 (C103) and AMS7015/ASTM F3001 (Ti-64) standards.

Titomic

In September 2025, we entered a five-year exclusive supplier and development agreement with Titomic Limited for refractory and titanium alloy spherical powders, which cannot be terminated for convenience. Titomic is a pioneer in cold spray manufacturing technology, and the agreement positions us as Titomic’s exclusive source of spherical powders for cold spray applications in defense, space, and aerospace.

In December 2025, we received a purchase order from Titomic for $3.0 million of refractory alloy powders, with shipments scheduled across the second half of 2026 to support a Titomic development program with a leading DoW prime contractor. In conjunction with this order, we agreed to contribute $1.5 million toward development expenses for the program.

Knust-Godwin

In September 2025, we executed a five-year supply and strategic development agreement for titanium alloy powders with Knust-Godwin, a leading additive manufacturing and precision machining company operating a 240,000 square foot facility near Houston, Texas. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party.

United Performance Metals

In the second quarter of 2026, we entered a three-year exclusive master purchasing agreement with United Performance Metals, an affiliate of O’Neal Industries, which reported $3.4 billion in revenue in 2025. Under the agreement, United Performance Metals appointed us as exclusive supplier of titanium powders and committed to maintaining minimum inventory of 4,000 kg. The agreement adds a scaled distribution channel with immediate revenue contribution and recurring volume potential. This contract does not contain termination for convenience rights for either party.

Continuum Powders Corporation

In April 2026, we signed a Master Purchasing Agreement with Continuum Powders Corporation, a private equity-backed manufacturing technology and advanced materials business, to supply them titanium alloy powder, which agreement cannot be terminated for convenience. The agreement includes a minimum commitment of $5.5 million for titanium alloy powder shipments from July 2026 through June 2027.

The Perryman Company

In December 2024, we entered into a three-year supply agreement with The Perryman Company for titanium alloy (Ti-6Al-4V ELI) billet, a titanium feedstock. The agreement runs through December 31, 2027, cannot be terminated for convenience, and provides pricing stability and supply visibility through fixed annual base pricing, subject to a raw-material surcharge indexed to the Argus market price for Ti-6/4 ingot above a contractual floor. Our purchase volumes are governed by non-binding rolling forecasts and purchase orders, and we have no minimum purchase or take-or-pay obligation under the agreement. The agreement specifies annual target volumes that, if not met in a given calendar year, give the supplier a right to terminate, which is the supplier’s sole remedy for any volume shortfall.

The Boeing Company

In July 2025, we commenced a development collaboration with The Boeing Company, leveraging our pioneering experience in PM-HIP manufacturing of large near-net-shape parts and Boeing’s manufacturing and materials experience to advance next-generation aerospace applications.

91


Table of Contents

 

Bechtel Plant Machinery

In July 2026, we announced our collaboration with Bechtel Plant Machinery, Inc. (“BPMI”), a DoW prime contractor, and the U.S. Navy for over two years across development, demonstration and first-article programs, and we have been awarded a low-rate-initial-production contract to produce components in support of the U.S. submarine industrial base, and we intend to continue to qualify additional PM-HIP components with BPMI.

U.S. Department of War

In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the DoW valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

Argon Gas Recycling

In December 2025, we entered into an agreement with industrial gas supplier Arencibia Holdings, LLC to purchase a centralized argon gas recovery system, to be commissioned in the first quarter of 2027, secured by performance guarantees. As part of the agreement, we have arranged for Arencibia Holdings, LLC to provide recovery and operational support services and 24/7 monitoring of our argon recycling system for an initial period of fifteen years, and we have a unilateral right to terminate for convenience under certain conditions.

Broader Pipeline

Beyond our contracted customer base, we maintain an active pipeline of commercial development programs across defense, aerospace, space, medical, consumer, energy, and industrial markets. As of early 2026, our representative pipeline of opportunities includes:

•
Non-Government Defense: Additive manufacturing is being leveraged by non-government defense manufacturers as an alternative to traditional manufacturing, including the use of titanium alloys and AM in production of suppressors.
•
Medical: AM allows for the design, development, and delivery of complex geometries that are difficult to execute through traditional manufacturing.
•
Nuclear Power: AM may assist in the next generation of less expensive and more productive energy systems. AM has been leveraged to make micro modular reactors, bypassing the difficulties associated with technical ceramics.
•
Oil & Gas: There has been an increase in usage of AM by energy companies to create geometrically complex, cost-effective parts use for replacement and maintenance. AM has been leveraged to reduce the time and production timeframe for 3D- printed heat exchanger parts.

Competition

The market for high-value refractory and titanium alloy spherical metal powders for additive manufacturing is characterized by high technical barriers to entry, including the requirement for specialized atomization technology, multi-year qualification programs with end customers, and AS9100D or equivalent quality certifications.

Our major domestic competitors for refractory and titanium alloy powders include ATI Inc., Linde Advanced Material Technologies, Inc., Elmet Technologies, and Carpenter Technology Corporation. Our PM-HIP component competitors include Bodycote Thermal Processing, Inc., a subsidiary of Bodycote plc, ATI Inc., and Synertech PM Inc. Additionally, we face competition for U.S. customers from Canada-based companies such as AP&C (a subsidiary of GE Aerospace), Tekna Holding ASA and PyroGenesis Inc., despite additional tariff and supply-chain security barriers.

We expect to remain competitive primarily on the unit economics and scale of our powder production: our EIGA Premium technology, which employs proprietary modifications and operating parameters, produces high-purity spherical metal powder with full feedstock traceability and, we believe, achieves materially higher usable-powder yields

92


Table of Contents

 

than conventional gas-atomization methods, enabling lower per-unit costs, and our dedicated production capacity is designed to supply refractory and titanium alloy powder at commercial scale. We further differentiate through our position as a U.S.-based producer with full feedstock traceability.

The specialty metal powder market has attracted investor and commercial interest given significant expected growth. However, the barriers to competitive entry are substantial: a greenfield EIGA atomization facility requires two to three years to build, equip, qualify, and reach commercial production; requires significant capital investment (e.g., our investment exceeded $45 million for a single facility); requires proprietary process know-how for reactive alloys; requires multi-year qualification with key customers; and must achieve AS9100D certification. Our first-mover advantage, existing qualifications, strategic customer agreements, and cost structure create a competitive moat that we believe new entrants would find difficult to replicate within the relevant planning horizon for defense procurement programs.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, contractual commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our intellectual property. As of June 30, 2026, we have one pending U.S. patent application for utility application for our electrode assembly and method for generation powder by atomization that was filed on May 8, 2026 and no registered trademarks. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications with respect to our proprietary technologies and trademark applications with respect to our brands, trade names, and logos.

We currently rely on certain unregistered trademarks in our brands, trade names, and logos, as appropriate, to market our brands and to build and maintain brand recognition.

In addition to patents and trademarks, we rely substantially on trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and accumulated process expertise to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our technical know-how includes proprietary commissioning, retrofit customization, and process tuning of our EIGA Premium atomizers, which we believe are important to our ability to produce commercially viable reactive metal powders from this equipment platform; metallurgical modeling and PM-HIP can design methodologies that enable the near-net-shape production of large, complex PM-HIP components; and qualification data accumulated through multi-year collaboration with end customers and Tier 1 manufacturers. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by using confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to assign to us ownership of any developed technologies or other intellectual property.

Intellectual property laws, procedures, and restrictions only provide limited protection, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries do not protect intellectual property and proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Australia, and therefore, in certain jurisdictions we may not be able to fully protect our intellectual property, trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and accumulated process expertise. For further information on risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Technology and Our Intellectual Property Rights.”.

Regulatory Environment

Our business is subject to regulation in a number of areas. Changes in government, monetary policies and laws and regulations, among other things, can have a significant impact on our assets, operations, financial performance and, ultimately, the value of our company and our common stock. Changes may occur in the United States or any other country in which we may operate in the future. Such changes are likely to be beyond our control and may affect the industries in which we operate generally, our specific business, or both. Non-compliance with changing laws and regulations may expose us to legal risk via investigations or litigious proceedings from regulators, counterparties or consumers. This section sets forth a summary of the principal laws and regulations relevant to our business.

93


Table of Contents

 

Corporations Act and ASX Listing Rules

As a company with securities listed on the ASX, we are regulated by both ASIC, the country’s corporate regulator, and the ASX. Accordingly, we must comply with all relevant Australian requirements, including the Listing Rules maintained by ASX. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that the primary trading market for our shares will be the Nasdaq Capital Market and, as confirmed in communication with ASX, we will largely be able to satisfy our financial reporting obligations with the ASX by complying with our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act in respect of the reporting requirements of the ASX Listing Rules. Changes to these rules and requirements may have an impact on our assets, operations, financial performance, value or other matters. Breaches of these rules and regulations may give rise to regulatory action from ASIC or ASX or litigious proceedings initiated by other stakeholders.

Defense Procurement

We have indirect contracts as a subcontractor with the U.S. government, primarily the DoW. These contracts may be subject to U.S. government contracting regulations (Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”) and DFARS). These regulations impose stringent cybersecurity, supply chain, critical minerals, and national security requirements. Failure to comply could result in suspension of payments, termination of contracts, civil or criminal penalties, or exclusion from future government contracting opportunities. We have compliance programs in place to adhere to these requirements. For additional information, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—A portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of defense-related products through various contracts and subcontracts that are subject to risks related to the U.S. government. These contracts may be suspended, canceled, conditioned, or delayed, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.”

In addition, our titanium powders are incorporated into items delivered under U.S. government contracts that are subject to the specialty-metal and covered-material sourcing restrictions of the DFARS. With respect to our titanium and titanium alloy powders, which are specialty metals under the DFARS, we believe our domestic atomization satisfies the requirement that such metals be “melted or produced” in the United States, because the applicable regulations define “produce” to include atomization. We believe these attributes position our domestically atomized titanium powders as a compliant source of materials for mission-critical defense programs.

Our redomiciliation to the State of Delaware, which was completed in June 2026, is expected to help mitigate any FOCI issues, which may help us be eligible for a facility security clearance and access classified defense contracts. Redomiciliation to the United States and mitigating FOCI is expected to broaden our eligibility for classified defense programs and strengthen our positioning in classified defense procurement competitions. Our inability to obtain a facility clearance and access classified contract opportunities may have an adverse impact on operations and financial performance.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Export Control

Certain of our products and technical information are be subject to U.S. export control regulations, including the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) and International Traffic in Arms Regulations (“ITAR”). We maintain compliance programs designed to ensure adherence to applicable export control requirements.

Environmental, Health and Safety

Our facilities and operations are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety (“EHS”) laws and regulations which require significant capital investment on an ongoing basis and could give rise to unforeseen liability, including as a result of a governmental enforcement action or obligations to remediate contaminated sites, including third-party contaminated sites where we have sent waste for treatment or disposal. EHS laws or their enforcement may become more stringent over time, which could increase our operating costs and subject us to additional liabilities.

94


Table of Contents

 

Human Capital Resources

We have a strong team of dedicated employees who are essential to our success. As of June 30, 2026 we had 53 full-time employees, with substantially all of our workforce located at our headquarters and manufacturing facility in McDonald, Tennessee. In addition, we engage outside consultants and service providers, as needed, for specialized functions, including engineering and technical consulting, research and development, information technology, and environmental, health and safety.

We offer a comprehensive benefits package to our full-time employees, including medical, dental and vision insurance, life insurance, short-term and long-term disability insurance, and an employer-sponsored 401(k) plan with an employer matching contribution. In addition, all new-hire employees receive a grant of stock options upon joining the Company, and our employees are eligible for an annual incentive bonus payable in a combination of cash and equity, with equity awards granted under our equity plans.

We have not experienced any work stoppages due to employee disputes, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement.

Properties

Our manufacturing and corporate headquarters is located in McDonald, Tennessee, on the premises of Spring Branch Industrial Park. The facility is subject to a 15-year lease with an option to extend it for an additional 10 years. The facility encompasses approximately 100,000 square feet of primary manufacturing space, with the opportunity for approximately 30,000 square feet of expansion.

Our principal fixed assets at the Tennessee facility include: three commissioned EIGA Premium atomizers, a fourth EIGA Premium atomizer contracted for commissioning in June 2027, PM-HIP manufacturing systems, including a hot isostatic pressing unit and ancillary powder consolidation equipment, comprehensive powder post-processing and quality control equipment, and the underlying facility improvements and infrastructure.

Legal Proceedings

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to, nor aware of, any material threatened or pending legal, governmental, or regulatory proceedings that we believe, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

95


Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2026:

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

Hank J. Holland

 

60

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Executive Chairman

Eric Bono

 

52

 

Chief Technology Officer

Brett Paduch

 

44

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

 

 

Omer Granit(1)

 

50

 

Director

Tim Johnson(2)(3)

 

59

 

Director

Robert Latta(1)(2)(3)

 

72

 

Director

Erik Levy(1)(2)(3)

 

52

 

Director

 

(1)
Member of the compensation committee.
(2)
Member of the audit committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Hank J. Holland. Mr. Holland has served as our Executive Director, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer since October 2022 and as our President since June 2026. Mr. Holland has also served as a Founder and Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital (“Pegasus”), a private equity firm based in the U.S., since February 2019. Prior to 2019, he previously held senior roles at First Republic Investment Management, Merrill Lynch, and Sanford C. Bernstein & Co. Mr. Holland has served as a Senior Advisor and a member of the board of directors of OneTrust Home Loans, a private mortgage company, since April 2020. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Trifecta, a private direct-to-consumer food delivery service company, from December 2017 to August 2026. He has also previously served on the board of directors of multiple private companies, including LogicSource, W Motors, and DYLN. Mr. Holland holds a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering from Southern Methodist University and a Master of Agriculture in Agricultural Sciences from Colorado State University. We believe Mr. Holland is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer, his engineering education, his deep understanding of our business and strategy, and his extensive experience in business development and strategic partnerships in the manufacturing, defense, space, and aviation industries.

Eric Bono. Mr. Bono has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 2023. He previously served as a member of our board of directors and as our President from August 2023 to June 2026. From October 2020 to August 2023, he served as VP Sales and Development at 6K Additive, a private advanced materials manufacturing company, which went public on the ASX in 2025. Before that, he served as Commercial Lead, Additive Manufacturing at Carpenter Technology Corporation (NYSE: CRS) from March 2017 to October 2020 and at Puris, LLC, a private titanium powder manufacturer, from March 2014 to March 2017. Mr. Bono holds a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering, a Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering, Solid Mechanics from the University of Pittsburgh, and a Master of Business Administration from Carnegie Mellon University with concentrations in Entrepreneurship and Marketing.

Brett Paduch. Mr. Paduch joined Amaero in July 2025 as our Chief Financial Officer, and since June 2026, he has also served as our Secretary. Prior to that, Mr. Paduch served as Chief Financial Officer of Telestream, a private equity-backed technology company, from April 2023 to January 2025. Mr. Paduch previously worked as Senior Vice President of Finance at iTrade Network, a private supply chain management company, from March 2019 until May 2022, and as Director of Accounting at Roper Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: ROP), from October 2016 to February 2019. Mr. Paduch began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, where he served in various roles from January 2004 to May 2014, including as an Associate, Manager, and Senior Manager. Mr. Paduch holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an Accounting Concentration from The Citadel. Mr. Paduch is a Certified Public Accountant.

96


Table of Contents

 

Non-Employee Directors

Omer Granit. Omer Granit joined our board of directors in November 2022. Mr. Granit has been a Partner at EnPar Capital (“EnPar Capital”) and the Founder and the Managing Partner of June Seventy Sixers, both private investment firms, since September 2022. Mr. Granit was also the Founder of West 4 Capital, a London-based hedge fund, since February 2017, where he served as Managing Partner from February 2017 to February 2021. He previously served as a Partner at Infinity Ventures, a private venture capital firm, from December 2021 to December 2024 and as a co-Founder and co-CEO of Mixer Global, a private co-working company, from October 2016 to July 2020. He has served on the board of directors and as the Executive Chairman of Bluglass Ltd., a publicly traded ASX company, since September 2025. Mr. Granit is a member of the NY and Israel Bar Associations. He previously served as an Associate at White & Case LLP from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Granit holds a Bachelor of Laws and a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from Reichman University and a Master of Laws in Corporate Law from New York University School of Law where he was valedictorian. We believe Mr. Granit is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in investing, corporate and securities law as well as finance and in the U.S. technology and defense industries.

Tim Johnson. Mr. Johnson joined our board of directors in June 2026. He previously served as Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Victoria’s Secret & Company (NYSE: VSXY) from June 2021 until his retirement in May 2025. Before that, he served as Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Big Lots Incorporated (NYSE: BIG) from 2015 to 2019, and Chief Financial Officer from 2012 to 2015, and held various other executive roles from 2000 to 2012. Earlier in his career, he held senior level roles at The Limited, Inc. and he began his career in public accounting as a Certified Public Accountant for Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Johnson currently serves on the board of directors of multiple publicly listed companies, including Dollar Tree, Inc. (NASDAQ: DLTR) since February 2025, Brinker International, Inc. (NYSE: EAT) since February 2025, and Driven Brands, Inc. (NASDAQ: DRVN) since January 2026. He also previously served on the board of directors of The Aaron’s Company, Inc. (NYSE: AAN) from April 2021 until it was acquired in October 2024. Mr. Johnson has been the Managing Director of his consulting firm, Fairway Consulting LLC, since 2020. Mr. Johnson graduated in 1989 with Bachelor of Science in Business, Accounting from Miami University and completed the Uniform CPA Examination in August 1991. We believe Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his broad-based business perspective, the financial experience he brings as a director and executive officer of publicly traded companies, and his extensive experience as a Chief Financial Officer leading organizations and matters of strategy.

Robert Latta. Mr. Latta joined our board of directors in September 2023. Mr. Latta was a Senior Partner at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, a law firm, from 1979 until 2019, and then Senior Of Counsel at the firm from 2019 until his retirement in September 2024. During that time, he served on the firm’s Executive, Policy, Compensation and WS Investments Committees. Mr. Latta has also served on the board of directors of Western Alliance Bancorporation (NYSE: WAL) since 2015. Mr. Latta holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and a Juris Doctor from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Latta’s extensive legal experience advising public and private companies qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Erik Levy. Mr. Levy has served on our board of directors since March 2023. He has been a Managing Partner of EnPar Capital since February 2022 and, prior to that, he was Founding Partner and Managing Director of BlackRock’s Direct Private Equity business from November 2018 to February 2022. He has also previously served on the board of directors of multiple private companies, including Skype, Informatica, Acelity, and Suddenlink. Mr. Levy holds a Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Mathematics from Concordia University and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the University of Toronto Rotman School of Management. We believe Mr. Levy is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive management and investing experience.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

97


Table of Contents

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions, as well as our contractors, consultants and agents. Following this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations page on our website at https://amaeroinc.com/. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on our website identified above, or in filings under the Exchange Act.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five directors.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

•
the Class I directors will be Hank J. Holland and Robert Latta, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2027;
•
the Class II directors will be Omer Granit and Erik Levy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2028; and
•
the Class III director will be Tim Johnson, and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2029.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, the successor to each such director in the class will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following his or her election and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The classification of our board of directors with staggered three-year terms may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.”

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Omer Granit, Tim Johnson, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, representing four of our five directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is an “independent director” as defined under the listing standards of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, as well as Mr. Latta’s and Mr. Johnson’s passive, non-controlling interest in our largest stockholder, Pegasus.

98


Table of Contents

 

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors intends to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors may serve as our lead independent director at any time when the chairperson of our board of directors is not independent, including when our chief executive officer serves as the chairperson of our board of directors. Because Mr. Holland is our Executive Chairman and also our chief executive officer, our board of directors has appointed Erik Levy to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Levy will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairperson and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Board Committees

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities as described below. Members will serve on these committees until the earlier of their resignation or removal by our board of directors in its discretion.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our audit committee will be Tim Johnson, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, with Mr. Johnson serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to audit committee members. Each member of our audit committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of the listing standards of Nasdaq. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Johnson is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, our audit committee will, among other things:

•
select, retain, compensate, evaluate, oversee and, where appropriate, terminate our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review and approve the scope and plans for the audits and the audit fees and approve all non-audit and tax services to be performed by the independent auditor;
•
evaluate the independence and qualifications of our independent registered public accounting firm;
•
review our financial statements, and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the quarterly reviews;
•
review and discuss with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the quality and adequacy of our internal controls and our disclosure controls and procedures;
•
discuss with management our procedures regarding the presentation of our financial information, and review earnings press releases and guidance;
•
oversee the design, implementation and performance of our internal audit function, if any;
•
set hiring policies with regard to the hiring of employees and former employees of our independent auditor and oversee compliance with such policies;
•
review, approve and monitor related party transactions;
•
adopt and oversee procedures to address complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters, including confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

99


Table of Contents

 

•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor the adequacy and effectiveness of our legal, regulatory and ethical compliance programs; and
•
review and discuss with management and our independent auditor our guidelines and policies to identify, monitor and address enterprise risks, including major financial risk exposures and risks and exposures associated with cybersecurity, information security and privacy matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Omer Granit, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, with Mr. Granit serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq applicable to compensation committee members. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Following completion of this offering, our compensation committee will, among other things:

•
review, approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation for our executive officers, including our chief executive officer;
•
review, approve and administer our employee benefit and equity incentive plans;
•
establish and review the compensation plans and programs of our employees, and ensure that they are consistent with our general compensation strategy;
•
make recommendations to our board of directors regarding non-employee director compensation;
•
monitor compliance with any stock ownership guidelines; and
•
approve or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the creation or revision of any clawback policy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Robert Latta, Erik Levy, and Tim Johnson, with Mr. Levy serving as chairperson, each of whom meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of Nasdaq. Following completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

•
review and assess and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding desired qualifications, expertise and characteristics sought of board members;
•
identify, evaluate, select or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
develop policies and procedures for considering stockholder nominees for election to our board of directors;
•
review our succession planning process for our chief executive officer and any other members of our executive management team;

100


Table of Contents

 

•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition, organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding our corporate governance guidelines and corporate governance framework;
•
oversee director orientation for new directors and continuing education for our directors;
•
oversee the evaluation of the performance of our board of directors and its committees;
•
review and monitor compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, and review conflicts of interest of our board members and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by our audit committee; and
•
administer policies and procedures for communications with the non-management members of our board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Upon the effectiveness of the registration of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Omer Granit, Robert Latta, and Erik Levy, none of whom is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. The compensation received by Mr. Holland as an employee is set forth in the section titled “Executive Compensation.” The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2025 for their service on our board of directors.

 

Name

 

Fees Paid
or Earned
in Cash
($)

 

 

Option
Awards
($)
(1)

 

 

All Other
Compensation ($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Omer Granit

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Tim Johnson(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Robert Latta

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

Erik Levy(4)

 

 

58,006

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

102,894

 

Jamie Levy(2)

 

 

48,339

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

93,226

 

 

(1)
The amount in the “Option Awards” column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid or realized by the non-employee director. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

101


Table of Contents

 

(3)
Mr. Johnson joined our board in June 2026.
(4)
Includes $9,667 for Mr. E. Levy’s service as the chairman of the audit and risk committee of Amaero Ltd.

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of December 31, 2025 (after giving effect to the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024):

 

Name

 

Number of Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Stock
Awards

 

 

Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
(1)

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,000

 

Omer Granit

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Tim Johnson(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Robert Latta

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Erik Levy

 

 

—

 

 

 

55,000

 

Jamie Levy(2)

 

 

—

 

 

 

42,500

 

 

(1)
Each equity award reflects an option to purchase CDIs, which each reflect a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. The number of shares underlying outstanding options reflects the number of shares of common stock underlying the number of CDIs subject to each equity grant.
(2)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.
(3)
Mr. Johnson joined our board in June 2026.

Historically, we have not maintained a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors, though compensation to non-employee directors is reviewed annually by our board of directors.

In August 2026, the board of directors and our stockholders approved the following cash compensation for each of our non-employee directors:

•
$115,000 per year for service as a non-employee director;
•
$25,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee; and
•
$20,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee.

In addition, the board of directors and our stockholders set the maximum aggregate annual cash fee pool from which our non-employee directors may be paid for their services as members of the Board to $600,000. These cash fees to our non-employee directors will be paid annually.

In August 2026, the board of directors also approved in each fiscal year during the three year period following stockholder approval, an annual grant of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) covering a number of shares equal to $115,000 divided by the volume weighted average market price of our common stock trading on Nasdaq over the five trading days immediately before the relevant date of grant. Each RSU will be scheduled to vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued services through the applicable vesting date. Each RSU will be granted under the 2026 Plan (or its successor plan, as applicable) and form of award agreement under such plan.

102


Table of Contents

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In addition, if the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us to, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to our directors and officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was one of our directors or officers serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

103


Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer), as of December 31, 2025, were:

•
Hank J. Holland, our Chief Executive Officer and current President (as of June 2026);
•
Brett Paduch, our Chief Financial Officer and current Secretary (as of June 2026); and
•
Eric Bono, our Chief Technology Officer and former President (prior to June 2026).

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2025

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025:

 

Name and Principal
Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

 

Bonus
($)

 

 

Stock Awards
($)

 

 

Option Awards
($)(1)

 

 

All Other
Compensation
($)(2)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Hank J. Holland
   Director, Chairman, and
   Chief Executive Officer

 

2025

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

167,440

 

 

 

837,328

 

Eric Bono
   President and Chief
   Technology Officer

 

2025

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

44,888

 

 

 

75,912

 

 

 

745,800

 

Brett Paduch
   Chief Financial Officer

 

2025

 

 

191,667

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,177,101

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,368,768

 

 

(1)
The amount in the “Option Awards” column reflects the aggregate grant-date fair value of the options granted during 2025 and calculated in accordance with FASB, ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid or realized by the non-employee director. The assumptions used to calculate the value of our option awards are the same as those provided in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus with respect to the value of the options.
(2)
The reported amount of all other compensation consists of: (1) for Mr. Holland, $14,000 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions, $67,561 in connection with relocation expenses, $27,245 in connection with the reimbursement of travel expenses, and $58,635 in connection with his service as a director and chairman of our board, and (2) for Mr. Bono, $27,049 in connection with 401(k) company matching contributions, and $48,863 in connection with his service as a director.

104


Table of Contents

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2025 Year-End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2025 (after giving effect to the Redomiciliation as if it had been completed on January 1, 2024):

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
(1)

 

 

 

Number of
shares
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
(1)

 

 

 

Option
exercise
price ($)
(2)

 

 

Option
expiration
date

Hank J. Holland
   Director, Chairman, and
   Chief Executive Officer

 

10/31/2023

 

12,500

 

(3)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

6.95

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/31/2023

 

12,500

 

(4)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

5.32

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/29/2024

 

15,000

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

11/8/2027

 

11/25/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

15,000

 

(6)

 

 

6.46

 

 

11/22/2028

Eric Bono
   President and Chief
   Technology Officer

 

10/31/2023

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

100,000

 

(7)

 

 

5.21

 

 

10/31/2033

 

10/29/2024

 

15,000

 

(5)

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

11/8/2027

 

11/25/2025

 

 

—

 

 

 

15,000

 

(6)

 

 

6.46

 

 

11/22/2028

Brett Paduch
   Chief Financial Officer

 

7/22/2025

 

 

11,750

 

 

 

47,000

 

(8)

 

 

13.45

 

 

7/22/2035

 

11/25/2025

 

 

13,250

 

 

 

53,000

 

(9)

 

 

6.58

 

 

11/25/2035

 

12/18/2025

 

 

11,010

 

 

 

44,040

 

(10)

 

 

7.28

 

 

12/18/2035

 

(1)
All of the outstanding equity awards were granted under and subject to the terms of the Plan. Each grant reflects an option to purchase CDIs, which each reflect a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. The number of shares underlying unexercised options reflect the number of shares of common stock underlying the number of CDIs subject to each equity grant.
(2)
The option awards were granted with the equivalent of a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on third-party valuations of our common stock.
(3)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2024.
(4)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2023.
(5)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 29, 2025.
(6)
One hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the option vest on November 18, 2026.
(7)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on October 31, 2023, twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on the one-year anniversary of the date Mr. Bono’s employment began, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Bono’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.
(8)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on July 22, 2025, twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on July 14, 2026, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.

105


Table of Contents

 

(9)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on November 25, 2025, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.
(10)
Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vested on December 18, 2025, and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the option vest each year thereafter on the same date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continuing employment with the Company on each such vesting date.

Named Executive Officer Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Holland, Paduch and Bono, providing for the terms set forth below.

Hank J. Holland

Mr. Holland entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us in October 2026. The employment agreement has an initial four-year term, ending June 30, 2030, and provides that if Mr. Holland continues as an employee thereafter, it will be on an at-will basis. If Mr. Holland transitions from the role of Chief Executive Officer to the role of Executive Chairman during the term and on or following July 1, 2028, the terms of his employment agreement, including the compensation arrangements, will remain unchanged.

The employment agreement provides that Mr. Holland will receive an annual base salary of $750,000 with an annual housing allowance of $200,000. The agreement provides that Mr. Holland will be eligible to receive a short-term incentive cash performance bonus targeted at 100% of his annual base salary with the maximum payout capped at 200%. Our board of directors will establish annual performance criteria that include financial operating metrics and individual performance metrics. Each performance criterion is assessed independently and weighted; a minimum threshold of 75% of a criterion must be achieved before any bonus attributable to that criterion is earned, and the bonus is determined on a straight-line interpolated basis between the threshold and the maximum performance level, up to the 200% cap.

During the term of the employment agreement, the Company will establish and maintain a key-man life insurance of $10,000,000 on Mr. Holland’s life.

Additionally, the agreement provides that Mr. Holland will receive the following equity awards:

•
an award of RSUs of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock as of July 1, 2026. This award will vest in equal annual installments over four years from the grant date. The RSUs are exchangeable for our common stock.
•
an award of performance-based RSUs (“PSUs”) of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock as of July 1, 2026, The PSUs are exchangeable for our common stock. The PSUs are earned based on the achievement of share price hurdles, measured as a 20-day volume-weighted average price of the CDIs. A total of 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$0.50; a further 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$0.75; and a further 10,000,000 CDIs are earned if the 20-day VWAP equals or exceeds A$1.00. Following the offering, the number of CDIs and share price hurdles will be proportionally adjusted for shares of our common stock and our common stock price. Each tranche that is earned is subject to vesting, with 50% vesting upon achievement of the applicable share price hurdle and 50% vesting on the later of the second anniversary of the grant date or the date of achievement, subject to Mr. Holland’s continued service. Any portion of the PSU eligible to vest after the date the employment agreement expires will continue to be eligible to vest for up to one year following the expiration date, as long as Mr. Holland continues to comply with his non-competition agreement he is entering into in connection with the execution of this employment agreement. Further upon a change in control of the Company, the PSU tranche(s) are eligible to vest if the change in control price equals or exceeds the applicable share price hurdle. In addition, if the change of control price is between share price hurdles, a pro-rated number of the next additional PSU tranche will vest upon the change in control of the Company determined based on linear interpolation.

106


Table of Contents

 

•
contingent upon the completion of this offering, and effective as of the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed after the date this offering is completed, an award of RSUs with a value of $1,500,000, calculated based on the per share public offering price in this offering, vesting annually over two years from the closing of this offering, with each such award subject to Mr. Holland’s continued employment through such date.

 

Subject to certain conditions, to the extent the Company’s stockholders are required to approve the equity awards under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which our securities are listed, each award will be effective upon the earlier of (i) such approval by the stockholders, to the extent so required, or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which stockholder approval of the awards is not so required. In the event one or more of the equity awards are not granted within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the employment agreement, then, where applicable, the vesting of the award will be determined by reference to the effective date of the employment agreement instead of by reference to the grant date. In the event one or more of the equity awards are not granted prior to the second anniversary of the effective date of the employment agreement, the Company and Mr. Holland may mutually agree to adjust the cash compensation paid to Mr. Holland in lieu of granting such equity compensation.

Upon a change in control of the Company, all then-unvested time-based equity awards held by Mr. Holland will vest in full on a single-trigger basis, consistent with the ASX Listing Rules. We reserve the right to apply a “double trigger” arrangement during the term of the employment agreement in accordance with its terms.

Either party may terminate at any time without a minimum notice period. If the Company terminates Mr. Holland without cause or Mr. Holland resigns for good reason, Mr. Holland is entitled to accrued entitlements, full accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding and unvested time-based equity awards, subject to his execution of a release of claims.

In addition, if any of the payments or benefits provided for under the employment agreement or otherwise payable to Mr. Holland would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, Mr. Holland will receive either full payment of such payments and benefits or such lesser amount that would result in no portion of the payments and benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to him.

Brett Paduch

Mr. Paduch entered into an employment agreement with us dated June 27, 2025. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Paduch is an at-will employee. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will receive an annual base salary of $325,000, increasing to $350,000 on the first anniversary of his employment. The agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will be eligible to receive an option grant to purchase 2,350,000 company shares, scheduled to vest as to one-fifth of the shares on the grant date and an additional one-fifth of the shares each anniversary thereafter, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through each vesting date. In addition, the agreement provides that Mr. Paduch will be eligible to receive an annual option grant, subject to board approval, to purchase a number of Company shares having a grant-date value equal to 25% of his base salary and vesting in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through such date. Mr. Paduch’s employment agreement was amended to increase his annual base salary to $450,000, effective November 14, 2025.

Additionally, on October 7, 2026, the Board approved, in connection with and contingent upon the closing of this offering, effective as of the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed after the date this offering is completed, an award of RSUs with a value of $900,000, calculated based on the initial public offering share price, vesting 50% on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering and 50% on the second anniversary of the closing of this offering, in each case subject to Mr. Paduch’s continued employment through such date.

Eric Bono

Mr. Bono entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with us dated August 21, 2023. The employment agreement does not have a specific term and provides that Mr. Bono is an at-will employee. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Bono will receive an annual base salary of $500,000. The agreement provides that Mr. Bono will be eligible to receive the option to purchase 10,000,000 company shares, scheduled to vest as to one-fifth of the shares subject to the option on the grant date and an additional one-fifth of the shares each anniversary

107


Table of Contents

 

thereafter, subject to Mr. Bono’s continued employment through each such date. Mr. Bono is also entitled to receive a cash bonus equal to 12.5% of the amount of Gross Profit (as defined in Mr. Bono’s employment agreement) that we receive from HIP manufacturing of near net shape parts, so long as our Gross Profit exceeds 40%, subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in Mr. Bono’s employment agreement. In the event of a change in control of the company, the option shall accelerate as to 50% of the unvested shares. Additionally, if Mr. Bono’s employment is terminated involuntarily without “cause”, as defined in his employment agreement, vesting of the option shall accelerate as to 50% of the unvested shares, subject to Mr. Bono’s execution of a release of claims agreement. In addition, the agreement provides that Mr. Bono will be eligible to receive an annual option grant, subject to board approval, to purchase a number of company shares having a grant-date value equal to 25% of his base salary and vesting in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to Mr. Bono’s continued employment through such date.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted and our stockholders have approved our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2026 Plan”), which will become effective the day prior to the effective date of the registration of our securities under the Exchange Act. Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, performance awards to our employees, directors, and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. Our Plan shall terminate immediately prior to effectiveness of the 2026 Plan with respect to the grant of future awards.

Authorized Shares

A total of 4,000,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2026 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan also includes a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of shares subject to stock options, RSUs or similar awards granted under our Plan that, on or after the effective date of the registration of our securities under the Exchange Act, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be added to our 2026 Plan pursuant to this sentence is 2,132,218 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with fiscal 2027, equal to the least of:

•
6,000,000 shares of common stock;
•
5% of the outstanding shares of capital stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or
•
such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award granted under the 2026 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs, or performance awards, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2026 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the 2026 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2026 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, RSUs, or performance awards are repurchased or forfeited, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2026 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2026 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2026 Plan. The compensation committee is expected to administer our 2026 Plan. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under our 2026 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, such transactions will be

108


Table of Contents

 

structured with the intent that they satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules), the administrator has the power to administer our 2026 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2026 Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreements for use under the 2026 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of our 2026 Plan and awards granted under it, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules relating to our 2026 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and modify or amend each award, including, but not limited to, the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type, and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, subject to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules). The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions are final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options

Stock options may be granted under our 2026 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2026 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, the ASX Listing Rules), the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding ten years. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for twelve months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the

109


Table of Contents

 

provisions of our 2026 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs may be granted under our 2026 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2026 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any vesting requirements will be deemed satisfied.

Performance Awards

Performance Awards may be granted under our 2026 Plan. Performance awards will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance awards to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance awards.

Non-Employee Directors

Our 2026 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2026 Plan. Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under our 2026 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2026 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be paid cash retainers or granted awards having a grant-date fair value greater than $750,000, but this limit is increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initially joining the board of directors (in each case, excluding awards granted to him or her as a consultant or employee). The grant-date fair values will be determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our non-employee directors under our 2026 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2026 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2026 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2026 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2026 Plan.

110


Table of Contents

 

Dissolution or Liquidation

In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control

Our 2026 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or entity or a change in control (as defined in our 2026 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the 2026 Plan and, while the Company is listed on the ASX, compliance with the ASX Listing Rules), including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, that the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or change in control, and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) (A) the termination of an award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights, then such award may be terminated by us without payment), or (B) the replacement of such award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be obligated to treat all awards, all awards a participant holds, or all awards of the same type, similarly.

If a successor (or an affiliate thereof) does not assume, substitute for or continue an award (or portion thereof), then such award (or its applicable portion) will fully vest, all restrictions on such award (or its applicable portion) will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award (or its applicable portion) will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award (or its applicable portion) will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period before the transaction, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant authorized by the administrator. In addition, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant authorized by the administrator, if an option or stock appreciation right (or a portion of such award) is not assumed, substituted or continued, the administrator will notify the participant that such option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Awards granted to our outside directors will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and RSUs will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback

Awards will be subject to any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our stock is listed or as otherwise required by applicable laws, and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Our board of directors may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and/or shares issued under the award, any amounts paid under the award, and any payments or proceeds paid or provided upon disposition of the shares issued under the award in order to comply with such clawback policy or applicable laws.

Amendment and Termination

The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2026 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2026 Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. However, no incentive stock options may be granted after 10 years from the date the 2026 Plan is adopted by our Board and the evergreen feature of the 2026 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date the 2026 Plan is adopted by our Board.

111


Table of Contents

 

Employee Incentive Plan

On October 18, 2019, the Amaero Ltd board of directors adopted and the Amaero Ltd stockholders approved our Employee Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan was assumed by Amaero Inc. on June 22, 2026 and shall be terminated in connection with effectiveness of our 2026 Plan. However, the Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

The Plan permitted awards of shares, performance rights and options with respect to our ordinary shares quoted on the ASX prior to the Redomiciliation. The Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options to our employees or any employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and the award or sale of restricted shares of our common stock to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations. As of June 30, 2026, options covering 1,957,218 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the Plan.

Plan Administration

Our board of directors or any committee designated by our board of directors in accordance with the Plan administers our Plan. Our administrator has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including but not limited to the authority and discretion to determine: (i) the purchase price and the exercise price of options or other awards, (ii) the term of an option, (iii) whether all or any installment of an option is to become exercisable, (iv) whether to provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a liquidity event or other events, and (v) the payment method of the exercise price, including the acceptance of cash, cash equivalents, stock, past or future services, promissory notes, sale proceeds, and pledges. In addition, our administrator may modify, extend or renew outstanding options and accept the cancelation of outstanding options, whether or not granted under the Plan, in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares or exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an option shall, without the consent of the optionee, materially impair the optionee’s rights or increase the optionee’s obligations under such option. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and any other actions are final and binding on all participants.

Options

Stock options may be granted under our Plan. Each option granted under our Plan shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement between the optionee and the Company. Each such option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to additional terms and conditions imposed by the administrator as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement, provided that such terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the Plan.

Each stock option agreement shall specify the number of shares that are subject to the option, a per share exercise price for the option, the term of the option, the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable, and whether the option is intended to be an incentive stock option or nonstatutory stock option. The administrator shall determine the per share exercise price of an option in its sole discretion, provided that no option shall have an exercise price per share of less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant and that an incentive stock option issued to a stockholder who holds 10% or more of our common stock (a “10% stockholder”) shall not have a per share exercise price less than 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The administrator shall determine the term of an option in its sole discretion, provided that the term of an option shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant and that the term of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder shall not exceed 5 years from the date of grant.

Each option shall be exercisable in accordance with the applicable stock option agreement. The administrator may in its discretion provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of a change in control or other event. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash or cash equivalents, and, at the discretion of the administrator, other types of consideration permitted under the Plan.

112


Table of Contents

 

Following the termination of an optionee’s service, such optionee shall have the right to exercise his or her option as set forth in the applicable stock option agreement. If the optionee’s service is terminated under circumstances that constitute a bad leaver, the stock option agreement may provide that the optionee’s right to exercise terminates immediately on the effective date of the optionee’s termination. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Our Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by beneficiary designation, will, or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of an optionee, his or her options shall be exercisable only by such optionee or such optionee’s guardian or legal representative. However, in the administrator’s sole discretion, the holder of a nonstatutory stock option may transfer such option to a revocable trust, to one or more family members, or to a trust established for the benefit of such optionee and/or one or more family members to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Performance Rights

Performance Rights may be granted under the Plan. A performance right is a right to be issued a company share subject to the satisfaction of performance criteria determined by the administrator.

Certain Adjustments

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will adjust the number of shares available for future awards under our Plan, the number and exercise price of shares covered by each outstanding option, and/or the price of shares subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

Change in Control

Our Plan provides that in the event of a reconstruction of the company or amalgamation with any other company or companies, which, if implemented, would result in a change in control of the company, subject to the agreement of merger, consolidation, or sale, Plan participants will be entitled to exercise all or any of their options and the board will determine in its discretion the number (if any) of performance rights that shall vest and provide that number of shares to the participant.

Amendment, Termination

Our administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan. An amendment will not be subject to Company stockholder approval unless it increases the number of shares available under the Plan or materially changes the class of persons eligible to be participants under the Plan. As noted above, our Plan has been terminated, and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

In August 2026, our board of directors adopted our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Incentive Compensation Plan”). Our Incentive Compensation Plan allow us to provide cash incentive awards to employees selected by our board of directors or the compensation committee (the “administrator”), including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by the administrator. Under the Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator, in its sole discretion, will establish a target award for each participant and a bonus pool, with actual awards payable from such bonus pool, with respect to the applicable performance period.

Under our Incentive Compensation Plan, the administrator will determine the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, goals related to: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; capital raising; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; corporate transactions; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, subsidiary, business unit or division; earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net taxes); earnings per share; expenses; financial milestones; gross margin; growth in stockholder value relative to

113


Table of Contents

 

the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index; internal rate of return; leadership development or succession planning; license or research collaboration arrangements; market share; net income; net profit; net sales; new product or business development; new product invention or innovation; number of customers; operating cash flow; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; patents; procurement; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals; retained earnings; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; savings; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; unadjusted or adjusted actual contract value; unadjusted or adjusted total contract value; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at, or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of the administrator. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date the actual award is paid. The administrator reserves the right to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award under our then-current equity compensation plan, which equity award may have such terms and conditions as the administrator determines, subject to applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Payment of awards occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in our Incentive Compensation Plan.

Our board of directors and our compensation committee will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our Incentive Compensation Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned awards.

 

Compensation Recovery Policy

Prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt an executive compensation clawback policy (the “Clawback Policy”), applicable to our current and future former executive officers in compliance with the requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as implemented by SEC rules and regulations and Nasdaq listing standards. The Clawback Policy will provide for the non-discretionary recovery of excess incentive-based compensation from current and former executive officers in the event of an accounting restatement, whether or not the executive officer was at fault for the restatement. As will be described in more detail in the Clawback Policy, excess compensation generally is incentive-based compensation that exceeds the amount a covered executive otherwise would have received had the compensation been determined based on the restated amounts. Excess compensation generally will be covered by the Clawback Policy if received by an individual following the effective date of the policy and during the three completed fiscal years immediately prior to the date it is determined that an accounting restatement is required, such amounts were received after the individual became an executive officer and such individual was an executive officer at any time during the applicable performance period.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for the benefit of our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, through contributions to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan permits us to make certain matching contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those pre-tax contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan.

114


Table of Contents

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2023, and each currently proposed transaction, in which:

•
we have been or are to be a participant;
•
the amount involved will exceed the lesser of (i) $120,000 and (ii) 1% of the average of our total assets as of the end of the last two completed fiscal years; and
•
any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

ASX Financings

In November 2023 and December 2023, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,562,500 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $4.22 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.6 million. For each share issued, we issued an option to purchase the equivalent of one share of our common stock, at a common stock equivalent exercise price of $0.16. The following table summarizes purchases of equivalent common stock by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Shares of
Common
Stock Subject
to Option

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P.(1)

 

Hank J. Holland;
Tim Johnson;
Robert Latta

 

 

625,000

 

 

 

625,000

 

 

$

 

2,673,074

 

Eric Bono

 

—

 

 

12,019

 

 

 

12,019

 

 

$

 

51,405

 

June Seventy Sixers LLC

 

Omer Granit;
Erik Levy
(2)

 

 

60,096

 

 

 

60,096

 

 

$

 

257,026

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(3)

 

 

10,938

 

 

 

10,938

 

 

$

 

45,443

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. E. Levy has a passive, non-controlling interest in June Seventy Sixers LLC.
(3)
Mr. Cray resigned as director of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

In April 2024, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,515,152 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $8.61 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related person in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

757,576

 

 

$

 

6,511,650

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(2)

 

 

8,100

 

 

$

 

69,623

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. Cray resigned as director of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

115


Table of Contents

 

In September 2024 and November 2024, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,785,714 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $9.59 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $17.1 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

457,143

 

 

$

 

4,299,933

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.

In February 2025 and April 2025, we issued and sold the equivalent of an aggregate of 1,833,333 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of approximately $7.47 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $13.7 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our ordinary shares by related persons in this transaction:

 

Stockholder

 

Affiliated
Director(s)

 

Shares of
Equivalent
Common
Stock

 

 

Total
Purchase
Price

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P.(1)

 

Hank J. Holland;
Tim Johnson;
Robert Latta

 

 

104,167

 

 

$

 

784,796

 

Eric Bono

 

—

 

 

625

 

 

$

 

4,709

 

June Seventy Sixers LLC

 

Omer Granit;
Erik Levy
(2)

 

 

6,250

 

 

$

 

47,088

 

Entities affiliated with Alistair Cray

 

Alistair Cray(3)

 

 

11,875

 

 

$

 

89,467

 

Jamie Levy(3)

 

—

 

 

2,083

 

 

$

 

15,696

 

FIL Investment Management (Hong Kong) Limited(1)

 

—

 

 

120,508

 

 

$

 

910,779

 

 

(1)
Holder of more than 5% of a class of our outstanding capital stock.
(2)
Mr. E. Levy has a passive, non-controlling interest in June Seventy Sixers LLC.
(3)
Mr. Cray and Mr. J. Levy resigned as directors of the Company effective August 4, 2026.

In July 2025, Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 466,837 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 4,404 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 462,432 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In August 2025, Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 3,779,451 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 2,293,320 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 1,486,131 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In August 2025, June Seventy Sixers LLC exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 210,051 shares of common stock using the cashless exercise mechanism, resulting in the issuance of the equivalent of 124,306 shares of common stock, with the remaining equivalent 85,745 shares subject to the option lapsing in consideration for the exercise.

In November 2025, entities affiliated with Alistair Cray exercised options to purchase the equivalent of 23,654 shares of common stock using the cash exercise mechanism.

116


Table of Contents

 

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering generally require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section of this prospectus titled “Management—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors” for additional information.

Consulting Agreement with Tim Johnson

We entered into a Consulting Agreement with Tim Johnson, dated March 16, 2026, under which Mr. Johnson agreed to provided general strategic and business advisory services to our board of directors (excluding any involvement in the preparation of our financial statements) during the pendency of his director application with the ASX. The agreement provided for a consulting fee of $4,120 per month, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which reflected an amount equivalent to the cash compensation that Mr. Johnson would have been received had he served as a non-employee director during the director application process. This fee was payable monthly in arrears. The agreement terminated on June 1, 2026, when Mr. Johnson was appointed as a non-executive director of the Company. We paid Mr. Johnson an aggregate of $12,360 under the agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

We have entered into a registration rights agreement with Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P. in connection with this offering, which may require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

We intend to adopt a formal, written policy regarding related person transactions, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This written policy regarding related person transactions will provide that a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we are a participant and in which a related person has, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest and in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of the average of our total assets for the last two completed fiscal years. Our policy will also provide that a related person means any of our executive officers and directors (including director nominees), in each case at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year, or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, any of the foregoing persons. Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related person transactions (and while the Company is listed on the ASX, all related person transactions will be subject to compliance with the ASX Listing Rules). In addition to our policy, our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related person transactions.

All related person transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of the formal, written policy described above, and therefore these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

117


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock (including shares of common stock underlying all of our issued and outstanding CDIs) as of August 27, 2026 by:

•
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•
each of our named executive officers;
•
each of our directors as of the date of this prospectus; and
•
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in the table have sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 23,833,180 shares of common stock outstanding as of August 27, 2026. The percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering shown in the table is based on 27,716,676 shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The table below excludes any potential purchases in this offering by the beneficial owners identified below.

We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option or warrant for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Amaero Inc., 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353.

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of
Shares

 

 

Percentage

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

 

Percentage

 

Greater than 5% Stockholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP(1)

 

 

7,459,232

 

 

 

31.3

%

 

 

7,459,232

 

 

 

26.9

%

Affiliates of FIL Limited(2)

 

 

1,534,410

 

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

1,534,410

 

 

 

5.5

%

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hank J. Holland(3)

 

 

7,499,232

 

 

 

31.4

%

 

 

7,499,232

 

 

 

27.0

%

Eric Bono(4)

 

 

239,663

 

 

 

1.0

%

 

 

239,663

 

 

*

 

Brett Paduch(5)

 

 

82,001

 

 

*

 

 

 

82,001

 

 

*

 

Omer Granit(6)

 

 

686,259

 

 

 

2.9

%

 

 

686,259

 

 

 

2.5

%

Tim Johnson

 

 

—

 

 

*

 

 

 

—

 

 

*

 

Robert Latta(7)

 

 

52,500

 

 

*

 

 

 

52,500

 

 

*

 

Erik Levy(8)

 

 

44,722

 

 

*

 

 

 

44,722

 

 

*

 

All directors and executive officers as a
   group (7 persons)
(9)

 

 

8,604,377

 

 

 

35.5

%

 

 

8,604,377

 

 

 

30.6

%

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

118


Table of Contents

 

(1)
Consists of 7,459,232 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 254,217 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026. Hank J. Holland is the Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and holds sole voting and investment power over the above-referenced shares. Tim Johnson and Robert Latta each hold passive, non-controlling interests in Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and are not deemed to have any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in such shares.
(2)
Address is Pembroke Hall, 42 Crow Lane, Pembroke, HM 19, Bermuda. All information is based on the ASX Form 604 filed by FIL Limited and an equity report prepared for us by MUFG Corporate Markets IR Pty Ltd. as of July 31, 2026. Consists of 1,034,335 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Fidelity Fund SICAV - Pacific Fund, 286,916 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by NEF Pacific Equity, and 213,159 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Helaba Invest KAG MBH.
(3)
Consists of 7,459,232 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 254,134 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026. Hank J. Holland is the Managing Member of Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP and holds sole voting and investment power over the securities held by Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP.
(4)
Consists of 12,644 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, warrants to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 12,019 shares of common stock, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 215,000 shares of common stock, each exerciseable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(5)
Consists of 30,363 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 6,587 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 51,638 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(6)
Consists of 595,520 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by June Seventy Sixers LLC, 50,730 shares of common stock underlying CDIs held by Granit Management LLC, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026. Omer Granit is the Managing Member of June Seventy Sixers LLC and the Director of Granit Management LLC and holds sole voting and investment power over the securities held by June Seventy Sixers LLC and Granit Management LLC.
(7)
Consists of 12,500 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 5,000 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(8)
Consists of 4,722 share of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 3,750 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, and options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 40,000 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.
(9)
Consists of the following beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers: (i) 8,165,719 shares of common stock underlying CDIs, which includes the purchase of CDIs representing 269,471 shares of common stock since June 30, 2026, (ii) warrants to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 12,019 shares of common stock, and (iii) options to purchase CDIs exchangeable for 426,639 shares of common stock exercisable within 60 days of August 27, 2026.

 

119


Table of Contents

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This description also summarizes certain provisions included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our authorized capital stock consists of 165,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.00001 par value per share, consisting of 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2026, there were 23,833,180 shares of our common stock outstanding, all of which are held by CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Limited (CDN), a wholly owned subsidiary of ASX Limited, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for more information.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held as of the applicable record date on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Our stockholders do not have the ability to cumulate votes for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, our governing documents or the rules of the stock exchange on which our securities are listed. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote as of the applicable record date, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of approximately equal size, each serving staggered three‑year terms. Only the directors in one class will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three‑year terms.

Liquidation Rights

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

120


Table of Contents

 

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our common stock to be issued in this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue shares of authorized but unissued preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. These powers, rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price(s) and liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control or other corporate action. As of the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.

Options

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,132,218 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.17 per share.

CHESS Depositary Interests

In connection with the Redomiciliation, the shareholders in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) for each share they owned in Amaero Ltd. Each CDI represents a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of our common stock. Accordingly, 40 of our CDIs can be converted at the holder’s option into one share of our common stock, and each share of common stock can be converted into 40 CDIs.

We delivered the shares of our common stock represented by the CDIs to the Depositary Nominee, a wholly owned subsidiary of the ASX. The Depositary Nominee is the registered holder of those shares of common stock held for the benefit of our CDI holders. Holders of our CDIs do not hold the legal title to the underlying shares of our common stock to which our CDIs relate, as the legal title will be held by the Depositary Nominee. However, the holders of the CDIs are the beneficial owners of, and are entitled to exchange their CDIs for, the underlying shares of our common stock held by the Depositary Nominee. Holders of our CDIs must contact our transfer agent for instructions on how to exchange their CDIs for shares of our common stock. In addition, holders of our CDIs are generally entitled to exercise the same voting and other rights as holders of our common stock, although they are required to exercise those rights indirectly through the Depositary Nominee unless they request the Depositary Nominee to grant them a proxy to vote directly or exchange their CDIs for the underlying shares of our common stock. Each holder of our CDIs will, however, have a beneficial interest in the underlying shares of our common stock, and each holder of our CDIs that elects to vote at a stockholder meeting will be entitled to one vote for every one CDI held by such holder.

In order to vote at a stockholder meeting, a holder of our CDIs may:

•
instruct the Depositary Nominee, as legal owner of the shares of our common stock underlying the holders CDIs, to vote the common stock represented by their CDIs in a particular manner. A voting instruction form will be sent to holders of our CDIs and must be completed and returned to the share registry for our CDIs prior to a record date fixed for the relevant stockholder meeting, which is notified to our CDI holders in the voting instructions included in a notice of meeting; and
•
inform us that they wish to appoint themselves or a third party as the Depositary Nominee’s proxy with respect to the shares of our common stock underlying the holder’s CDIs for the purposes of attending and voting at the stockholder meeting. The instruction form must be completed and returned to the share registry for our CDIs prior to the voting instruction receipt time fixed for the relevant stockholder meeting, which is notified to our CDI holders in the voting instructions included in a notice of meeting.

121


Table of Contents

 

Nonetheless, holders of our CDIs have substantially the same economic, voting and other rights as holders of our common stock and our CDIs therefore should be considered as the functional equivalents of shares of our common stock. In addition, holders of shares of our common stock, including shares sold in this offering, are permitted to deliver those shares to the Depositary Nominee in exchange for our CDIs.

The purpose of our CDIs is to facilitate trading, settlement and clearance of interests in our shares of common stock in Australia by our stockholders. Because our common stock will not be listed on a securities exchange in Australia, Australian residents wishing to trade our common stock would be required to do so through Nasdaq in transactions settled in U.S. dollars, which may be inconvenient due to time zone and currency differences, among other factors. However, because the CDIs are listed on the ASX, our CDI holders are able to trade their CDIs on the ASX in transactions settled in Australian dollars.

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will not be able to freely resell those shares, or our CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for our CDIs traded on the ASX during that period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) has granted the ASIC Corporations (Offers of CHESS Depositary Interests) Instrument 2025/180 (the “Instrument”), which permits the issue and on sale of our CDIs within the first 12 months of issue provided that the Company has lodged a cleansing notice on the ASX within applicable time limits after those CDIs are issued. Accordingly, if the Company is able to rely on the Instrument and has lodged a cleansing notice in respect to such CDIs, those CDIs that have been issued on conversion of the Company’s common stock, including common stock that is issued in this offering, may be freely tradable on the ASX. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock—Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will not be able to freely sell those shares, or CDIs representing those shares, in Australia during the 12 months after the issue date of those shares in this offering and therefore will not be able to take advantage of any liquidity that may be available for CDIs traded on the ASX during that period, unless an exception applies or the Company is able to rely on applicable legislative relief and lodges a cleansing notice in accordance with regulatory requirements under the ASX.”

Our CDIs are quoted on the ASX under the ticker symbol “3DA.”

Conversion of our CDIs to shares of our common stock

Holders of our CDIs may at any time convert their CDIs to a holding of shares of our common stock by instructing the share registry for our CDIs, either:

•
directly in the case of CDIs held on the issuer sponsored sub-register operated by the Company (in this case, holders of our CDIs will be provided with a CDI issuance request form to return to the share registry for our CDIs); or
•
through their “sponsoring participant” (usually their broker) in the case of CDIs which are held on the CHESS sub-register (in this case, the sponsoring broker will arrange for completion of the relevant form and its return to the share registry for our CDIs).

In both cases, once the share registry for our CDIs has been notified of the conversion request, it will arrange the transfer of the relevant number of shares of our common stock from the Depositary Nominee into the name of the CDI holder in book entry form or, if requested, deliver the relevant shares of our common stock to their Depository Trust Company participant in the U.S. Central Securities Depositary. Holding shares of our common stock will, however, prevent a person from selling their shares of our common stock on the ASX, as only our CDIs are currently traded on that market.

Conversion of our shares of common stock to our CDIs

Shares of our common stock may be converted into our CDIs and traded on the ASX. Holders of our shares of common stock may at any time convert those shares to our CDIs by contacting our transfer agent. The underlying shares of our common stock will be transferred to the Depositary Nominee, and CDIs (and a holding statement for the corresponding CDIs) will be issued to the relevant security holder. No trading in our CDIs may take place on the ASX until this conversion has taken place.

122


Table of Contents

 

Warrants

As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding warrants to purchase CDIs, which are convertible into an aggregate of 642,049 shares of our common stock in accordance with the terms of the CDIs (as described above under “—CHESS Depositary Interests”), as of June 30, 2026, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.72 per share.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, under our registration rights agreement with Pegasus Growth Capital (“Pegasus”), Pegasus will have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Pegasus can request that we file a registration statement on Form S‑1 to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are only obligated to effect one such registration. The request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of certain selling expenses, is at least $25.0 million. These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us to effect such a demand registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 120 days.

Form S‑3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain Form S‑3 registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, Pegasus can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S‑3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of certain selling expenses, is at least $25.0 million. We are obligated to effect up to three such registrations. These Form S‑3 registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us to effect such a registration, then we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12‑month period, for a period of not more than 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, Pegasus will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of our common stock under the Securities Act, Pegasus can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration relating to any employee benefit, incentive or similar plan, (2) a registration relating to a transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (3) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities or (4) a registration in which the only stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares to be offered and sold pursuant to the registrations described above, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of the shares included in such registrations.

123


Table of Contents

 

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) a deemed liquidation event (as defined in our registration rights agreement) and (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities without limitation in a three‑month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the DGCL generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” (as described below) with any “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who, together with such person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or has the right to acquire 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation) for a period of three years after the time of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder of such corporation, unless:

•
the business combination or transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder was approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder;
•
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
•
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

•
mergers or consolidations involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, and the interested stockholder or any other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder;
•
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transferor other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the corporation, involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation;
•
subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, of any stock of the corporation or such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;

124


Table of Contents

 

•
subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation, or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation or such subsidiary owned by the interested stockholder; or
•
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing changes in control of our company.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management. Among other things, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

•
permit our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock, with any powers, rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;
•
provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
•
provide that all vacancies and newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, our governing documents or resolution of our board of directors, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
•
divide our board of directors into three classes, each of which stands for election once every three years;
•
for so long as our board of directors is classified, and subject to the rights of holders of our preferred stock, provide that a director may only be removed from the board of directors by the stockholders for cause;
•
require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;
•
provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide notice in writing in a timely manner, and also meet specific requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;
•
not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
•
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, our chief executive officer or president; and
•
provide that stockholders will be permitted to amend certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws only upon receiving at least two‑thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class.

125


Table of Contents

 

Exclusive Forum

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, stockholders, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware), except for, as to each of (1) through (4) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction. This provision would not apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Our bylaws also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding or owning (or continuing to hold or own) any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the foregoing bylaw provisions. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AMRO.”

126


Table of Contents

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market in the U.S. for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of shares of our common stock (including CDIs representing our shares of common stock) in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of our common stock in the public market or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, based on the shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2026, we will have 27,716,676 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, the 3,883,496 shares of our common stock sold in this offering and an additional 15,667,461 shares of our common stock will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased or held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

As a result of the lock‑up agreements described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•
beginning on the date of this prospectus (i) all 3,883,496 shares of our common stock sold in this offering and (ii) an additional 15,667,461 shares of our common stock held by our existing stockholders directly or indirectly through CDIs will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and
•
beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the terms of the lock‑up agreements described below, all remaining shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which 8,165,719 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, our directors and officers and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I LP, which collectively beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 8,604,377 shares of our common stock, which reflected 35.5% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of August 27, 2026, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock for 90 days (for us) or 180 days (for our directors, officers and Pegasus) after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, as representative of the several underwriters of this offering. Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time. These agreements are described below under the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting.”

After this offering, the stockholders subject to such lock-up restrictions may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

127


Table of Contents

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described above, within any three‑month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 277,166 shares immediately after this offering; and
•
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of our common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Redomiciliation Securities

Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act is an exemption from registration for offers and sales of securities in specified exchange transactions, subject to certain requirements, including obtaining approval from a court or authorized governmental entity that the exchange is fair to the security holders participating in the exchange. In connection with the Redomiciliation, the issuance of CDIs was effected pursuant to a share scheme of arrangement under Australian law and was approved by the shareholders of Amaero Ltd and the Federal Court of Australia following a court hearing as to the fairness of the share scheme of arrangement, to which our shareholders had a the right to appear, and at which the court was advised that we would rely on Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act for the issuance of the CDIs under the share scheme of arrangement. The shares of our Common Stock issued upon the exchange of CDIs (as described in the section above under “Description of Capital Stock–CHESS Depositary Interests”) will be exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange where (i) the issuer of the shares will be the same as the issuer of the CDIs, (ii) the exchange will be made exclusively with an existing securityholder, (iii) no additional consideration from the securityholder will be needed for issuance of the shares underlying the CDIs, and (iv) no commission or other remuneration is paid or given directly or indirectly for soliciting such exchange. Such shares will be freely tradeable, subject to the limitations applicable to affiliates under Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our registration rights agreement, upon the completion of this offering, Pegasus Growth Capital, or certain permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. These registration rights are described under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

128


Table of Contents

 

Registration Statement on Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act promptly after the completion of this offering to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding, as well as reserved for future issuance, under our equity compensation plans. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable market standoff provisions and lock‑up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

129


Table of Contents

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON‑U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below) but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed or be subject to differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax considerations different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or under other U.S. federal tax laws, such as gift and estate tax rules, or the effect, if any, of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

•
banks, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or other financial institutions;
•
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
•
tax-exempt or governmental organizations;
•
pension plans and tax-qualified retirement plans;
•
controlled foreign corporations, foreign controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
•
entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (or owners of such entities or arrangements);
•
brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;
•
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting for their securities holdings;
•
persons who own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
•
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
•
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction,” or other risk reduction transaction;
•
persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any option or otherwise as compensation;
•
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment);
•
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; or
•
persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code.

130


Table of Contents

 

In addition, if a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other pass-through entities holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner or owner in the partnership or pass-through entity generally will depend on the status of the partner or owner and upon the activities of the partnership or pass-through entity. Partnerships or pass-through entities holding our common stock and the partners or owners in such partnerships or pass-through entities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to them.

This discussion is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal or tax advice. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax rules or under the laws of any U.S. state or local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is neither a partnership nor:

•
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more United States persons (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any such dividends on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make cash distributions (or distributions of property other than our common stock) on our common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as capital gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us or the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, we may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, is less than the gross amount. You may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

131


Table of Contents

 

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us or the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, generally are taxed at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including the application of any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

•
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);
•
you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
•
our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our U.S. and worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually (directly or indirectly) and/or constructively hold more than five percent of our regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

Gain described in the first bullet above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate non-U.S. holder also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS any distributions on our common stock paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

132


Table of Contents

 

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers made to you may be subject to backup withholding at the applicable statutory rate unless you certify your non-U.S. status, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Additional Withholding Requirements under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

FATCA, including Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other official IRS guidance issued thereunder, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed in this section) the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the accounts of such institution held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as specially defined under these rules) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed in this section) the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the “substantial United States owners” (as specially defined under these rules) of the entity, certifies that it does not have any substantial United States owners, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on gross proceeds of the sale or other disposition of our common stock (but not on payments of dividends). They may be relied upon by taxpayers until final Treasury Regulations are issued or until such proposed Treasury Regulations are rescinded. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States may be subject to different rules. You should consult with your own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA withholding to your investment in, and ownership and disposition of, our common stock.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice to investors in their particular circumstances. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

133


Table of Contents

 

UNDERWRITING

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement, dated the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters named below has, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase from us the aggregate number of shares of common stock shown opposite their respective names below:

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

Lake Street Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

Total

 

 

3,883,496

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of our shares of common stock (other than those covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock described below) sold under the underwriting agreement. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering our shares of common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of common stock, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share of common stock. After this offering, the public offering price, concession or any other terms of this offering may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting commissions and discounts, and proceeds, before expenses, payable to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

The estimated expenses of this offering payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting commissions and discounts, are approximately $2.9 million. We will reimburse the underwriters for certain reasonable accountable out-of-pocket expenses, including those related to background checks, blue-sky laws and the review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the terms of sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby, up to an amount of $40,000.

 

 

Per Share

 

Without
Option

 

With Option

Public offering price

 

$

 

$

 

$

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

 

$

 

$

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

134


Table of Contents

 

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of 582,524 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time or from time to time for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any over-allotments.

Indemnification of Underwriters

We will indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities. We have also agreed to indemnify the underwriters for losses if the shares (other than those purchased pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) are not delivered to the underwriters’ accounts on the initial settlement date.

No Sales of Similar Securities

Prior to the completion of this offering, we, our directors, executive officers, and Pegasus Growth Capital (each such person, a “lock-up party”) will enter into lock-up agreements with the representatives pursuant to which each of these persons or entities have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with shares of common stock, for a period of 90 days (for us) or 180 days (for our directors, officers and Pegasus) after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons will agree, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

(1)
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any shares of common stock;
(2)
sell any option or contract to purchase any shares of common stock;
(3)
purchase any option or contract to sell any shares of common stock;
(4)
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any shares of common stock;
(5)
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock;
(6)
file or cause to be filed any registration statement related to the shares of common stock; or
(7)
enter into any swap hedging, collar or other agreement that can be reasonably expected to transfer, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any shares of common stock whether any such swap hedging, collar or other agreement is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with shares of common stock. It also applies to shares of common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The restrictions above do not apply, subject in certain cases to various restrictions:

(a)
to transfers that are of bona fide gifts, charitable contributions, or transfers for bona fide estate planning purposes;
(b)
to transfers upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession;
(c)
to transfers (1) to an immediate family member or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or immediate family member thereof or (2) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;

135


Table of Contents

 

(d)
to transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or other securities by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;
(e)
if a business entity, (1) to transfers or distributions to current or former partners, members, managers, beneficiaries, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the entity, or to the estates of any of the foregoing or (2) to transfers or distributions to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other business entity that is an affiliate of the entity, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the entity or affiliates of the entity; or
(f)
to transfers by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;
(g)
to (1) shares received upon the exercise, vesting, or settlement of options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award arrangement, or the exercise or conversion of warrants, convertible securities or other shares of convertible capital stock or (2) transfers of shares of common stock or other securities for the purposes of exercising or settling on a “net exercise” or “cashless” basis options, restricted stock units, or other rights to purchase shares of common stock under such plans or arrangements;
(h)
to transfers to us of shares of common stock or other securities in connection with the repurchase of such securities pursuant to arrangements under which we have the option to repurchase, or a right of first refusal on, such securities;
(i)
to transfers of shares of common stock or other securities in connection with a change in control after the initial public offering date that has been approved by the board of directors;
(j)
to establishing or facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock or other securities; or
(k)
with respect to Pegasus Growth Capital only, to transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this initial public offering.

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated may release any of the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part subject to the below considerations. When determining whether or not to release common stock from lock-up agreements, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated will consider, among other factors, the stockholders’ reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. However, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated has informed us that, as of the date of this prospectus, there are no agreements between them and any party that would allow such party to transfer any common stock, nor do they have any intention at this time of releasing any of the common stock subject to the lock-up agreements, prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “AMRO.” To meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters will undertake to sell a minimum number of shares of our common stock to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Determination of Offering Price

The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters by reference to the last reported trading price of our CDIs on the ASX prior to the pricing date, subject to certain restrictions under the ASX Listing Rules. On October 5, 2026, the last reported sales price of the CDIs was A$0.185 per CDI (equivalent to approximately $0.13 per CDI or $5.15 per share of common stock, based on the exchange rate of A$1.4382 per $1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on October 2, 2026 as quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the United States).

136


Table of Contents

 

In addition to prevailing market conditions and the closing price of the CDIs on the last ASX trading date prior to the pricing date, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

•
the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;
•
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;
•
our financial information;
•
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;
•
the ability of our management;
•
an assessment of our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;
•
the present state of our development;
•
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and
•
other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if developed, be maintained or be liquid. It is also possible that after this offering our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common stock in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of our common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the shares of common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of our common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option or purchasing common stock in the open market. In determining the source of our common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase our common stock through the option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing our common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the underwriters have repurchased common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

137


Table of Contents

 

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing and banking services to us, for which they have in the past received, and may in the future receive, customary fees and reimbursement for their expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments, including bank loans, for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the common stock or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the common stock may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with ASIC in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the common stock may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investor” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

138


Table of Contents

 

The common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, each a “Member State,” no ordinary shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ordinary shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of ordinary shares may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

1.
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;
2.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or
3.
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation;

provided that no such offer of our shares shall result in a requirement for the Company or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any of our shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the representatives and the Company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any of our shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that our shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any of our shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire our shares in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any of our shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

139


Table of Contents

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

An offer to the public of any of our shares may not be made in the United Kingdom, except that an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any of our shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

1.
to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;
2.
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
3.
in any other circumstances falling within section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended, “FSMA”),

provided that no such offer of our shares shall result in a requirement for the Company or any Representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to section 85 of the FSMA or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any of our shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the representatives and the Company that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any of our shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that our shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any of our shares to the public, other than their offer or resale in the United Kingdom to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are being distributed only to, and are directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (“Order”), and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares of common stock in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the FSMA.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the representatives of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the representatives, be permitted to acquire our shares in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of our shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any of our shares.

This prospectus supplement is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (A) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; or (B) qualified investors who are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”), or (ii) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Our shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire our shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this Prospectus or any of its contents.

140


Table of Contents

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the ordinary shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of ordinary shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of ordinary shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of ordinary shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an

141


Table of Contents

 

accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal, that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

142


Table of Contents

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas, which is acting as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. Investment funds associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, hold CDIs convertible into 35,925 shares of our common stock and options to purchase CDIs convertible into 35,925 shares of our common stock, which together represent less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock. Paul Hastings LLP, Washington, D.C., is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

On January 29, 2026, we engaged BDO USA, P.C. as our primary independent registered public accounting firm, in addition to our existing accounting firm RSM Australia Partners, who previously served, and will continue to serve, as our primary independent accounting firm for reporting on ASX. We engaged BDO USA, P.C. to audit our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2025. Our engagement of BDO USA, P.C. was primarily due to the Redomiciliation and our need to prepare financial statements in compliance with GAAP for this offering and not any disagreement as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304, or a reportable event as that term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) and the related instructions to Item 304.

From January 1, 2024 through January 29, 2026, we did not consult with BDO USA, P.C. on matters involving the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction (completed or proposed), the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement or reportable event.

 

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and for the years then ended, included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of BDO USA, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The report on the consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

143


Table of Contents

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S‑1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus constitutes only a part of the registration statement. Some items are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or document referred to are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC also maintains an Internet website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at https://amaeroinc.com/. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

144


Table of Contents

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and Board of Directors

Amaero Inc.

McDonald, Tennessee

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Substantial Doubt About the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2026.

Atlanta, Georgia

July 10, 2026

F-2


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share numbers)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

31,852

 

$

12,109

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

1,333

 

 

499

 

Inventories

 

5,884

 

 

1,323

 

Prepaid expenses

 

985

 

 

404

 

Other current assets

 

662

 

 

1,088

 

Total current assets

 

40,716

 

 

15,423

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

35,433

 

 

17,460

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

10,097

 

 

10,294

 

Other non-current assets

 

1,268

 

 

507

 

Restricted cash

 

3,333

 

 

—

 

Total assets

$

90,847

 

$

43,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

2,536

 

 

2,535

 

Accrued liabilities

 

1,588

 

 

414

 

Accrued interest

 

256

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

119

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

988

 

 

969

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

5,487

 

 

3,918

 

Long-term debt, net

 

14,936

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

9,715

 

 

9,688

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

1,043

 

 

1,198

 

Total liabilities

 

31,181

 

 

14,804

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.00001; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 23,814,555
   and 15,380,476 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and
   December 31, 2024, respectively

 

—

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

122,388

 

 

73,326

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(62,048

)

 

(43,670

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(674

)

 

(776

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

59,666

 

 

28,880

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

90,847

 

$

43,684

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-3


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

 

2024

 

Revenue

$

6,305

 

 

$

1,317

 

Cost of revenue

 

11,468

 

 

 

4,160

 

Gross loss

 

(5,163

)

 

 

(2,843

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

13,400

 

 

 

10,540

 

Research and development expenses

 

397

 

 

 

541

 

Total operating expenses

 

13,797

 

 

 

11,081

 

Loss from operations

 

(18,960

)

 

 

(13,924

)

Other income, net

 

151

 

 

 

159

 

Interest income

 

715

 

 

 

373

 

Interest expense

 

(454

)

 

 

(2

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

412

 

 

 

530

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

—

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

(18,548

)

 

 

(13,394

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

170

 

 

 

669

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share - continuing operations

$

(0.96

)

 

$

(0.98

)

Basic and diluted net income per share - discontinued operations

$

0.01

 

 

$

0.05

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

 

19,296,038

 

 

 

13,610,166

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-4


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax of $ —

 

 

102

 

 

 

(214

)

Comprehensive loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,276

)

 

$

(12,939

)

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-5


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Total
stockholders'

 

 

 

Shares (a)

 

 

Amount (b)

 

 

capital

 

 

deficit

 

 

loss

 

 

equity

 

Balance at January 1, 2024

 

 

11,983,660

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

42,160

 

 

$

(30,945

)

 

$

(562

)

 

$

10,653

 

Net (loss)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(12,725

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(12,725

)

Other comprehensive income
   (loss), net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(214

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,366

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,366

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

3,300,866

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,303

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

30,303

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,994

)

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(1,994

)

Exercise of warrants

 

 

81,336

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

491

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

491

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   units

 

 

14,614

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at December 31,
   2024

 

 

15,380,476

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

73,326

 

 

$

(43,670

)

 

$

(776

)

 

$

28,880

 

Net (loss)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18,378

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(18,378

)

Other comprehensive income
   (loss), net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

102

 

Share-based compensation

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,449

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,449

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

4,987,708

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

46,873

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

46,873

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(2,935

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(2,935

)

Exercise of warrants

 

 

3,390,245

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

2,594

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

53,846

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

Vesting of restricted stock
   units

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at December 31,
   2025

 

 

23,814,555

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

122,388

 

 

$

(62,048

)

 

$

(674

)

 

$

59,666

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

(a)
Share data has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.
(b)
The Company’s common stock has a par value of $0.00001 per share. Because par-value amounts round to zero when presented in thousands, no corresponding amount is presented in the Common Stock (Amount) column. See Note 17 — Common Stock.

F-6


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

365

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

2,449

 

 

 

2,366

 

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

 

 

224

 

 

 

249

 

Non-cash portion of interest expense

 

 

136

 

 

 

—

 

Impairment

 

 

—

 

 

 

(3

)

Changes in assets & liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(834

)

 

 

(425

)

Inventories

 

 

(4,561

)

 

 

(1,282

)

Other current assets

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(1,195

)

Other non-current assets

 

 

(761

)

 

 

(98

)

Accounts payable

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

806

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

126

 

Accrued interest

 

 

256

 

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

119

 

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

28

 

 

 

(197

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(291

)

 

 

671

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(18,361

)

 

 

(11,342

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for property, plant, and equipment

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(20,135

)

 

 

(13,320

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

15,036

 

 

 

—

 

Transaction costs for borrowings

 

 

(177

)

 

 

(6

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

46,873

 

 

 

30,086

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

491

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

 

81

 

 

 

—

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock

 

 

(2,935

)

 

 

(1,777

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

61,472

 

 

 

28,794

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

 

22,976

 

 

 

4,132

 

Effects of exchange rates changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

100

 

 

 

(27

)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

 

12,109

 

 

 

8,004

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year

 

$

35,185

 

 

$

12,109

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-7


Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

31,852

 

$

12,109

 

Restricted cash

 

3,333

 

—

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

$

35,185

 

$

12,109

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Cash paid for interest

$

65

 

$

—

 

Cash paid for income taxes

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired but not
   yet paid

$

224

 

$

1,227

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock
   settled in equity

$

—

 

$

217

 

 

The consolidated statements of cash flows include cash flows from both continuing and discontinued operations. See Note 21 — Discontinued Operations for the operating, investing, and financing cash flows attributable to discontinued operations for each period presented.

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Amaero Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company operates two product lines: (i) the production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders for additive and advanced manufacturing applications, and (ii) the production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components manufactured through Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”). The Company’s products serve customers in the defense, aerospace, and space sectors. The Company’s operations are conducted at its AS9100D-certified manufacturing facility located in McDonald, Tennessee, and all of the Company’s revenue is generated in the United States. The Company operates as a single reportable segment.

On June 22, 2026 (the “Implementation Date”), subsequent to the Company’s latest reported balance sheet date as of December 31, 2025, the Company became the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries pursuant to two schemes of arrangement under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 that were dependent upon each other (collectively, the “Scheme”), replacing Amaero Ltd (formerly Amaero International Ltd) as the ultimate parent entity. The Scheme did not result in any change in the underlying operations, assets, liabilities, or ultimate economic ownership of the Amaero group. The Scheme is expected to support the Company’s ability to complete an initial public offering in the U.S. and to support the Company’s eligibility for U.S. classified defense contracts by aligning the Company’s corporate structure with U.S. Foreign Ownership, Control, and Influence requirements. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for the accounting treatment of the Scheme, Note 17 — Common Stock for information regarding the Share Consolidation effected through the Scheme, and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information regarding the consummation of the redomiciliation and the related option modification analysis.

The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc., a Tennessee corporation.

Note 2. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. All dollar amounts are presented in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per-share amounts, unless otherwise noted.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Amaero Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions, including any unrealized gains and losses arising from intercompany transactions, have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest, which is generally determined through ownership of a majority of the voting interests of the entity. The Company does not have any variable interest entities or unconsolidated subsidiaries.

The Scheme, Redomiciliation, and Predecessor Accounting

As described in Note 1, on June 22, 2026 (the “Implementation Date”), the Company became the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd by way of the Scheme, thereby effecting the redomiciliation of Amaero and its subsidiaries from Australia to the State of Delaware and replacing Amaero Ltd as the prior ultimate parent entity. The Scheme has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis in accordance with ASC 805-50. Because there was no change in the underlying operations, assets, liabilities, or ultimate economic ownership of Amaero, the historical consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the operations of the predecessor consolidated group (Amaero Ltd and its subsidiaries) for all periods presented, all of which precede the Implementation Date. The Company’s first reporting period as the successor entity will commence on the Implementation Date.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

Under the Scheme, each outstanding ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) of the Company, with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of the Company’s common stock (the “Share Consolidation”). The Company’s CDIs are quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange under the ticker symbol “3DA.” In addition, each outstanding stock option to purchase an ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one stock option of the Company exercisable into CDIs on substantially the same terms as the original award. See Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 4.C, share and per-share information presented in these consolidated financial statements, including weighted-average shares outstanding and loss per share, has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of Amaero Inc., giving effect to the Share Consolidation, as if the Scheme had occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented. See Note 17 — Common Stock for additional information regarding the Share Consolidation.

Change in Fiscal Year-End

In connection with the redomiciliation, the Company changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to December 31, effective for the year ended December 31, 2025. The consolidated financial statements presented herein have been prepared on the basis of a December 31 fiscal year-end for all periods presented. The annual periods presented herein do not correspond to Amaero Ltd’s historical reporting periods, which were prepared on the basis of a June 30 fiscal year-end. Accordingly, the financial information presented in these consolidated financial statements is not directly comparable to Amaero Ltd’s previously issued annual financial statements.

Note 3. Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

The Company has historically incurred losses from operations and used cash in operating activities, and has made substantial capital investments to build and scale its production infrastructure. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $18.5 million, a gross loss of $5.2 million, and net cash used in operating activities of $18.4 million. The Company has an accumulated deficit of $62.4 million as of December 31, 2025. These conditions reflect the Company’s capital investment in production infrastructure during the early stage of commercialization, with production volumes during the periods presented below installed atomization capacity. As the Company continues to scale production toward its installed capacity, it expects to make further capital investments to support its planned growth.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $31.9 million, working capital excluding cash and cash equivalents of $3.1 million, and approximately $5.2 million of remaining capacity under its credit facility with the Export-Import Bank of the United States (“EXIM Bank”). In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to provide an additional $2.9 million of net cash proceeds, bringing total remaining availability under the facility to approximately $8.1 million.

In accordance with ASC 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern, management has evaluated whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of one year from the date these financial statements are issued. Based on its evaluation of forecasted cash flows, current cash resources, and available financing — and excluding the receipt of any potential proceeds from the Company’s planned initial public offering or other future financing transactions that are not committed or probable, management has concluded that the Company’s existing cash and available financing would not be sufficient to fund its operations through the end of the one-year look-forward period. The principal conditions and events giving rise to this conclusion include the Company’s recurring net losses from operations, negative cash flows from operating activities, and the expectation that the Company’s cash position would become negative within the look-forward period absent additional financing. Accordingly, these conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date these financial statements are issued. The projection that the Company’s cash position would become negative within the look-forward period reflects both continued operating losses during the early commercialization phase, the capital investment required to bring installed production capacity into full commercial operations, and the working capital investment required to support the Company’s projected revenue growth.

F-10


Table of Contents

 

Management has evaluated whether its plans, considered in the aggregate, alleviate the substantial doubt. Management’s principal plan is to complete an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock in the United States, the registration statement on Form S-1 for which has been submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission following the issuance of these financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the completion of the planned initial public offering and the implementation of certain of the other plans described above are subject to factors that are not within the Company’s sole control, including market conditions, regulatory clearance, investor demand, and pricing. Under ASC 205-40, management’s plans alleviate substantial doubt only when it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date the financial statements are issued and probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the conditions or events giving rise to substantial doubt. Plans that depend on factors not within the entity’s control do not alleviate substantial doubt unless they are probable of being effectively implemented. Accordingly, management has concluded that its plans do not alleviate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, and substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern exists as of the date these financial statements are issued.

The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to: yield assumptions and the determination of conversion rates used in the absorption of production costs into inventory; net realizable value assessments for inventory; the estimated useful lives and recoverability of property, plant and equipment; the determination of the incremental borrowing rate used to measure operating lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities; the credit-adjusted risk-free rate, expected settlement date, and expected future cash flows used to measure asset retirement obligations; the measurement of revenue recognized over time under the cost-to-cost input method for PM-HIP contracts, including estimates of total contract costs and the costs incurred to date; the fair value of stock-based compensation awards, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model; the determination of functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiaries; the realizability of deferred tax assets and the related valuation allowance; the assessment of indicators of impairment of long-lived assets; and the estimated expected lifetime credit losses on accounts receivable. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with financial institutions and money market funds with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. Money market funds are valued at the published net asset value per unit and are classified as Level 1 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Cash and cash equivalents are held with major financial institutions and, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash balances that are contractually or legally restricted as to withdrawal or use. The Company presents restricted cash separately on the consolidated balance sheets and includes restricted cash with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling beginning and ending balances within the consolidated statements of cash flows, in accordance with ASC 230.

F-11


Table of Contents

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses representing its current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on its accounts receivable in accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses. The allowance is determined based on historical loss experience, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts, customer-specific risk factors, and the aging of outstanding balances. Account balances are written off against the allowance when management determines that collection is not probable. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded as a reduction of credit loss expense when received.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash deposits with major financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily from U.S. defense, aerospace, and space-industry customers, including prime contractors and government-related entities. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventories consist of the following categories:

•
Raw materials — metal alloy electrodes used as feedstock in the atomization process.
•
Work-in-process — atomized powder that has not yet been sieved and classified.
•
Finished goods — atomized powder that has been sieved and classified by particle size distribution.

Costs include direct material, direct labor, and applicable manufacturing overhead. The term net realizable value is defined as estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Powder produced through the atomization process that does not currently meet customer particle size specifications is not assigned inventory value, and the associated production costs are absorbed into the cost of saleable powder, consistent with the absorption of normal production losses under ASC 330.

The Company evaluates inventories on a quarterly basis to identify carrying values that exceed estimated net realizable value. The calculation of a resulting write-down, if any, is recognized as an expense in the period in which the need for the write-down is identified. It is the Company’s general policy to write down to scrap value any inventory identified as slow-moving or obsolete.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment includes the purchase price, freight, installation, and other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: machinery and equipment 12–20 years; laboratory equipment 3–10 years; and information technology and office equipment 3–7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term, including renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Construction in progress is not depreciated until placed in service. The Company reviews estimated useful lives and depreciation methods at each reporting period, and changes in estimates are recognized prospectively. Upon retirement or disposal of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-12


Table of Contents

 

Leases

The Company determines whether an arrangement contains a lease at contract inception. Operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term, discounted using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term. The Company has no finance leases. The Company classifies a lease as a finance lease when it meets any of the criteria in ASC 842-10-25-2 and as an operating lease otherwise. The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, and the ROU asset is measured at the amount of the lease liability, adjusted for any lease incentives received, prepaid or accrued lease payments, and initial direct costs incurred. Because the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date, determined with reference to the term and economic environment of the lease and the Company’s credit standing. The lease term includes renewal options when the Company is reasonably certain to exercise them; the Company concluded that the two five-year renewal options under its Tennessee facility lease are reasonably certain of exercise given the strategic importance of the facility to its operations. Lease liabilities are presented as current and non-current operating lease liabilities, and ROU assets are presented as operating lease right-of-use assets, on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease cost is presented within cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations based on the use of the leased asset. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to separate lease and non-lease components and does not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and operating lease right-of-use assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by its use and eventual disposition. If the carrying amount exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds fair value. Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow analyses or other appropriate valuation techniques.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (AROs) are recognized at fair value when incurred. The fair value is determined by discounting expected future cash flows using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate (CARFR). The corresponding asset retirement cost (ARC) is capitalized to the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset (or ROU asset) and amortized over the asset’s remaining useful life. The ARO liability is subsequently accreted to the estimated settlement amount using the effective interest method. Accretion expense is classified as cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Government Grants

The Company receives government grants based on the achievement of capital investment and employment milestones at its Tennessee manufacturing facility. Grant amounts received are recorded as deferred grant income when received or when reasonable assurance exists that the conditions attached will be met, and are recognized as other income upon satisfaction of the milestones specified in each grant agreement.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures certain financial assets at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

•
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
•
Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

•
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company also discloses the fair value of financial instruments that are not measured at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets in accordance with ASC 825-10-50.

Debt

Debt is recorded at the principal amount outstanding, less any unamortized debt discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.

Debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the Company’s debt obligations are deferred and presented as a direct reduction of the carrying amount of the related debt liability on the consolidated balance sheets, in accordance with ASC 835-30-45-1A.

Debt discount, representing the difference between the face amount of the debt and the cash proceeds received at issuance, is recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the related debt liability on the consolidated balance sheets.

Debt discount and debt issuance costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Revenue is recognized when control is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive.

The Company’s revenue is primarily generated from the sale of metal powders and the manufacture of near-net-shape components using PM-HIP processes.

Powder Products

Revenue from the sale of spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders is generally recognized at a point in time when control of the product transfers to the customer which generally occurs upon shipment.

Powder products are manufactured to specified technical parameters, such as density, particle size distribution, and oxygen content. However, these products are not uniquely customized for a specific customer and may be sold to multiple customers. Accordingly, the products have alternative use, and the Company does not have an enforceable right to payment prior to shipment.

PM-HIP Components

PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue is recognized over time using the cost-to-cost input method. The highly customized near-net-shape components are designed to meet customer-specific technical specifications and have no alternative use to the Company, and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-27(c).

Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities

Contract assets represent PM-HIP revenue recognized in excess of amounts billed to customers. Contract liabilities represent advance payments received from customers in advance of the Company satisfying its performance obligations.

F-14


Table of Contents

 

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling activities that occur after the customer obtains control of the goods are treated as fulfillment activities rather than separate performance obligations. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue.

Warranties

The Company provides assurance-type warranties that its products will conform to agreed-upon specifications at the time of delivery. These warranties do not represent separate performance obligations.

Taxes Collected from Customers

Taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with revenue-producing transactions and collected from customers, including sales and use taxes, are excluded from the transaction price and the measurement of revenue and are presented on a net basis. The Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-32-2A to exclude all such taxes from the transaction price.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development. Research and development costs consist primarily of personnel costs (including salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation) for engineers, metallurgists, and technicians; materials and consumables, including metal powders and canister materials used in development trials; outside services, including third-party testing and contract research; and qualification and material characterization costs. These costs are associated with PM-HIP component capabilities, including proof-of-concept work performed in support of customer programs across multiple domains including defense, aerospace, and space.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of the award, which is generally the vesting period of the award. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

The Company grants stock options to employees, non-employee directors, and other non-employee service providers under its equity incentive plans. Stock options are subject to service-based vesting conditions and generally have a contractual term of up to 10 years.

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant-date fair value requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Expected term — The expected term represents the period that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual termination date of the award.

Expected volatility — Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock (and, for periods prior to the Implementation Date (as defined in Note 22), the historical volatility of Amaero Ltd ordinary shares, the Company’s predecessor parent), measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility over the expected term of the award.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate is based on term-matched government bond yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. For options granted prior to the Implementation Date, the risk-free interest rate was based on Australian Commonwealth Government Bond yields published by the Reserve Bank of Australia, reflecting the Australian dollar-denominated exercise prices of those grants. For options granted on or after the Implementation Date, the risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury constant maturity yields published by the Federal Reserve, reflecting the Company’s United States dollar functional currency following the redomiciliation.

F-15


Table of Contents

 

Expected dividend yield — The Company has not historically paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

All share, per-share, and per-option amounts presented in these consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 22 — Subsequent Events for further information.

Warrants

The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with capital raising transactions. The Company evaluates the terms of each warrant issuance to determine the appropriate classification as either equity or a liability in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including the indexation and equity classification guidance in ASC 815-40.

Warrants that meet the criteria for equity classification are recorded in additional paid-in capital at their fair value on the issuance date and are not subsequently remeasured. Warrants that do not meet the criteria for equity classification are recorded as liabilities at fair value on the issuance date and are subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The fair value of warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model or other valuation techniques appropriate to the specific terms of the warrant. Inputs to the valuation include the Company’s common stock price, the warrant exercise price, the remaining contractual term, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, the risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets at each reporting date and establishes a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, projected future taxable income, the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, and available tax planning strategies.

The Company recognizes the financial statement effect of an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

Foreign Currency Translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of each subsidiary is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary operates. The functional currency of the Company’s U.S. subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar; the functional currency of the Company’s Australian subsidiaries is the Australian dollar; and the functional currency of the Company’s United Arab Emirates subsidiary is the UAE dirham.

For subsidiaries whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates in effect during the reporting period. Translation adjustments arising from these translations are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’ equity. Upon the substantial liquidation or sale of a foreign subsidiary, the related cumulative translation adjustment is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the consolidated statements of operations.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity in which they are recorded, are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash represents the difference between cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash translated at opening-period exchange rates and translated at closing-period exchange rates, including the effect of exchange rate changes on cash flows denominated in foreign currencies during the period.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period, including stock options, warrants, and other convertible securities, using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, as applicable. Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share when their effect would be anti-dilutive. As the Company has reported net losses for all periods presented, basic and diluted loss per share are the same, as the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

In connection with the Scheme, the historical share counts and per-share amounts presented herein have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the capital structure of Amaero Inc. for all periods presented.

Segment Reporting

The Company operates as a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), who reviews financial information on a consolidated basis. The CODM does not receive, nor does the Company prepare, discrete financial information regarding gross profit, operating income or loss, or assets disaggregated by product line for purposes of making operating decisions. While the Company has two product lines, the Company manages and evaluates these activities on an enterprise-wide basis without allocating costs, assets, or capital between product lines. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates as a single operating segment.

Discontinued Operations

The Company evaluates whether disposal activities meet the criteria for presentation as discontinued operations in accordance with ASC 205-20, Presentation of Financial Statements — Discontinued Operations. A discontinued operation is a component of an entity or group of components that has been disposed of, or is classified as held for sale, and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results.

The results of operations and cash flows of components classified as discontinued operations are presented separately from continuing operations for all periods presented. Components classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Upon the substantial liquidation of a foreign subsidiary classified as a discontinued operation, the related cumulative translation adjustment is reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to the gain or loss on disposal recognized within discontinued operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company classified Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd, its Australian predecessor operating subsidiary, as a discontinued operation. See Note 21 - Discontinued Operations for additional information.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive income (loss), which includes foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive loss is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

F-17


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company” (“EGC”) as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). The JOBS Act provides that an EGC may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows for a delay in the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act and, as a result, will not be required to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies that are not EGCs until those standards apply to private companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaced the previous incurred-loss impairment model for trade receivables and other financial assets with an expected credit loss model that requires an entity to estimate expected credit losses over the contractual life of the asset. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2023, using the modified retrospective transition method. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2024. The Company applied the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segments Disclosures, which requires public entities to provide additional disclosures about significant segment expenses and other segment-related information. The Company operates as a single reportable segment, and the significant segment expenses regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker are the expense line items presented on the face of the consolidated statements of operations. The adoption of ASU 2023-07 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires public entities to provide additional disaggregated information in the rate reconciliation and disclose income taxes paid by jurisdiction. As an EGC that elected the extended transition period, the guidance was effective for the Company for annual periods beginning January 1, 2026. The Company early adopted this guidance prospectively, effective January 1, 2025, and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income — Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40), which requires public entities to provide disaggregated disclosure of certain expense categories in the notes to the financial statements. As an EGC that has elected the extended transition period, the guidance is effective for the Company for annual periods beginning January 1, 2028. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

Note 5. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, as presented in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding reflects the timing of common stock issuances during the period, including shares issued in connection with capital raises and equity compensation arrangements.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Potentially dilutive securities include stock options and warrants outstanding during the period, calculated using the treasury stock method.

For all periods presented in which the Company incurred a net loss, diluted EPS is equal to basic EPS because the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted EPS (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net (loss) attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(18,378

)

 

$

(12,725

)

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

 

19,296

 

 

 

13,610

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (1)

 

 

19,296

 

 

 

13,610

 

Basic (loss) per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

Diluted (loss) per share

 

$

(0.95

)

 

$

(0.93

)

 

(1)
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding exclude the impact of unexercised stock options and other potential common shares because inclusion would be anti-dilutive for each period presented.

The following table represents potential common shares that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings/(loss) per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (shares in thousands).

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Stock options

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

1,280

 

Warrants

 

 

677

 

 

 

6,837

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

—

 

 

 

3

 

Total anti-dilutive potential common shares

 

 

2,370

 

 

 

8,120

 

 

The number of potentially dilutive securities excluded from diluted EPS represents stock options, warrants, and restricted stock units outstanding during at the end of each reporting period.

All share and per-share amounts presented have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation (as defined in Note 17 — Common Stock), pursuant to which each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was converted into one-fortieth of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc.

F-19


Table of Contents

 

Note 6. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company’s accounting policies for revenue recognition, including the five-step model applied under ASC 606, the distinction between point-in-time and over-time recognition, and the Company’s elections of available practical expedients, are described below and in Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The disclosures below are presented in accordance with the quantitative and qualitative disclosure requirements of ASC 606-10-50.

(a) Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table presents revenue disaggregated by major product line, geographic region, and timing of recognition for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands). All revenue is generated from the Company’s single reportable operating segment.

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Major Product line

 

 

 

 

Metal powders

$

5,277

 

$

678

 

PM-HIP components

$

1,028

 

$

639

 

Total revenues from contracts with customers

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

Geographic Region

 

 

 

 

United States

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

Timing of Revenue Recognition

 

 

 

 

Recognized at a point in time

$

5,277

 

$

678

 

Recognized over time

$

1,028

 

$

639

 

Total revenues from contracts with customers

$

6,305

 

$

1,317

 

 

All revenue is generated from customers located in the U.S., reflecting the Company’s current commercial focus on the U.S. defense, aerospace, and space markets. Metal powder sales are recognized at a point in time upon shipment; PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue is recognized over time using the cost-to-cost method, as described in Note 2.

(b) Contract Balances

The following table presents the balances of contract-related assets and liabilities:

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Contract assets

 

$

10

 

 

$

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

119

 

 

 

—

 

 

Accounts receivable represents amounts billed and currently due from customers for goods shipped or services rendered. The Company’s right to consideration becomes unconditional upon shipment of powder products or upon incurrence of cost for PM-HIP contracts, at which point the receivable or contract asset is recognized. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had contract assets of $10 thousand and contract liabilities of $119 thousand, arising from differences between PM-HIP revenue recognized over time and contractual milestone billings. There were no contract assets or contract liabilities as of December 31, 2024.

(c) Remaining Performance Obligations

The Company’s revenue contracts are principally in the form of discrete purchase orders, each representing a single performance obligation to deliver a specified quantity of metal powder or a manufactured PM-HIP component, satisfied at shipment/delivery or over the manufacturing period, respectively.

The Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose the aggregate transaction price allocated to unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations as of the balance sheet date. This election applies because: (i) the original expected duration of each individual contract (purchase order) is one year or less; or (ii) the Company’s right to consideration corresponds directly to the value delivered to the customer for performance completed to date. Substantially all performance obligations outstanding at any balance sheet date are

F-20


Table of Contents

 

expected to be satisfied and revenue recognized within 12 months. Individual purchase orders issued under multi-year master supply, preferred supplier, or exclusive distribution framework agreements are each evaluated independently as separate contracts with expected durations of one year or less.

(d) Significant Judgments

The following judgments in applying the Company’s revenue recognition policies have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in these financial statements:

Identification of Contract and Performance Obligations

The Company’s commercial arrangements include both standalone purchase orders and purchase orders issued under multi-year master supply, preferred supplier, and exclusive distribution agreements. Management evaluates whether each individual purchase order constitutes a separate contract or is part of a broader arrangement with a longer duration. In all periods presented, individual purchase orders are treated as the operative contract for revenue recognition, as each specifies the product, quantity, price, and delivery terms on a stand-alone basis, and the customer has no unconditional obligation to place future orders unless a specific minimum purchase commitment has been triggered. This judgment is significant and affects the assessment of contract duration, timing of revenue recognition, and the application of the practical expedient for remaining performance obligations.

Over-Time Recognition for PM-HIP — Criteria and Measure of Progress

The Company recognizes PM-HIP contract manufacturing revenue over time. The determination that over-time recognition is appropriate requires judgment as to whether the performance obligation meets one or more of the criteria under ASC 606-10-25-27. Management has concluded that PM-HIP contracts satisfy the over-time criteria because: (i) the components are manufactured to customer-proprietary specifications and have no alternative commercial use to the Company; and (ii) the Company has an enforceable right to payment for costs incurred plus a reasonable margin upon any customer-initiated termination. The cost-to-cost method is used to measure progress, and management’s estimates of total contract costs — which determine the percentage-of-completion and the revenue recognized in each period — require significant judgment and are subject to revision as work progresses. Changes in estimated contract costs are recognized in the period the change is determined.

Transfer of Control — Metal Powder Sales

For metal powder sales, the Company recognizes revenue at the point in time when control transfers to the customer. The determination of when control transfers requires judgment with respect to applicable shipping terms. The Company reviews the delivery terms of each purchase order to determine the appropriate point of recognition. For substantially all powder sales in the periods presented, control transfers upon shipment from the Company’s Tennessee facility.

Variable Consideration and Constraint

Certain supply agreements include pricing provisions that may vary based on raw material indices or agreed-upon escalators. The Company applies the most likely amount method to estimate such provisions and applies the variable consideration constraint to ensure that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue will not occur. Variable consideration was not material in either of the periods presented.

Major Customer Concentration

During the year ended December 31, 2025, two customers individually accounted for more than 10% of total revenue, comprising approximately 48% and 25% of revenue, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2024 three customers accounted for approximately 37%, 32%, and 15% of revenue, respectively. The concentration of revenue among a limited number of customers reflects the Company’s early commercial stage and the qualification and program development cycles typical of the defense, aerospace, and space powder supply and advanced manufacturing markets.

F-21


Table of Contents

 

Note 7. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes from continuing operations were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

United States

$

(13,531

)

$

(9,277

)

Foreign

 

(5,017

)

 

(4,117

)

$

(18,548

)

$

(13,394

)

 

There is no income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate for continued operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ended December 31,

2025

 

 

2024

 

U.S. Federal Statutory Tax Rate

$

(3,896

)

 

21.0

%

 

$

(2,812

)

 

21.0

%

Current State and Local Income Taxes

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Deferred State and Local Income Taxes

 

(326

)

 

1.8

%

 

 

(350

)

 

2.6

%

Foreign Tax Effects

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Australia

 

(253

)

 

1.3

%

 

 

9

 

 

(0.1

%)

UAE

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

(259

)

 

1.9

%

Tax Credits

 

(40

)

 

0.2

%

 

 

(16

)

 

0.1

%

Nontaxable or Nondeductible

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

—

 

 

0.0

%

Changes in valuation allowances

 

4,576

 

 

(24.7

%)

 

 

3,451

 

 

(25.8

%)

Other

 

(61

)

 

0.3

%

 

 

(23

)

 

0.2

%

Effective Tax Rate

$

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

$

—

 

 

0.0

%

 

Deferred tax assets at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are related to the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Intangible Assets

$

914

 

$

988

 

Accrued Expenses

 

448

 

 

54

 

Lease Liability

 

2,661

 

 

2,665

 

Capitalized Expenses

 

660

 

 

761

 

Deferred Revenue

 

130

 

 

13

 

Research & Development

 

—

 

 

81

 

Unrealized Exchange Gain/Loss

 

76

 

 

75

 

Net Operating Loss

 

12,699

 

 

7,940

 

R&D Credits

 

56

 

 

16

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

$

17,644

 

$

12,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less valuation allowance

 

(14,360

)

 

(9,783

)

Total deferred tax assets

$

3,284

 

$

2,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Assets

 

(774

)

 

(235

)

ROU Asset

 

(2,510

)

 

(2,575

)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

$

(3,284

)

$

(2,810

)

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

$

—

 

$

—

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

 

In assessing the realizability of the net deferred tax assets, the Company considers all relevant positive and negative evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax will not be realized. The realization of the gross deferred tax assets is dependent on several factors, including the generation of sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the net operation loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets of approximately $14.4 million and $9.8 million respectively. The change in the valuation allowance during the year ended 2025 was approximately $4.6 million.

At December 31, 2025, the Company had federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $29.6 million for the US and $21.4 million for Australia. The federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in 2018 or later of $29.6 million will carry forward indefinitely for the US and $21.4 million for Australia will carry forward indefinitely. The Company has $22.5 million of state NOLs that will begin to expire in 2044. At December 31, 2025, the Company had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $56,000. The federal credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2044. Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 subject the future utilization of net operating losses and certain other tax attributes, such as research and experimental tax credits, to an annual limitation in the event of certain ownership changes, as defined. The Company may be subject to the net operating loss utilization provision of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The effect of an ownership change would be the imposition of an annual limitation of the use of NOL carryforwards attributable to periods before the change. The amount of the annual limitation depends upon the value of the Company immediately before the change, changes to the Company’s capital during a specified period prior to the change, and the federal published interest rate. Although the Company has not completed an analysis under Section 382 of the Code, it is likely that the utilization of the NOLs will be limited.

Entities are also required to evaluate, measure, recognize and disclose any uncertain income tax provisions taken on their income tax returns. The Company has analyzed its tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2025 there were no uncertain positions. The Company’s U.S. federal and state net operating losses have occurred since its inception and as such, tax years subject to potential tax examination could apply from that date. This is because the utilization of net operating losses from prior years subjects the relevant year to audit by the IRS and/or state taxing authorities. Interest and penalties, if any, as they relate to income taxes assessed, are included in the income tax provision. The Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits and has not accrued any interest or penalties for the 12 months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was signed into law. The OBBBA includes significant provisions, such as the permanent extension of certain expiring provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, modifications to the international tax framework and the restoration of favorable tax treatment for certain business provisions. The legislation has multiple effective dates, with certain provisions effective in 2025 and others implemented through 2027. The OBBBA did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Note 8. Accounts Receivable, net

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, accounts receivable (gross) with customers were $1,367 and $531, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s allowance for credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Beginning balance

 

$

(31

)

 

$

—

 

Provision for credit losses

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(31

)

Write-offs

 

—

 

 

—

 

Recoveries

 

—

 

 

—

 

Ending balance

 

$

(34

)

 

$

(31

)

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

Note 9. Inventories

Inventories at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

2025

 

2024

 

Raw materials

$

2,227

 

$

1,323

 

Work-in-process

 

277

 

—

 

Finished goods

 

3,380

 

—

 

Total inventories

$

5,884

 

$

1,323

 

 

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment Net

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Machinery & equipment

 

$

12,260

 

 

$

4,723

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

19,021

 

 

 

8,625

 

Construction in progress

 

 

5,588

 

 

 

4,367

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

36,869

 

 

 

17,715

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,436

)

 

 

(255

)

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

$

35,433

 

 

$

17,460

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Note 11. Leases

The Company has a single operating lease for its manufacturing and corporate headquarters facility in McDonald, Tennessee. The lease has an initial term of 15 years, commenced on July 12, 2023, and includes two optional renewal periods of five years each that management is reasonably certain to exercise. The total expected lease term is 25.5 years, with the lease expected to end on December 31, 2048. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of lease payments was the Company’s incremental borrowing rate of 9.59% at the lease commencement date. The Company has no variable lease costs or sublease income for the periods presented.

The components of operating lease cost and supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows (in thousands, except lease term and discount rate):

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

1,193

 

 

$

1,193

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement
   of lease liabilities

 

$

969

 

 

$

950

 

Remaining lease term (years)

 

 

23.0

 

 

 

24.0

 

Discount rate

 

 

9.59

%

 

 

9.59

%

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2025 and 2024 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

December 31,

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,097

 

 

 

10,294

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

988

 

 

 

969

 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

 

 

9,715

 

 

 

9,688

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

10,703

 

 

$

10,657

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 

The future minimum lease payments under the operating lease at December 31, 2025 were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating leases

 

2026

 

$

988

 

2027

 

 

1,008

 

2028

 

 

1,028

 

2029

 

 

1,049

 

2030

 

 

1,070

 

Thereafter

 

 

23,366

 

Total undiscounted operating lease payments

 

 

28,509

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(17,806

)

Present value of operating lease liabilities

 

$

10,703

 

 

Note 12. Asset Retirement Obligation

The Company has a legal obligation under its Tennessee Lease to remove Company-installed production equipment (including atomizers, post-processing equipment, and related production infrastructure) and restore the premises at the end of the lease term (December 31, 2048). The Company recognizes this obligation as an asset retirement obligation under ASC 410-20.

The ARO is discounted to present value using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate of 5.58%. Accretion expense was less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, classified within cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. No revisions to estimated cash flows were recognized during 2025 or 2024.

The following table presents a roll-forward of the ARO for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

526

 

 

$

—

 

Initial recognition (January 1, 2024)

 

 

—

 

 

 

497

 

Accretion expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

29

 

Balance, end of year

 

$

556

 

 

$

526

 

 

Note 13. Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

Material cash commitments as of December 31, 2025 consist of (i) principal payments under our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement (as defined in Note 14 — Indebtedness), (ii) operating lease payments under our Tennessee manufacturing and corporate headquarters lease, (iii) contractual payments under executed capital equipment purchase contracts, and (iv) inventory purchase commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (v) minimum take-or-pay payments under our argon recovery services agreement. For additional information regarding our EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, see “Indebtedness” above and Note 14 — Indebtedness. For additional information regarding our Tennessee lease, see Note 11 — Leases.

Our inventory purchase commitments at December 31, 2025 totaled $2.2 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at December 31, 2025 totaled $10.0 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $1.0 million for EIGA (electrode induction gas atomization) #3; (ii) milestone payments of $4.2 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (iii) milestone payments of $3.0 million for an argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; and (iv) various other contracted commitments for processing equipment, leasehold improvements, and ancillary plant equipment.

F-25


Table of Contents

 

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we entered into a long-term argon recovery services agreement under which, following final acceptance and commissioning of the system (expected in the first quarter of 2027), we are obligated to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years. The monthly fee is equal to the greater of a usage-based charge, based on the volume of argon recovered, or a minimum take-or-pay amount of $24,500 per month, in each case subject to a 1.0% annual escalation. Our aggregate minimum take-or-pay commitment under this agreement is approximately $4.7 million over the initial term. Because amounts payable in excess of the minimum depend on future recovered gas volumes, only the minimum take-or-pay amount is reflected in the table below.

The following table summarizes open purchase and service commitments as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

Inventory Purchase Commitments

 

Capital Commitments

 

Argon Recovery Services Minimum

 

Total

 

2026

$

2,168

 

$

8,235

 

$

-

 

$

10,403

 

2027

 

-

 

 

1,777

 

 

196

 

 

1,973

 

2028

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

296

 

 

296

 

2029

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

299

 

 

299

 

2030

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

302

 

 

302

 

Thereafter

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

Total

$

2,168

 

$

10,012

 

$

4,732

 

$

16,912

 

 

Deferred Grant Income

The Company has received government economic development grants related to its Tennessee manufacturing facility, with proceeds conditioned on the achievement of capital investment and employment milestones at the facility. Grant amounts received are recorded as deferred grant income within Other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and recognized as other income upon satisfaction of the milestones specified in each grant agreement. Deferred grant income balances at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Note 14. Indebtedness

In February 2025, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. (the “Borrower”), entered into a credit agreement (the “EXIM Bank Credit Agreement”) with EXIM Bank providing for a senior secured equipment financing facility with an initial total commitment of $22.8 million, of which $2.5 million represents the EXIM Bank exposure fee deducted from each disbursement. The net cash proceeds available to the Company under the original commitment were $20.3 million. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement is guaranteed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries and is secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and guarantor entities.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement bears interest at a fixed rate of 5.36% per annum, which was set five business days prior to the first disbursement based on the published U.S. Commercial Interest Reference Rate. Interest accrues on outstanding disbursements from the date of each draw. Cash interest payments are deferred until September 30, 2026, on which date all interest accrued from the date of each draw through that date becomes payable, with quarterly cash interest payments thereafter. Principal repayments commence on September 30, 2027, and are payable in 28 equal quarterly installments through the facility’s final maturity date of June 30, 2034. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn and uncanceled portion of the facility.

The facility is secured by the Borrower’s equipment and related assets that are financed with the disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and by a pledged collateral account. Until the Company demonstrates compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the Borrower is required to maintain funds in the pledged collateral account equal to at least 20% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, which funds are classified as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheet. The pledged collateral account balance was $3.3 million as of December 31, 2025. Once the Company demonstrates compliance with the financial covenants described below for two consecutive fiscal quarters, the funds in the pledged collateral account may be used solely to service the principal and interest payments under the EXIM

F-26


Table of Contents

 

Bank Credit Agreement. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, liens, fundamental changes (including mergers, consolidations, and changes of control), restricted payments (including dividends and other distributions), investments, transactions with affiliates, asset dispositions, and changes in the nature of the business or accounting policies. The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement also contains three financial covenants tested quarterly: (i) a maximum leverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; (ii) minimum liquidity of not less than $4.2 million, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027; and (iii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2028. As of December 31, 2025, no financial covenants were applicable and the Company was in compliance with all other covenants under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement.

The EXIM Bank Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and representations, cross-defaults to other indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency events, and a change of control. Upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, EXIM Bank may suspend further disbursements, cancel undrawn commitments, and accelerate all outstanding obligations.

Disbursements under the facility are made upon satisfaction of equipment commissioning milestones. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had drawn $15.0 million in cumulative net cash proceeds (representing $16.9 million in gross principal), with $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment. The effective interest rate on the facility, reflecting amortization of the EXIM Bank exposure fee and other debt issuance costs over the term of the loan using the effective interest method, is approximately 7.97%.

In June 2026, the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the total commitment from $22.8 million to $26.1 million (an increase of $3.3 million, providing $2.9 million in additional net cash proceeds available to the Company after giving effect to the EXIM Bank exposure fee), (ii) join the Company following the June 2026 Redomiciliation as an additional guarantor, and (iii) extend the testing commencement date for the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant from September 30, 2027 to September 30, 2028. See Note 22 — Subsequent Events for additional information.

The carrying value of the loan reflects the principal amount outstanding, net of unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs. These amounts are amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan.

Debt at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

 

2024

 

Debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.36% EXIM bank loan- due 2034 (net of unamortized
   discount and issuance costs)

 

$

14,936

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

 

14,936

 

 

 

 

—

 

Carrying value of debt includes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized discount

 

 

(1,764

)

 

 

 

—

 

Unamortized debt issuance cost

 

 

(226

)

 

 

 

—

 

Gross borrowings

 

$

16,926

 

 

 

$

—

 

 

There was no current portion of long-term debt at December 31, 2025 or 2024.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

Scheduled principal payments for debt for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

Indebtedness

 

2026

$

—

 

2027

 

1,209

 

2028

 

2,418

 

2029

 

2,418

 

2030

 

2,418

 

Thereafter

 

8,463

 

Total

$

16,926

 

 

Note 15. Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest incurred on outstanding borrowings, commitment fees, and the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, total interest expense was approximately $0.5 million.

Interest incurred for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - coupon interest

 

$

254

 

 

$

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - amortization of
   debt discount

 

 

125

 

 

 

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - amortization of
   debt issuance cost

 

 

10

 

 

 

—

 

5.36% EXIM loan due 2034 - commitment fees

 

 

65

 

 

 

—

 

Interest expense on outstanding debt

 

$

454

 

 

$

—

 

 

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of the award, which is generally the vesting period of the award.

This Note 16 addresses stock options granted to employees, directors, and consultants under the Company’s equity incentive plans, which are accounted for as share-based payment awards under ASC 718. Options issued to non-employee advisors, brokers, and underwriters as direct and incremental consideration for services rendered in connection with specific equity offerings are accounted for under SAB Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1, reducing the net proceeds credited to additional paid-in capital rather than being recognized as compensation expense. Accordingly, these awards are not included in the disclosures presented in this Note 16. See Note 17 — Common Stock for further information regarding these instruments.

All option counts, exercise prices, and per-option fair value amounts presented in this Note 16 have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for the basis of presentation and the accounting treatment of the Scheme as a reorganization of entities under common control, and Note 22 — Subsequent Events for the Company’s evaluation of the option exchange as a modification of share-based payment awards under ASC 718-20-35-3 and the conclusion that no incremental compensation cost was required to be recognized.

The Company grants stock options to employees, directors, and consultants under its equity incentive plans. Stock options are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and have a contractual term of up to 10 years.

F-28


Table of Contents

 

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant-date fair value requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option, expected volatility of the Company’s common stock, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield.

Expected term — The expected term represents the period that stock options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated using the simplified method.

Expected volatility — Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, measured over a look-back period that management believes is representative of expected future volatility over the expected term of the award.

Risk-free interest rate — The risk-free interest rate for options granted during the periods presented was based on term-matched Australian Commonwealth Government bond yields published by the Reserve Bank of Australia and in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. See Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-based compensation for a discussion of the risk-free interest rate methodology applicable to options granted on or after the Implementation Date (as defined in Note 22).

Expected dividend yield — The Company has not historically paid dividends and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting portion of awards with only service-based vesting conditions.

The following table presents stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Stock-based compensation

 

$

2,449

 

 

$

2,366

 

Tax benefit recognized in net earnings

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2024 and 2025 was calculated using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Weighted-average fair value ($)

 

$

5.74

 

 

$

5.98

 

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

 

4.37

%

 

 

3.93

%

Expected option life (years)

 

 

5.49

 

 

 

4.05

 

Expected volatility (%)

 

 

90.00

%

 

 

90.00

%

Expected dividend yield (%)

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2024

 

 

870,075

 

 

$

5.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

438,760

 

 

$

8.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(29,000

)

 

$

8.89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

 

1,279,835

 

 

$

6.45

 

 

 

7.91

 

 

$

1,222,844

 

Granted

 

 

684,470

 

 

$

7.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(102,500

)

 

$

5.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(168,665

)

 

$

6.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

 

1,693,140

 

 

$

7.04

 

 

 

7.42

 

 

$

1,520,748

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2025

 

 

751,655

 

 

$

6.43

 

 

 

6.43

 

 

$

805,359

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2025, holders exercised options to purchase an aggregate of 102,500 shares of common stock, of which a portion were settled in cash and a portion were settled on a cashless (net share settlement) basis pursuant to the cashless exercise feature of the Employee Incentive Plan. The Company issued an aggregate of 53,846 shares of common stock in respect of these exercises and received aggregate cash proceeds of $0.1 million. Options surrendered by holders to satisfy the aggregate exercise price under the cashless exercise feature are included within the 102,500 options reflected as exercised in the table above. There were no stock option exercises during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

As of December 31, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense was $3.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.58 years.

Note 17. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had 150,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, par value $0.00001 per share, of which 23,814,555 shares and 15,380,476 shares were issued and outstanding, respectively. Par-value amounts are reflected within additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheets and statements of changes in stockholders’ equity given that the par value rounds to zero when presented in thousands. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no shares of preferred stock authorized, issued, or outstanding.

Changes in share balances are presented on the Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company’s predecessor parent, Amaero Ltd, completed four equity capital raises totaling approximately $76.9 million in aggregate gross proceeds. Share counts and per-share prices in this section are presented on a post-Share-Consolidation basis, reflecting the equivalent shares of common stock of Amaero Inc. into which the Amaero Ltd ordinary shares issued at the time of each placement were converted. Each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was converted into one-fortieth of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc. pursuant to the Scheme (as defined in Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation). The 40-to-1 conversion ratio effected by the Scheme is referred to herein as the “Share Consolidation.” U.S. dollar equivalents in this section are translated from Australian dollars at the average exchange rate for the month in which each respective placement was completed and are provided for the convenience of the reader only. Such translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts have been, could have been, or could in the future be converted into U.S. dollars at the rates indicated or at any other rate. The Company’s equity capital raises during this period consisted of:

•
March 2024 placement. In March 2024, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of 1.5 million shares of common stock at $8.61 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $13.1 million.
•
September 2024 placement. In September 2024, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $9.59 per share across two tranches, raising gross proceeds of approximately $17.1 million. The placement was completed in two tranches, with the second tranche representing approximately $3.5 million of the total proceeds issued in October 2024 following shareholder approval.
•
February 2025 placement. In February 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an aggregate of approximately 1.8 million shares of common stock at $7.47 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $13.7 million. The placement was completed in two tranches, with the second tranche representing approximately $1.0 million of the total proceeds issued in April 2025 following shareholder approval.
•
August 2025 placement and Share Purchase Plan. In August 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of 3.1 million shares of common stock at $10.53 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately $32.7 million. In October 2025, Amaero Ltd issued the equivalent of an additional approximately 29 thousand shares of common stock at the same $10.53 price per share under a follow-on Share Purchase Plan, raising additional gross proceeds of approximately $0.3 million.

F-30


Table of Contents

 

Equity-Settled Issuance Costs

In connection with two separate private placements of ordinary shares completed during the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company’s predecessor parent, Amaero Ltd, issued options to purchase ordinary shares of Amaero Ltd to the lead manager of each placement as direct and incremental consideration for services rendered in connection with the capital raise. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1, the grant-date fair value of these options, measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was recorded as a direct and incremental cost of the related placement, reducing the net proceeds credited to additional paid-in capital rather than being recognized as compensation expense. The aggregate grant-date fair value of these awards was approximately $0.2 million and is included within issuance costs presented on the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2024, and is separately disclosed as a non-cash financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows for that year.

The options were fully vested at issuance and remained outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025. Because these awards were accounted for under SAB Topic 5.A as direct and incremental costs of the related offerings, they are not included in the disclosures presented in Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation.

There were no equity-settled issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Note 18. Warrants and Restricted Stock Units

The Company has issued warrants to purchase CDIs (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) issued in the legal form of listed options or unlisted options under the ASX Listing Rules and Australian law, and referred to herein as “warrants”) to investors who concurrently subscribed for CDIs (including in the form of its underlying shares of common stock) in private placements (see Note 17 — Common Stock). The warrants were issued to investors in their capacity as holders of equity instruments and are outside the scope of ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation; accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized. The Company accounts for the warrants as equity-classified instruments in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. All warrants were fully vested at issuance and are exercisable at any time prior to expiration. Holders are not entitled to dividends or voting rights prior to exercise. The warrants are not currently listed or publicly traded on ASX.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company also issued unlisted options to purchase CDIs (including in the form of its shares of common stock) to non-employee advisors and brokers as consideration for capital-raise advisory and broker services rendered in connection with the private placements described in Note 17 — Common Stock. Because those instruments were issued as direct and incremental costs of the related capital-raise transactions, the grant-date fair value of those instruments was recorded as a reduction of the proceeds from the related placements (issuance cost) rather than as share-based compensation expense, in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A and ASC 340-10-S99-1. The related activity is presented in Note 17 — Common Stock.

The exercise prices of all warrants outstanding during the periods presented are denominated in Australian dollars (A$). U.S. dollar equivalents disclosed below are translated at the AUD/USD exchange rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia on the issuance date of each warrant tranche. All share and per-warrant amounts presented have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the Share Consolidation (as defined in Note 17 — Common Stock).

The warrant agreements permit holders to exercise on either a cash basis or, at the holder’s election, a cashless (net share settlement) basis. Under the cashless exercise feature, holders receive a reduced number of shares of common stock in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

A summary of warrant activity for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 is as follows:

 

 

July
2022
Warrants

 

August
2022
Warrants

 

December
2022
Warrants

 

December
2023
Warrants

 

Total
Warrants
Outstanding

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Exercise Price (USD)

$

11.48

 

$

11.69

 

$

4.91

 

$

6.56

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date

July 4, 2025

 

August 1, 2025

 

December 2, 2025

 

December 27, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2024

 

188,011

 

 

466,837

 

 

4,701,463

 

 

1,562,500

 

 

6,918,811

 

$

5.92

 

Granted

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Exercised — Cash

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(14,648

)

 

(66,688

)

 

(81,336

)

$

6.26

 

Exercised — Cashless

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Expired

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

188,011

 

 

466,837

 

 

4,686,815

 

 

1,495,812

 

 

6,837,475

 

$

5.91

 

Granted

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

 

Exercised — Cash

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

(481,721

)

 

(48,698

)

 

(530,419

)

$

5.06

 

Exercised — Cashless

 

—

 

 

(466,837

)

 

(4,157,229

)

 

(770,168

)

 

(5,394,234

)

$

5.73

 

Expired

 

(188,011

)

 

—

 

 

(47,865

)

 

—

 

 

(235,876

)

$

10.15

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2025

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

676,946

 

 

676,946

 

$

6.56

 

 

Note: Exercise prices presented in U.S. dollars represent the contractual Australian dollar exercise price of each tranche, as adjusted for the Share Consolidation, translated to U.S. dollars at the AUD/USD exchange rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia on the issuance date of the respective tranche. The contractual A$ exercise prices, as adjusted for the Share Consolidation, are A$16.80 (July 2022 and August 2022 Warrants), A$7.20 (December 2022 Warrants), and A$9.60 (December 2023 Warrants).

Year Ended December 31, 2024

During the year ended December 31, 2024, all warrant exercises were settled in cash. The Company received aggregate exercise proceeds of US$0.5 million, translated at the AUD/USD rates prevailing on the respective exercise settlement dates) in connection with the exercise of 81,336 warrants.

Year Ended December 31, 2025

During the year ended December 31, 2025, holders exercised an aggregate of 5,924,653 warrants, of which 530,419 were settled in cash and 5,394,234 were settled on a cashless basis. The 5,924,653 warrants exercised during the year resulted in the issuance of an aggregate of 3,390,245 shares of common stock, comprising 530,419 shares issued in respect of cash exercises and 2,859,826 shares issued in respect of cashless exercises (the difference of 2,534,408 warrants representing warrants surrendered by holders to satisfy the aggregate exercise price). The Company received aggregate cash exercise proceeds of US$2.6 million, translated at the AUD/USD rates prevailing on the respective exercise settlement dates. The cashless exercises generated no cash proceeds.

In addition, 235,876 warrants expired unexercised during the year ended December 31, 2025, comprising all 188,011 outstanding July 2022 Warrants and 47,865 December 2022 Warrants. These warrants had a weighted-average exercise price of US$10.15 and were out-of-the-money at their respective expiration dates.

Warrants Outstanding at December 31, 2025

At December 31, 2025, all 676,946 warrants outstanding consisted of December 2023 Warrants with a contractual exercise price of US$6.56, translated at the AUD/USD rate prevailing on the issuance date, expiring on December 27, 2026. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of warrants outstanding at December 31, 2025 was approximately 1.0 year. All warrants outstanding at December 31, 2025 were exercisable.

F-32


Table of Contents

 

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock unit (“RSU”) grant, vest, and forfeiture activity during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025 was not material to the consolidated financial statements. Activity is presented on the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity.

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Level 2 refers to fair values estimated using significant other observable inputs, and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant unobservable inputs. The following table presents our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are categorized using the fair value hierarchy.

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

$

10,499

 

Total Assets

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

$

10,499

 

 

The Company did not have any liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Money market funds are valued using a market approach based on the quoted market prices or broker/dealer quotes of identical or comparable instruments.

Fair Value Disclosures

The fair values and related carrying values of financial instruments that are not required to be remeasured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2025 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

 

Total Fair Value

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(14,936

)

 

$

(15,226

)

 

—

 

—

 

$

(15,226

)

 

The company did not have any assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2025.

The Company’s Debt is not traded in the secondary market, the fair value is classified as Level 3 and is based on our indicative borrowing cost derived from dealer quotes or discounted cash flows. The Company had no debt outstanding at December 31, 2024; accordingly, no fair value disclosure for debt is presented as of that date. With regard to other financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, it is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our indemnifications and financing commitments because the amount and timing of those arrangements are uncertain. Items not included in the above disclosures include cash, restricted cash, time deposits and other deposits, Accounts receivable, Unbilled receivables, Other current assets, Accounts payable and long-term payables. The carrying values of those items, as reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, approximate their fair value at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The fair value of assets and liabilities whose carrying value approximates fair value is determined using Level 2 inputs, with the exception of cash (Level 1).

Note 20. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company may be party to routine legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2025, there were no pending legal proceedings that management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

F-33


Table of Contents

 

Note 21. Discontinued Operations

Description

In October 2023, the Company’s Board resolved to cease the operations conducted through its Australian subsidiaries — Amaero Engineering Pty Ltd and Amaero Alloys Pty Ltd, together with their 45% interest in the joint venture Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd — in order to focus executive and capital resources on its Tennessee manufacturing operations. This decision followed the Company’s July 2023 announcement of its strategic relocation to Spring Branch Industrial Park, McDonald, Tennessee. Strategic Alloys Pty Ltd was deregistered on July 29, 2024. Management concluded that the cessation represented a strategic shift that has, or will have, a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results, and accordingly classified the results of these operations as discontinued operations under ASC 205-20.

The wind-down was substantially complete by June 30, 2024, with residual administrative activities concluding through 2025. No material gain or loss on disposal was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. There were no assets or liabilities classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Financial Results of Discontinued Operations

The following table summarizes the major classes of line items constituting income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Revenue

$

—

 

$

—

 

Cost of revenue

 

—

 

 

—

 

Gross loss

 

—

 

 

—

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

(26

)

 

(143

)

Research and development expenses

 

—

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

(26

)

 

(143

)

Research and development tax incentive income

 

198

 

 

795

 

Other income, net

 

(2

)

 

17

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

196

 

 

812

 

Income before income taxes

 

170

 

 

669

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

—

 

 

—

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

$

170

 

$

669

 

 

Research and development tax incentive income consists of credits received from the Australian government in respect of eligible R&D expenditure incurred by the discontinued operations prior to wind-down. Amounts are recognized upon receipt, when all conditions of the incentive scheme have been confirmed and the amount has been collected.

No income tax expense or benefit was recognized in respect of the discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Taxable losses generated by the discontinued component have been fully offset by valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, and residual current tax positions in respect of prior periods have been settled and reflected within Research and development tax incentive income on a net basis.

F-34


Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows of Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the operating, investing and financing cash flows of the discontinued operations included in the consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

$

149

 

$

601

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

—

 

—

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

—

 

—

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
   from discontinued operations

$

149

 

$

601

 

 

Operating cash inflows in 2024 and 2025 primarily reflect Australian government research and development tax incentive credits received in respect of eligible expenditure incurred prior to wind-down, partially offset by residual administrative cash outflows. Intercompany funding activity between the discontinued component and continuing operations has been eliminated in consolidation. There were no significant non-cash operating or investing items attributable to the discontinued operations during the years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.

Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations were $0.01 and $0.05 for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Refer to Note 5 — Earnings Per Share for further detail.

Note 22. Subsequent Events

The following material events occurred after December 31, 2025:

Redomiciliation to the United States. In June 2026, the Company completed its redomicile from Australia to the State of Delaware in the U.S. through the Scheme, with Amaero Inc., a newly incorporated Delaware corporation (“Amaero Inc.”), becoming the ultimate parent of Amaero Ltd.

The Scheme was implemented on June 22,2026 (the “Implementation Date”). Pursuant to the Scheme, (i) each ordinary share of Amaero Ltd was exchanged for one CHESS Depositary Interest (“CDI”) of Amaero Inc., with each Amaero Inc. CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of one share of common stock of Amaero Inc. (the “Share Consolidation”), and (ii) each outstanding stock option over Amaero Ltd ordinary shares was exchanged for one stock option of Amaero Inc. exercisable into Amaero Inc. CDIs on substantially the same terms as the original Amaero Ltd option, with the exercise price converted from Australian dollars to United States dollars at the prevailing AUD/USD spot exchange rate of 0.7004 on the Implementation Date as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia. The option exchange did not alter the number of options, vesting conditions, contractual term, or any other substantive terms of the awards. Amaero Inc. CDIs are quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange under the ticker symbol 3DA.

Authorized Preferred Stock. In connection with the redomiciliation, on June 22, 2026, Amaero Inc. adopted a certificate of incorporation that authorizes 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share. The board of directors is authorized, without further stockholder approval, to issue the preferred stock from time to time in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, rights, and limitations of each series. No shares of preferred stock have been issued or are outstanding as of the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

Accounting treatment of the share exchange (Basis of Presentation). The Scheme has been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis in accordance with ASC 805-50, and in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 4.C the share and per-share information presented in these consolidated financial statements has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation, including all option counts, exercise prices, and per-option fair value amounts disclosed in Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation for additional information regarding the basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements following the Scheme.

F-35


Table of Contents

 

Accounting treatment of the option exchange. The Company evaluated the option exchange as a modification of share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC 718-20-35-3. The fair value of the modified awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, applying consistent assumptions immediately before and immediately after the modification, with the pre-modification calculation using Australian dollar-denominated inputs and the post-modification calculation using United States dollar-denominated inputs converted at the spot exchange rate on the Implementation Date. The Company determined that the fair value of the modified awards did not exceed the fair value of the original awards for any of the affected grants. Accordingly, no incremental compensation cost was recognized in connection with the Scheme, and the Company continues to recognize the original grant-date fair value of unvested awards over each tranche’s remaining requisite service period.

The Company also evaluated the classification of the modified awards under ASC 718-10-25-15 and determined that equity classification is preserved on the basis that the United States dollar-denominated exercise price following the modification matches both (a) the functional currency of the employer (Amaero Inc., whose functional currency is the United States dollar) and (b) the currency in which substantially all of the Company’s employees are compensated. Accordingly, no reclassification of the awards from equity to liability was required.

EXIM Bank Credit Agreement — Remaining Draws. Subsequent to December 31, 2025, the Company drew $8.1 million in net cash proceeds under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, consisting of (i) approximately $5.2 million of net cash proceeds remaining available under the original commitment as of December 31, 2025, and (ii) approximately $2.9 million in net cash proceeds available under the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. See Note 14 — Indebtedness for additional information regarding the June 2026 amendment.

April 2026 Master Purchasing Agreement. On April 8, 2026, the Company entered into a Master Purchasing Agreement with Continuum Powders Corporation for the supply of spherical titanium alloy powders, which was amended on May 8, 2026. The agreement has an initial one-year term and includes a minimum purchase commitment. At contracted pricing, the minimum purchase commitment represents approximately $5.5 million in contracted revenue over the initial term. The customer may submit additional purchase orders above the minimum commitment up to a 100% increase from the minimum, which the Company has agreed to prioritize for production. The agreement may be terminated by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice if the other party fails to cure a material breach.

United Performance Metals Distribution Partnership. In April 2026, United Performance Metals (UPM), an affiliate of the privately-held O’Neal Industries, appointed the Company as its exclusive supplier of titanium powders under a three-year Master Purchasing Agreement under which UPM will act as a distribution partner. UPM received an initial purchase order of 4,000 kg and has committed to maintaining a minimum inventory of 4,000 kg with ongoing replenishment orders.

Other than the events described above, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events after December 31, 2025 and through July 10, 2026, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, that would require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

June 30,
2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

31,852

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

3,325

 

 

 

1,333

 

Contract assets, net

 

 

564

 

 

 

10

 

Inventories

 

 

6,504

 

 

 

5,884

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

925

 

 

 

985

 

Deferred offering costs

 

 

760

 

 

—

 

Other current assets

 

 

617

 

 

 

652

 

Total current assets

 

$

26,284

 

 

$

40,716

 

Property, plant, and equipment, net

 

 

45,926

 

 

 

35,433

 

Operating lease, right-of-use assets

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

10,097

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

1,268

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

3,333

 

Total assets

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

90,847

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,611

 

 

 

2,536

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

1,817

 

 

 

1,588

 

Accrued interest

 

 

796

 

 

 

256

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

119

 

Operating lease liabilities, current

 

 

998

 

 

 

988

 

Total current liabilities

 

$

10,224

 

 

$

5,487

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

19,573

 

 

 

14,936

 

Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent

 

 

9,721

 

 

 

9,715

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

984

 

 

 

1,043

 

Total liabilities

 

$

40,502

 

 

$

31,181

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.00001; 150,000,000 shares authorized;
   23,833,180 and 23,814,555 shares issued and outstanding as of
   June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

124,161

 

 

 

122,388

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(75,481

)

 

 

(62,048

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(614

)

 

 

(674

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

48,066

 

 

$

59,666

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

88,568

 

 

$

90,847

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-37


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Revenue

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

10,474

 

 

 

4,496

 

Gross loss

 

 

(3,077

)

 

 

(3,277

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9,963

 

 

 

5,816

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

63

 

 

 

8

 

Loss on dispositions and impairment

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

10,134

 

 

 

5,824

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(13,211

)

 

 

(9,101

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

86

 

 

 

3

 

Interest income

 

 

389

 

 

 

235

 

Interest expense

 

 

(697

)

 

 

(38

)

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(222

)

 

 

200

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

(8,901

)

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

—

 

 

 

170

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share — continuing operations

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.53

)

Basic and diluted net income per share — discontinued operations

 

$

—

 

 

$

0.01

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic and diluted

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

60

 

 

 

200

 

Comprehensive loss

$

(13,373

)

 

$

(8,531

)

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional
paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares (a)

 

 

Amount (b)

 

 

capital

 

 

deficit

 

 

loss

 

 

equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2025

 

 

23,814,555

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

122,388

 

 

$

(62,048

)

 

$

(674

)

 

$

59,666

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc.
   stockholders

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(13,433

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(13,433

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

60

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,694

 

Exercise of warrants and stock options

 

 

18,624

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

79

 

Shares issued in lieu of fractional entitlement

 

 

1

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Balance at June 30, 2026

 

 

23,833,180

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

124,161

 

 

$

(75,481

)

 

$

(614

)

 

$

48,066

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

 

 

15,380,476

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

73,326

 

 

$

(43,670

)

 

$

(776

)

 

$

28,880

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc.
   stockholders

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8,731

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

(8,731

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

200

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

1,064

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

1,833,333

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,870

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,870

 

Issuance costs

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

Exercise of warrants and stock options

 

 

52,957

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

196

 

Balance at June 30, 2025

 

 

17,266,766

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

87,795

 

 

$

(52,401

)

 

$

(576

)

 

$

34,818

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

(a)
Share data has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the 40-to-1 Share Consolidation effected by the Scheme completed on June 22, 2026. See Note 2 — Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation.
(b)
The Company’s common stock has a par value of $0.00001 per share. Because par-value amounts round to zero when presented in thousands, no corresponding amount is presented in the Common Stock (Amount) column. See Note 17 — Common Stock.

F-40


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

935

 

 

 

384

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

1,064

 

Non-cash portion of operating lease expense

 

 

102

 

 

 

112

 

Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

 

 

196

 

 

 

—

 

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

 

 

16

 

 

 

—

 

Impairment and loss on disposal of assets

 

 

108

 

 

 

—

 

Changes in assets & liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(1,991

)

 

 

(260

)

Contract assets, net

 

 

(554

)

 

 

—

 

Inventories

 

 

(620

)

 

 

(3,186

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(28

)

 

 

834

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

(1,093

)

 

 

(50

)

Accounts payable

 

 

1,948

 

 

 

1,650

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

(532

)

 

 

1,209

 

Accrued interest

 

 

540

 

 

 

—

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

(117

)

 

 

—

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

 

11

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(74

)

 

 

(22

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(12,903

)

 

$

(6,985

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for property, plant, and equipment

 

 

(9,513

)

 

 

(9,417

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(9,513

)

 

$

(9,417

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

4,835

 

 

 

3,511

 

Transaction costs for borrowings

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(177

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,957

 

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

 

 

75

 

 

 

115

 

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

 

—

 

 

 

81

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock

 

 

—

 

 

 

(661

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

$

4,744

 

 

$

16,826

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

(17,672

)

 

$

424

 

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

73

 

 

 

55

 

Cash, cash equivalents, & restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

35,185

 

 

 

12,109

 

Cash, cash equivalents, & restricted cash at end of period

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated financial statements

The change in deferred offering costs is substantially non-cash and is excluded from operating activities — from the change in prepaid expenses and other current assets and from the changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities — and is presented in the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities. Substantially all of the deferred offering costs were unpaid at June 30, 2026. The amount paid in cash during the period was not material and no separate financing caption is presented. See Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

F-41


Table of Contents

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the condensed consolidated balance sheets to the total of the same amounts shown in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,589

 

 

$

11,798

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,997

 

 

 

790

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

 

$

17,586

 

 

$

12,588

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

—

 

 

$

38

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Property, plant, and equipment acquired but not yet paid

 

$

2,260

 

 

$

3,866

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

760

 

 

$

—

 

EXIM Bank exposure fees financed and added to gross loan principal

 

$

607

 

 

$

441

 

Debt issuance costs incurred but not yet paid

 

$

104

 

 

$

—

 

Non-cash reclassification of prepaid expenses to debt issuance costs

 

$

87

 

 

$

—

 

Transaction costs from issuance of common stock settled in equity

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

 

AMAERO INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business

Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company operates two product lines: the production and sale of high-purity, spherical refractory and titanium alloy powders for additive and advanced manufacturing applications, and the production and sale of large, near-net-shape powder metallurgy components manufactured through Powder Metallurgy Hot Isostatic Pressing (“PM-HIP”). There have been no changes in the Company’s organization or in the nature of its business from those described in Note 1 — Organization and Description of Business to the audited consolidated financial statements, other than the redomiciliation described in Note 2 below.

Note 2. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for interim financial information and the rules and regulations of the SEC applicable to interim financial statements. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2026 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

On June 22, 2026, the Company completed its redomiciliation from Australia to the United States pursuant to a scheme of arrangement, under which Amaero Inc. became the parent company of the group. The redomiciliation was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control on a carryover basis, with Amaero Ltd as the accounting predecessor. In connection with the redomiciliation, shareholders received one share of common stock for every 40 CDIs or ordinary shares held (the “Share Consolidation”); all share and per-share amounts in these condensed consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the Share Consolidation for all periods presented. The exercise prices of outstanding options were redenominated into U.S. dollars at the Implementation Date at a rate of US$0.7004 per A$1.00; this redenomination is reflected prospectively from the Implementation Date (see Note 16).

Reclassifications. Contract assets, net of $10 thousand as of December 31, 2025, previously included within other current assets in the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, are presented as a separate caption in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets to conform to the presentation as of June 30, 2026, at which date the caption is material. This reclassification had no effect on total current assets, total assets, total liabilities, stockholders’ equity, net loss or net cash flows for any period presented.

Note 3. Going Concern

The Company incurred a net loss of $13.4 million and used $12.9 million of cash in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2026, and had an accumulated deficit of $75.5 million, cash and cash equivalents of $13.6 million and restricted cash of $4.0 million at June 30, 2026. These conditions, combined with the capital requirements of the continued build-out of the Company’s Tennessee facility, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s plans are described in Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements and include this offering, availability under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement and management of discretionary spending. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note 4 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the audited consolidated financial statements. There have been no material changes to those policies during the six months ended June 30, 2026, other than the adoption of the accounting standards update described below and the policy for deferred offering costs, which was not applicable in prior periods.

F-43


Table of Contents

 

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements. In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets, which provides a practical expedient permitting an entity to assume that the conditions existing as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under Topic 606, in place of developing a reasonable and supportable forecast of future economic conditions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and provides no separate effective date for entities other than public business entities; the extended transition period the Company has elected under the JOBS Act therefore does not defer its application. The Company adopted ASU 2025-05 effective January 1, 2026 on a prospective basis and has elected the practical expedient, which it applies consistently to all current accounts receivable and current contract assets. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements.

Deferred offering costs. Deferred offering costs are the specific incremental costs directly attributable to the Company’s proposed initial public offering of common stock in the United States, consisting principally of legal, printing, filing and other professional fees. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A, codified in ASC 340-10-S99-1, these costs are deferred and, upon completion of the offering, will be charged against the gross proceeds of the offering as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Costs that are not specific incremental costs directly attributable to the offering, including audit and accounting advisory related fees, the costs of the redomiciliation described in Note 2 and general corporate and administrative costs, are expensed as incurred and are presented in selling, general and administrative expenses. If the offering is abandoned, or is postponed for more than 90 days, the deferred costs will be charged to expense in the period that determination is made.

Deferred offering costs of $0.8 million are presented as a separate current asset caption on the condensed consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2026 (there were no deferred offering costs at December 31, 2025). The change in deferred offering costs is substantially non-cash and is excluded from operating activities in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows — from the change in prepaid expenses and other current assets and from the changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities — and is instead presented in the supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities. Substantially all of the amount deferred at June 30, 2026 was unpaid and was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. The amount paid in cash during the six months ended June 30, 2026 was not material. The balance also reflects currency translation on costs incurred by the Company’s Australian subsidiaries.

 

Note 5. Earnings Per Share

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Net loss attributable to Amaero Inc. stockholders

 

$

(13,433

)

 

$

(8,731

)

Weighted-average shares outstanding — basic & diluted

 

 

23,819,934

 

 

 

16,733,583

 

Basic & diluted loss per share

 

$

(0.56

)

 

$

(0.52

)

 

All outstanding stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been antidilutive; 2,132,218 options and 642,049 warrants were outstanding at June 30, 2026.

F-44


Table of Contents

 

Note 6. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue by major product line and by timing of revenue recognition (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Metal powders

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

PM-HIP components

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

Timing of revenue recognition

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized at a point in time

 

$

6,195

 

 

$

858

 

Recognized over time

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

361

 

Total

 

$

7,397

 

 

$

1,219

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s contract balances (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Contract assets

 

$

564

 

 

$

10

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

119

 

 

Contract assets of $0.6 million at June 30, 2026, arising where revenue is recognized in advance of the contractual right to invoice.

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company recognized revenue of $0.1 million that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period. No revenue was recognized during the six months ended June 30, 2025 that had been included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of that period, as the Company had no contract liabilities at December 31, 2024. The decrease of $0.1 million in contract liabilities from December 31, 2025 to June 30, 2026 reflects revenue recognized from substantially all of the opening balance as the related performance obligations were satisfied during the six months ended June 30, 2026, with no material new customer advances received during the period.

Note 7. Income Taxes

The Company recorded no income tax benefit for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. The Company computes its interim income tax provision under ASC 740-270 using an estimated annual effective tax rate, which was zero for both periods as the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

Note 8. Accounts Receivable, net

As of June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, accounts receivable (gross) with customers were $3.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

There was no allowance for credit losses at June 30, 2026 and an allowance of less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2025. The decrease reflects derecognition on the wind-down of the discontinued operation rather than a release of the allowance to income.

In measuring expected credit losses, the Company applies the practical expedient elected on adoption of ASU 2025-05 and assumes that the conditions existing as of the balance sheet date do not change for the remaining life of its current accounts receivable and current contract assets. Receivables and contract assets are current as of June 30, 2026; no write-offs were recorded in any period presented. On that basis, no allowance for credit losses was considered necessary as of June 30, 2026.

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

 

Note 9. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Raw materials

 

$

2,033

 

 

$

2,227

 

Work-in-process

 

 

536

 

 

 

277

 

Finished goods

 

 

3,935

 

 

 

3,380

 

Total inventories

 

$

6,504

 

 

$

5,884

 

 

Note 10. Property, Plant and Equipment Net

Property, plant and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31, 2025

 

Property, plant and equipment, gross

 

$

48,257

 

 

$

36,869

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2,331

)

 

 

(1,436

)

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

45,926

 

 

$

35,433

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.9 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, including amortization of the asset-retirement-cost component of the right-of-use asset.

Note 11. Leases

There have been no material changes to the Company’s leases from those described in the audited consolidated financial statements.

Note 12. Asset Retirement Obligation

There have been no material changes to the Company’s asset retirement obligation from that described in Note 12 — Asset Retirement Obligation to the audited consolidated financial statements.

Note 13. Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies

There have been no material changes to the Company’s liabilities, commitments and contingencies from those described in Note 13 — Liabilities, Commitments and Contingencies to the audited consolidated financial statements, other than the movements in open purchase and service commitments set out below.

Our inventory purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $3.6 million, consisting of noncancelable purchase orders for electrode feedstock, the principal raw material consumed in our metal powder atomization process, entered into in the ordinary course of business, all of which are due within one year.

Our contracted capital equipment purchase commitments at June 30, 2026 totaled $7.9 million, consisting primarily of (i) remaining milestone payments of $2.7 million for EIGA #4, with commissioning scheduled for June 2027; (ii) milestone payments of $2.2 million for our argon gas recycling system, with commissioning expected in the first quarter of 2027; (iii) $1.4 million for powder blending, screening and classification equipment; (iv) $0.9 million for PM-HIP production equipment; and (v) various other contracted commitments for leasehold improvements and ancillary plant equipment.

In connection with the argon gas recycling system, we remain obligated under a long-term argon recovery services agreement to pay monthly recovery service fees over a noncancelable initial term of 15 years following final acceptance and commissioning of the system, which is expected in the first quarter of 2027. The monthly fee is the greater of a minimum take-or-pay of $24,500, escalating 1.0% annually, and a usage-based charge.

F-46


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes open purchase and service commitments as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands), which reflects the minimum fee only and does not include variable incremental amounts:

 

Year ending December 31,

Inventory
purchase
commitments

 

Capital
commitments

 

Argon recovery
services
minimum

 

Total

 

2026 (six months)

$

3,621

 

$

6,108

 

$

—

 

$

9,729

 

2027

 

 

 

1,777

 

 

196

 

 

1,973

 

2028

 

 

 

—

 

 

296

 

 

296

 

2029

 

 

 

—

 

 

299

 

 

299

 

2030

 

 

 

—

 

 

302

 

 

302

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

—

 

 

3,639

 

 

3,639

 

Total

$

3,621

 

$

7,885

 

$

4,732

 

$

16,238

 

 

Note 14. Indebtedness

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

EXIM Bank loan (gross principal)

 

$

22,367

 

 

$

16,926

 

Unamortized debt discount

 

 

(2,238

)

 

 

(1,764

)

Unamortized debt issuance costs

 

 

(556

)

 

 

(226

)

Total debt, net (carrying value)

 

$

19,573

 

 

$

14,936

 

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2026, the Company received $4.8 million of gross cash proceeds from loan disbursements under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. The change in unamortized debt issuance costs from December 31, 2025 primarily reflects debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the June 2026 amendment to the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, partially offset by amortization of debt issuance costs to interest expense. See Note 14 — Indebtedness to the audited consolidated financial statements for the terms of the facility, including the fixed interest rate, the EXIM Bank exposure fee, the guarantees and security, the financial covenants and the principal repayment schedule, and for the terms of the June 2026 amendment. There have been no other material changes to the Company’s indebtedness during the period.

See Note 19 — Fair Value Measurements for the estimated fair value of the EXIM term loan.

Note 15. Interest Expense

Interest expense was $0.7 million and less than $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2026 comprised contractual interest on the EXIM Bank term loan of $0.5 million and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs of $0.2 million.

Note 16. Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense was as follows for the six months ended June 30 (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

1,694

 

 

$

1,064

 

Incremental expense recognized in connection with the Scheme

 

—

 

 

—

 

Tax benefit recognized in net earnings

 

—

 

 

—

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

 

The following table presents stock option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2026:

 

 

 

Number of
options

 

 

Weighted-
average
exercise
price

 

 

Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
term

 

 

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2026

 

 

1,693,140

 

 

$

7.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

410,776

 

 

$

8.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,275

)

 

$

7.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled / forfeited

 

 

(20,423

)

 

$

7.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of redomiciliation currency conversion (grant-date
   historical rates → 0.7004)

 

—

 

 

$

0.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2026

 

 

2,082,218

 

 

$

8.03

 

 

 

6.59

 

 

$

976,750

 

Exercisable at June 30, 2026

 

 

878,204

 

 

$

8.02

 

 

 

5.93

 

 

$

565,640

 

 

On June 22, 2026, in connection with the redomiciliation, the exercise price of each outstanding option was converted from Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate of US$0.7004 per A$1.00 on the implementation date (presented as a separate line in the table above). No other terms of the awards, including the number of options, vesting conditions and contractual expiration dates, were modified.

The Company evaluated this currency conversion as a modification of share-based payment awards in accordance with ASC 718-20-35-3. The fair value of the modified awards was calculated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, applying consistent assumptions immediately before and immediately after the modification, with the pre-modification calculation using Australian dollar-denominated inputs and the post-modification calculation using United States dollar-denominated inputs converted at the spot exchange rate on the Implementation Date. The Company determined that the fair value of the modified awards did not exceed the fair value of the original awards for any of the affected grants. Accordingly, no incremental compensation cost was recognized in connection with the Scheme, and the Company continues to recognize the original grant-date fair value of unvested awards over each tranche’s remaining requisite service period.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2026 was $5.44 per option ($5.74 per option for the six months ended June 30, 2025). The Company estimated the fair value of these options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, applying the same methodology described in Note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025, with assumptions relating to share price, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and expected dividend yield determined by reference to the grants made in each period.

As of June 30, 2026, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense was $3.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.88 years.

Options to acquire 50,000 shares of common stock issued to the Company’s lead manager in connection with capital raises remain outstanding at June 30, 2026 (exercise price of $14.01 per share, expiring in 2027) and are excluded from the table above; their grant-date fair value was recognized as a reduction of the related issuance proceeds.

Note 17. Common Stock

Common stock. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had 150,000,000 shares of common stock authorized and 23,833,180 shares issued and outstanding, par value $0.00001 per share. The Company’s shares trade on the ASX in the form of CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”), with 40 CDIs representing one share of common stock. CDIs are held through CHESS Depositary Nominees Pty Ltd (“CDN”), which holds the underlying shares as nominee for CDI holders.

Fractional shares. Because Delaware law does not permit the issuance of fractional shares, the Company issued an additional 38 CDIs on the implementation date of the scheme of arrangement undertaken by the Company’s predecessor (Amaero Ltd) with its shareholders to a fractional holder account maintained by the Company, given such shareholders’ entitlements resulting from the 40-to-1 CDI-to-share ratio would have otherwise produced a fractional

F-48


Table of Contents

 

share. As a result, of the 953,327,200 CDIs issued and outstanding, 953,327,162 are held by the Company’s shareholders and 38 are held by the Company (representing 0.95 of one share held by CDN).

Note 18. Warrants and Restricted Stock Units

At June 30, 2026, 642,049 warrants were outstanding. During the six months ended June 30, 2026, 34,897 warrants were exercised on both a cash and a cashless (net) basis, resulting in the issuance of 18,390 shares of common stock. The cash exercises generated $0.1 million of cash proceeds. The cashless exercises resulted in the net issuance of shares and generated no cash proceeds.

No restricted stock units, whether vested or unvested, remained outstanding at December 31, 2025 or June 30, 2026. All previously granted restricted stock units had vested and settled or been forfeited prior to December 31, 2025. No restricted stock units were granted during the six months ended June 30, 2026. Restricted stock unit activity in prior periods was not material to the financial statements (see Note 18 — Warrants and Restricted Stock Units to the audited consolidated financial statements).

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

 

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

December 31,
2025

 

Assets

 

Fair Value
(Level 1)

 

 

Fair Value
(Level 1)

 

Money market funds

 

$

8,885

 

 

$

27,347

 

Total assets

 

$

8,885

 

 

$

27,347

 

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s debt as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands):

 

June 30, 2026

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(19,573

)

 

$

(19,552

)

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

(19,552

)

 

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s debt as of December 31, 2025 (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2025

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt, net of issuance costs

 

$

(14,936

)

 

$

(15,226

)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

$

(15,226

)

 

The fair value of the EXIM term loans was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis of the remaining contractual cash flows at an 8.0% market-participant discount rate and is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Company had no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs at June 30, 2026 or December 31, 2025, and there were no transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the six months ended June 30, 2026 or 2025. The only assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis are money market funds, which are classified within Level 1. The EXIM term loan is carried at amortized cost and is not measured at fair value; the Level 3 classification above relates only to the fair value disclosed for that instrument.

F-49


Table of Contents

 

Note 20. Segment Information

The Company operates as a single reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer is the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), and the measure of segment profit or loss regularly reviewed by the CODM is consolidated net loss. There have been no changes from the audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s determination of its single operating and reportable segment, the identity of the CODM, the measure of segment profit or loss, the significant segment expenses reviewed by the CODM (which are the expense line items presented on the face of the condensed consolidated statements of operations), or the measure of segment assets (total assets). See Note 4 to the audited consolidated financial statements.

For the six months ended June 30, 2026, the measure of segment profit or loss (consolidated net loss) of $13.4 million equaled consolidated loss from continuing operations before income taxes, as there was no income tax expense or benefit and no discontinued operations in the period. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, consolidated net loss of $8.7 million reconciles to consolidated loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $8.9 million by $0.2 million of income from discontinued operations, net of tax. There was no income tax expense or benefit in that period.

Note 21. Discontinued Operations

The following table presents the results of discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

2026

 

 

2025

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

$

—

 

 

$

170

 

 

No assets, liabilities, revenues, or operating activities remain associated with the discontinued operations as of June 30, 2026.

Note 22. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 28, 2026, the date these condensed consolidated financial statements were issued and has identified no matters requiring disclosure, other than as described elsewhere in these notes and the following:

EXIM Bank Credit Agreement. In July 2026, the Company drew the remaining approximately $3.3 million in net proceeds available under the EXIM Bank Credit Agreement, as amended, and as of July 31, 2026 the facility was fully drawn (see Note 14).

U.S. Department of War. In July 2026, we entered into a thirteen-month research and development contract with the U.S. Department of War (the “DoW”) valued at approximately $4.5 million for the development of affordable alternative refractory powders. Under the agreement we, in consultation with the DoW, U.S. national laboratories, and defense and space prime contractors, will select, atomize, and test manufacturing parts for two alternative high-temperature development refractory alloys.

F-50


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Through and including , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

3,883,496 shares

img612178_4.jpg

AMAERO INC.

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

 

Joint Bookrunning Managers

 

Baird

 

Lake Street


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us in connection with this registration statement and the listing of our common stock, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

 

Amount Paid or
to be Paid

 

SEC registration fee

 

$

 

8,360

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

 

9,581

 

Stock exchange listing fee

 

 

 

325,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

 

255,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

 

1,790,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

 

237,250

 

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

 

 

 

6,782

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

 

268,027

 

Total

 

$

 

2,900,000

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors and certain of our officers for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, neither our directors nor officers will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors or officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, except liability for the following:

•
any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
•
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
•
for our directors, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL;
•
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit; or
•
for our officers, any action by or in the right of the corporation.

Any amendment, repeal or elimination of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment, repeal or elimination. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors or officers of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors and officers will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees, agents and any other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to limited exceptions.

II-1


Table of Contents

 

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require us to, among other things, indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also generally require us to advance all expenses reasonably and actually incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was one of our directors or officers serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non‑employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or otherwise.

II-2


Table of Contents

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since January 1, 2023, we have issued the following unregistered securities:

On June 22, 2026, we completed the Redomiciliation, in which, pursuant to the Scheme:

•
each shareholder in Amaero Ltd received the equivalent of one CDI for each ordinary share they owned in Amaero Ltd in exchange for the Company acquiring 100% of the ordinary shares of Amaero Ltd, resulting in the Company issuing a total of 953,327,200 CDIs, representing an aggregate of 23,833,180 shares of the Company’s common stock; and
•
each outstanding option and warrant to purchase an ordinary share in Amaero Ltd was cancelled in exchange for the Company granting an option or warrant to purchase a CDI in the Company on a one-for-one basis, resulting in the Company granting 110,970,672 options or warrants to purchase CDIs representing an aggregate of 2,774,267 shares of common stock pursuant to the Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering under the Securities Act. We believe the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) by virtue of (i) Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act because such securities were issued in exchange for outstanding securities, where the terms and conditions of such issuance and exchange are approved, after a fairness hearing or (ii) in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-3


Table of Contents

 

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S‑1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or in the accompanying notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post‑effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

Description

1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as currently in effect and to be in effect upon completion of this offering

3.2*

Bylaws of the registrant, as currently in effect and to be in effect upon completion of this offering

4.1*

Registration Rights Agreement by and between the registrant and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I, L.P., dated August 10, 2026

4.2*

Scheme Implementation Deed, dated February 23, 2026, as amended

4.3*

Description of the Terms of the Non-Listed Options (Warrants)

5.1

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

10.1*

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

10.2*

2026 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements

10.3*

Amaero Inc. Employee Incentive Plan, as amended, and related form agreements

10.4*

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

10.5

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the registrant and Hank J. Holland, dated October 7, 2026

10.6*

Offer Letter between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Eric Bono, dated August 21, 2023

10.7*

Employment Letter between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Brett Paduch, dated June 27, 2025, as amended

10.8*

Amaero Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

10.9^

Credit Agreement, by and among Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc., Export-Import Bank of the United States, and the registrant’s subsidiaries as guarantors, dated February 25, 2025, as further amended by the First Amendment, Consent, Waiver, and Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated June 11, 2026, as amended by the Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated October 7, 2026.

10.10^*

Commercial/Industrial Building Lease, between Amaero Advanced Material & Manufacturing Inc. and Spring Branch, LLC, dated July 12 2023, as amended

10.11^*

 

Master Purchasing Agreement by and between Amaero Advanced Materials and Manufacturing, Inc. and Continuum Powders Corporation, dated April 8, 2026, as amended by Amendment No. 1 on May 8, 2026

16.1*

Change in Certifying Accountant Letter

21.1*

List of subsidiaries of the registrant

23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 herewith)

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of the initial filing of this registration statement)

107

Filing Fee Table

 

^ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

* Previously Filed.

II-5


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of McDonald, State of Tennessee, on October 8, 2026.

 

AMAERO INC.

 

By:

  /s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Hank J. Holland

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

             /s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Executive

 

 October 8, 2026

Hank J. Holland

 

Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 October 8, 2026

Brett Paduch

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

 October 8, 2026

Omer Granit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

 October 8, 2026

Tim Johnson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

 October 8, 2026

Robert Latta

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

  October 8, 2026

Erik Levy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

Hank J. Holland

 

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Exhibit 1.1

[•] Shares

Amaero Inc.

Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[•], 2026

 

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED

 

As representative of the several Underwriters

 

 

named in Schedule 1 hereto

 

 

 

c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

 

777 E. Wisconsin Avenue

 

 

 

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”) for whom you are acting as representative (the “Representative”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) of the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”). The Company also proposes to sell to the several Underwriters, for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [•] shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Shares”.

The Company confirms as follows its agreements with the Representative and the several other Underwriters.

1.
The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined herein) and each Option Closing Date (as defined herein), if any:
(a)
A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-298612) in respect of the Shares and one or more pre-effective amendments thereto (together, the “Initial Registration Statement”) have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other

 


 

than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued, and to the knowledge of the Company no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information from the Company has been satisfied in all material respects; any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all schedules and exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a) (iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”; and all references to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”). From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) or Rule 163B of the Securities Act;
(b)
(1) at the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Date (as defined herein) (and, if any Option Shares are purchased, at each Option Closing Date (as defined herein)), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (the “Rules and Regulations”) and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (2) at the time the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Shares

2

 


 

are purchased, at each Option Closing Date), neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties in clauses (1) and (2) above shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information provided by any Underwriter is that described as such in Section 9(b) hereof. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued to the Company by the Commission;

Each Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus filed as part of the Initial Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and each Preliminary Prospectus, Pricing Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T;

(c)
For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•]:[a][p].m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus as supplemented by the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, other documents listed and information included in Schedule II hereto (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”) and Written Testing-the-Waters Communications (as hereinafter defined), taken together as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and/or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication listed on Schedule II hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and/or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in the Pricing Disclosure Package in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein;
(d)
The Company has filed or will file prior to the commencement of trading a registration statement pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to register the Common Stock, and such registration statement has been declared

3

 


 

effective; at the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
(e)
The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the general affairs, business, prospects, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise (a “Material Adverse Effect”);
(f)
Each “significant subsidiary” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X) (each a “Subsidiary”) has been duly incorporated (or organized) and is validly existing as a corporation (or other organization) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (or organization) (to the extent the concept of “good standing” is applicable in each such jurisdiction), with power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation (or other organization) for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification (to the extent the concept of “good standing” is applicable in each such jurisdiction), except where the failure so to qualify or be in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock (or other ownership interests) of each Subsidiary has been duly and validly authorized and issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity;
(g)
The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including, without limitation, the CHESS Depositary Interests (“CDIs”) of the Company that are listed on the stock exchange managed by Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”)) have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus; and none of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are subject to any preemptive or similar rights;
(h)
The Shares have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the issuance of such Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

4

 


 

(i)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;
(j)
The issue and sale of the Shares, the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organization documents) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, including, without limitation the ASX, or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of (i) and (iii) for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;
(k)
BDO USA, P.C., who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. The financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, together with related schedules and notes, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus at the respective dates or for the respective periods to which they apply; such statements and related schedules and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein; and the selected historical financial data and the summary financial data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements included in the Registration Statement. Any pro forma financial information of the Company and the Subsidiaries and related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial information and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. The interactive data in eXtensible Business Reporting Language included in the Registration

5

 


 

Statement, if any, fairly presents the information called for in all material respects and has been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines applicable thereto;
(l)
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, (1) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of options and warrants or conversion of CDIs described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under, existing equity incentive plans, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or long-term debt (other than borrowings described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, (2) there has not been any Material Adverse Effect, (3) there have been no transactions entered into by, and no obligations or liabilities, contingent or otherwise, incurred by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise or (4) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock (or other equity interests), in each case, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus;
(m)
Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is (1) in violation of its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws (or other organization documents) or (2) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (3) in violation of any decree of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or (4) in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement or condition contained in any bond, debenture, note or any other evidence of indebtedness or in any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound, except, in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4), where any such violation or default, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(n)
Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all real and personal property owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or any Subsidiary; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any Subsidiary are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company or any Subsidiary;

6

 


 

(o)
With respect to each Government Contract (as defined below) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently a party or has received final payment within three years prior to the date hereof and to each Government Bid (as defined below): (i) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has complied and is in compliance in all material respects with all material terms and conditions of each such Government Contract and Government Bid, including all applicable incorporated clauses, provisions, requirements, schedules, attachments, statutes, rules, orders, regulations and laws; (ii) the Company’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ certifications and representations with respect to each such Government Contract and Government Bid were, to the knowledge of the Company, accurate in all material respects as of the time of such certification or representation; (iii) neither the U.S. government, nor any prime contractor, subcontractor or other person has notified the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in writing, that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has breached or violated any statute, rule, regulation, certification or representation applicable to, or clause, provision or requirement of, such Government Contract, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, no reasonable basis exists to give rise to a material claim by a Governmental Authority (as defined below) for fraud (as such concept is defined under the state or federal laws of the United States) in connection with any such Government Contract; for the purposes of this Agreement, “Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign court or tribunal, judicial, arbitral, legislative, executive or regulatory body (or subdivision thereof), administrative agency, self-regulatory authority, instrumentality, agency commission or other governmental authority or body; “Government Bid” means any currently pending offer made by the Company or any of its affiliates (including its subsidiaries), which, if accepted, would result in a Government Contract; “Government Contract” means any contractual arrangement for the sale of products or the provision of services or other similar arrangements between the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the one hand, and (A) the United States government, (B) any prime contractor to the United States government in its capacity as a prime contractor, or (C) any higher-tier subcontractor with respect to any contract described in clause (A) or clause (B) above, on the other hand. A task, purchase or delivery order under a Government Contract shall not constitute a separate Government Contract, for purposes of this definition, but shall be part of the Government Contract to which it relates;
(p)
Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Subsidiary, individually or in the aggregate, would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or would prevent or impair the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;
(q)
The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Permits”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the businesses now operated by them, except where the failure to possess such Permits would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the

7

 


 

terms and conditions of all such Permits and all of the Permits are valid and in full force and effect, except, in each case, where the failure to obtain, possess or be in compliance with such Permits, individually or in the aggregate, would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or material modification of any such Permits, except where such proceedings would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(r)
The Company and the Subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all adequate rights to use, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names, patents and patent rights (collectively “Intellectual Property”) that are required to carry on their businesses as described in the Pricing Prospectus except where the failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written correspondence relating to any Intellectual Property or notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company and the Subsidiaries and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, individually or in the aggregate, would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(s)
No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened which would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(t)
The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that either it or any Subsidiary will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(u)
The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have made and keep books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences;

8

 


 

(v)
Since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, (a) the Company has not been advised of (1) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that would adversely affect the ability of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, and (b) since that date, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;
(w)
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 (e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;
(x)
All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and the Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed through the date of this Agreement except to the extent extensions have been requested with respect to such tax returns, and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided except, in each case, where the failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and the Subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them through the date of this Agreement pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law or have requested extensions thereof, except insofar as the failure to file such returns, individually or in the aggregate, would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company or any Subsidiary except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided except where the failure would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, the charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company and the Subsidiaries in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined;
(y)
There are no statutes, regulations, documents or contracts of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which are not described or filed as required;
(z)
Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable statute or rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, production, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, “environmental laws”), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any

9

 


 

claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation that would reasonably be expected to lead to such a claim;
(aa)
Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary for employees or former employees of the Company and its affiliates has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), except to the extent that failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code has occurred with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption;
(bb)
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, or any director, officer, or, to the knowledge of the Company, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has (i) taken any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) (“Government Official”) in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (iii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any Government Official from corporate funds, (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable anti-corruption laws, or (v) made any bribe, unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment or promise to pay;
(cc)
There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including Section 402 related to loans;
(dd)
Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Securities Act;
(ee)
The Company is not and, immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares as contemplated herein and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Pricing Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

10

 


 

(ff)
The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and completion of distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares, other than the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus and, subject to compliance with Section 6 hereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; and the Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or which constitutes or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale of the Shares. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Representative to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representative has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule II hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
(gg)
The statistical and market and industry-related data included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company believes to be reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from sources to the extent required;
(hh)
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sent or received any written communication regarding termination of, or intent not to renew, any of the contracts or agreements referred to or described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or referred to or described in, or filed as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the Company’s knowledge, no such termination or non-renewal has been threatened by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other party to any such contract or agreement, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(ii)
The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable (1) financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”); (2) export control laws and regulations administered or enforced by the United States Government (including by the U.S. Department of Commerce or the U.S. Department of State), including the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. § 2778), the Export Control Reform Act of 2018 (50 U.S.C. §§ 4801-4861), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 C.F.R. Parts 120–130), and the Export Administration Regulations (15 C.F.R.

11

 


 

Parts 730-774), and (b) any other relevant governmental authority, including (to the extent applicable) EU Regulation 2021/821 (as amended), the Export Control Order 2008, or any other applicable export control legislation or regulation (collectively, “Export Controls”); and (3) no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental or regulatory agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Export Controls is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;
(jj)
(1) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, with their privacy and security policies and with all privacy- and data security-related contractual obligations, laws and regulations regarding their collection, use transfer, storage, protection, disposal or disclosure of personally identifiable information or any other information collected from or provided by third parties; (2) the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps consistent with industry standards and best practices to protect the information technology systems and data within the control of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (3) the Company and its Subsidiaries have used reasonable efforts to establish, and have established, commercially reasonable disaster recovery measures for their business consistent with industry standards and best practices, including, without limitation, for the information technology systems and data within the control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (4) to the Company’s knowledge, there has been no security breach or attack or other compromise of or relating to any such information technology system or data, except in case of clauses (1) through (4) above, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(kk)
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any director, officer, or, to the knowledge of the Company, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) is, or is controlled or 50% or more owned in the aggregate by or is acting on behalf of, one or more individuals or entities that are currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States (including any administered or enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any member state of the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, Australia or other relevant sanctions authority in a jurisdiction in which the Company or its subsidiaries operate (collectively, “Sanctions” and such persons, “Sanctioned Persons” and each such person, a “Sanctioned Person”), (ii) is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions that broadly prohibit dealings with that country or territory (at the time of this Agreement, the Crimea Region and the non-government controlled areas of the Zaporizhzhia and Kherson Regions of Ukraine the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic (or any other Covered Regions of Ukraine identified pursuant to Executive Order 14065), Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria, prior to July 1, 2025, collectively, “Sanctioned Countries” and each such country, a “Sanctioned Country”) or (iii) will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of this offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by, or would result in the imposition of Sanctions against, any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise);

12

 


 

(ll)
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has, since April 24, 2019, engaged in any dealings or transactions with or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person, or with, for the benefit of, or in a Sanctioned Country in violation of Sanctions or Export Controls nor does the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have any plans to engage in dealings or transactions with or for the benefit of a Sanctioned Person or with, for the benefit of, or in a Sanctioned Country in violation of Sanctions or Export Controls. No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, with respect to Sanctions is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;
(mm)
The audiovisual presentation made available to the public by the Company at http://www.netroadshow.com/[•] is a “bona fide electronic roadshow” for purposes of Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act, and such presentation, together with the Pricing Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements in or omissions from such presentation or Pricing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein;
(nn)
Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby; and
(oo)
No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
2.
Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[•] (the “Purchase Price”), the number of Firm Shares as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Option Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the Purchase Price, the number of Option Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the number of Option Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Option Shares, at the Purchase Price, for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares. The Underwriters may exercise their

13

 


 

option to acquire Option Shares in whole or in part from time to time only by written notice from the Representative to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Option Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Option Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representative but in no event earlier than the Closing Date or, unless the Representative and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3.
It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
4.
The Company will deliver the Firm Shares to the Representative through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer drawn to the order of the Company at the office of Paul Hastings LLP, 2050 M St NW, Washington, District of Columbia 20036, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [•], 2026, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as the Representative and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the “Closing Date”. For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Firm Shares.

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Option Shares, being herein referred to as an “Option Closing Date”, which may be the Closing Date, shall be determined by the Representative as provided above. The Company will deliver the Option Shares being purchased on each Option Closing Date to the Representative through the facilities of DTC for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer drawn to the order of the Company at the above office of Paul Hastings LLP, at 10:00 A.M., New York time on the applicable Option Closing Date.

5.
The Company covenants and agrees with each of the Underwriters as follows:
(a)
The Company, subject to Section 5(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A under the Securities Act, and will notify the Representative promptly, and confirm the notice in writing (which may occur by email), (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended prospectus shall have been filed, to furnish the Representative with copies thereof, and to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes; and (v) if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (A) completion of the distribution of

14

 


 

the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (B) completion of the 90-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(j) hereof. The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Securities Act and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will use reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order described in this section and, if any such stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
(b)
The Company will give the Representative notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act), or any amendment, supplement or revision to the Prospectus, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, will furnish the Representative with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
(c)
The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that nothing in this Section 5(c) shall require the Company to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not already so qualified, or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction, or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction in which it was not otherwise subject to taxation.
(d)
If requested by the Representative, the Company will deliver to the Representative, without charge, up to three signed copies of the Initial Registration Statement as originally filed, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and of each amendment to each (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also, upon your request, deliver to the Representative, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(e)
The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many written and electronic copies of each Preliminary Prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Securities Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later time as may be agreed by the Company and the Representative) and from time to time thereafter during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with

15

 


 

sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act, such number of written and electronic copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(f)
The Company will comply with the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, a prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of either such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 5(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of written and electronic copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company will provide the Representative with notice of the occurrence of any event during the period specified above that may give rise to the need to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus as provided in the preceding sentence promptly after the occurrence of such event. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.
(g)
The Company will make generally available (within the meaning of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) to its security holders and to the Representative as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the end of its fiscal quarter in which the first anniversary date of the effective date of the Registration Statement occurs, an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

16

 


 

(h)
The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.
(i)
The Company will use its best efforts to effect the listing of the Common Stock (including the Shares) on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and maintain the listing of the CDIs on the ASX during the Company Lock-up Period (as defined below).
(j)
During a period of 90 days from the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-up Period”), the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, other than (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) pursuant to equity incentive plans existing on, or upon the exercise, net exercise, net settlement, conversion or exchange of exercisable, convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and in each case, described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, and the Prospectus, (3) the issuance by the Company of Common Stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Common Stock in connection with (i) the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition or (ii) the Company’s joint ventures, equipment leasing arrangements, debt financings and other strategic transactions, or (4) the filing of, or amendment to, any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans that are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (3); provided that the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clause (3) shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided, further, that in the case of clause (3), each recipient of such securities shall execute and deliver to the Representative, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
(k)
If the Representative, in its sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a “lock-up” agreement described in Section 8(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver if required by an applicable FINRA rule.

17

 


 

(l)
The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Securities Act), will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(m)
The Company will file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 under the Securities Act.
(n)
During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d), the Company will furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders generally, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its shareholders generally or to the Commission); provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(n) by filing such information through EDGAR.
(o)
If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Company will file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and at the time of filing either to pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or to give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Securities Act.
(p)
If so requested by the Representative, the Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered, at its expense, within one business day from the effective date of this Agreement, to the Representative an “electronic Prospectus” to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares. As used herein, the term “electronic Prospectus” means a form of the most recent Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Representative and the other Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Shares, (ii) it shall disclose the same information as such paper Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow investors to store and have continuously ready access to such Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus at any future time, without charge to investors (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet generally). The Company hereby confirms that, if so requested by the Representative, it has included or will include in the Prospectus filed with the Commission an undertaking that, upon receipt of a request by an investor or his or her representative, the Company shall transmit or cause

18

 


 

to be transmitted promptly, without charge, a paper copy of such paper Preliminary Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus to such investor or representative.
6.
(a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representative, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representative is listed on Schedule II hereto;
(b)
The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Securities Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;
(c)
The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representative and, if requested by the Representative, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein.
7.
The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that, whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors; (ii) filing fees and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (iii) the cost of printing or producing this Agreement, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iv) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(c), including filing fees and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (v) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Common Stock (including the Shares) on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; (vi) the filing fees

19

 


 

incident to, and the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares (provided that the amount payable by the Company with respect to fees and disbursement of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to subsections (iv) and (vi) shall not exceed $20,000 in the aggregate); (vii) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates representing the Shares to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters; (viii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (ix) cost of any background checks conducted by the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (provided that the amount payable pursuant to subsections (ix) shall not exceed $20,000); (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred by the Company in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of Shares including, without limitation, any costs and expenses relating to the preparation of any investor presentations or roadshow presentations (including electronic roadshows and any roadshow slides, graphics or videos); and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. Except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and their own lodging, travel and meal expenses (including meal expenses for potential investors) in connection with any roadshow, and the Underwriters will be responsible for 50% of the cost of any chartered plane or other transportation chartered in connection with any roadshow presentation to investors undertaken in connection with the offering of the Shares hereunder.
8.
The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder to purchase the Shares on the Closing Date or each Option Closing Date, as the case may be, are subject to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a)
The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the Rules and Regulations and in accordance with Section 5(a); all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or the Prospectus or any part thereof or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission or any state securities commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction.
(b)
The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, as if made on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date), as the case may be, and the Company shall

20

 


 

have complied with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
(c)
Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of (i) any downgrading, (ii) any intended or potential downgrading or (iii) any review or possible change that does not indicate an improvement, in the rating accorded any securities of or guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act.
(d)
(i) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (1) there shall not have been any material change in the capital stock or other equity interests (other than the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of options and warrants or conversion of CDIs described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under, existing equity incentive plans, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any Subsidiary or (2) there shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the judgment of the Representative so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus.
(e)
the Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of an executive officer of the Company who has specific knowledge about the Company’s financial matters, satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect (1) set forth in Sections 8(b) (with respect to the respective representations, warranties, agreements and conditions of the Company) and 8(c), (2) that none of the situations set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 8(d) shall have occurred and (3) that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and, to the knowledge of the Company, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or contemplated by the Commission;
(f)
On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

21

 


 

(g)
On the effective date of the Registration Statement and, if applicable, the effective date of the most recently filed post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, BDO USA, P.C. shall have furnished to the Representative a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
(h)
On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representative shall have received from BDO USA, P.C. a letter, dated the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter or letters furnished pursuant to Section 8(g), except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
(i)
On the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, Paul Hastings LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representative their favorable opinion dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, with respect to the due authorization and valid issuance of the Shares, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
(j)
The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, subject to official notice of issuance.
(k)
FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and conditions.
(l)
The Representative shall have received “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, from the executive officers of the Company, directors of the Company, and Pegasus Growth Capital Fund, and such agreements shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
(m)
On the effective date of the Registration Statement and on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its Chief Financial Officer with respect to certain unaudited financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.
(n)
On or prior to the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative such further information, certificates and documents as the Representative shall reasonably request.

22

 


 

(o)
On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by any of United States Federal, or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the judgment of the Representative makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus

If any condition specified in this Section 8 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 12, by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except as provided in Section 12.

9.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein,

23

 


 

it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter is the information described as such in Section 9(b) below.
(b)
Each Underwriter severally, and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the directors of the Company, each of the officers of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Initial Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment thereof, or any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment thereof, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representative expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: concession figure appearing in the first paragraph under the caption “Underwriting—Commissions and Discounts” and the information regarding stabilization in paragraphs one through five under the caption “Underwriting—Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Bid Penalties”.
(c)
Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or 9(b) of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such Section, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 9). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein, and jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnified party). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party

24

 


 

or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, which counsel, in the event of indemnified parties under Section 9(a), shall be selected by the Representative. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d)
If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or 9(b) in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

25

 


 

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this Section 9(d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e)
The obligations of the parties to this Agreement contained in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.
10.
If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in its or their obligations to purchase Shares hereunder on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date and the aggregate number of Shares that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Representative may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the purchase of such Shares by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Shares that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of Shares that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representative, the Company for the purchase of such Shares by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate, subject to the provisions of Section 12, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except as provided in Section 12. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement, either the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any

26

 


 

other documents or arrangements. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

11.
Notwithstanding anything herein contained, this Agreement (or the obligations of the several Underwriters with respect to any Option Shares which have yet to be purchased) may be terminated, subject to the provisions of Section 12, in the absolute discretion of the Representative, by notice given to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (a) trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental or regulatory authority, (b) trading of any securities of or guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (c) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by United States Federal or New York State authorities or a new restriction materially adversely affecting the distribution of the Firm Shares or the Option Shares, as the case may be, shall have become effective, or (d) there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, impracticable to market the Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares.

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 11, such termination will be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

12.
The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8, 10 or 11 or if for any reason the purchase of any of the Shares by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by it pursuant to Section 7, the respective obligations of the Company and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 9 and the provisions of Sections 12, 13 and 16 shall remain in effect and, if any Shares have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in Section 1 and all obligations under Section 5, Section 6 shall also remain in effect. If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, under Section 8 or otherwise because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any condition of the Underwriters’ obligations cannot be fulfilled, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses

27

 


 

(including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of its counsel) actually incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.
13.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Underwriters, the officers and directors of the Company referred to herein, any controlling persons referred to herein and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.
14.
All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt thereof by the recipient if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representative, c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, 777 E. Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Amaero Inc., 130 Innovation Drive SW, McDonald, Tennessee 37353, with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 900 S Capital of Texas Hwy, Austin, TX 78746, Attention: Robert Suffoletta; Austin March.
15.
This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form in compliance with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or any comparable state statutes, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.
16.
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO SUCH STATE’S PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.
17.
The parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of and venue in the federal courts located in the City of New York, New York in connection with any dispute related to this Agreement, any transaction contemplated hereby, or any other matter contemplated hereby.
18.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the public offering price of the Shares and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or its respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the

28

 


 

process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
19.
The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. The Company acknowledges that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
20.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.
21.
This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
22.
The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
23.
(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

29

 


 

(b)
In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights would be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 23:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. Section 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Section 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. Section 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R Section 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R Sections 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

30

 


 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement among the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Amaero Inc.

 

 

By:

 

 

Name: Hank J. Holland

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof:

 

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED

 

By: Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

By:

 

Name: Justin Holsen

Title: Managing Director

 

For themselves and as Representative of the
other Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

31

 


Exhibit 1.1

SCHEDULE I

Underwriter

 

 

Number of Firm Shares
to be Purchased

 

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lake Street Capital Markets, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

SCHEDULE II

Pricing Disclosure Package

Number of Firm Shares:

Number of Option Shares:

Public Offering Price: $[•] per share

 

33

 


 

exhibit A

Form of Press Release

Amaero Inc.

[Date]

Amaero Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, the lead book-running managing underwriter in the Company’s recent public offering of [•] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

34

 


 

exhibit B

FORM OF LOCK UP AGREEMENT

35

 


lock-up agreement

Amaero Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, TN 37353

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

c/o Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

777 E. Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned refers to the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) among Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated (“Baird” or the “Representative”) and the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”). As an inducement to the Representatives to execute the Underwriting Agreement in connection with the proposed public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Common Stock”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, the undersigned hereby agrees that from the date hereof and until 180 days after the Public Offering date set forth on the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) used to sell the Common Stock (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (such 180 day period being referred to herein as the “Lock-Up Period”), to which you are or expect to become parties, the undersigned will not (and will cause any spouse or immediate family member of the spouse or the undersigned living in the undersigned’s household, any partnership, corporation or other entity within the undersigned’s control, and any trustee of any trust that holds Common Stock or other securities of the Company for the benefit of the undersigned or such spouse or family member not to) offer, sell, contract to sell (including any short sale), pledge, hypothecate, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, purchase any option or contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, or otherwise encumber, dispose of or transfer, or grant any rights with respect to, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock, including CHESS Depositary Interests (collectively, “Other Securities”), enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or such Other Securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent may be withheld in their sole discretion.

 


 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply:

(a)
to bona fide gifts, charitable contributions, or transfers for bona fide estate planning purposes by the undersigned;
(b)
to transfers of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, including to the transferee’s nominee or custodian;
(c)
to transfers of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities (1) to an immediate family member of the undersigned or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family member of the undersigned (for purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family member” shall mean any spouse or domestic partner and relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or (2) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;
(d)
to transfers or distributions of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;
(e)
if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (1) to transfers or distributions of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities to current or former partners (general or limited), members, managers, beneficiaries, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the undersigned, or to the estates of any of the foregoing (or in each case its nominee or custodian) or (2) to transfers or distributions of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other business entity (or in each case its nominee or custodian) that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned;
(f)
to transfers of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;

37

 


 

(g)
(1) to the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise, vesting, or settlement of options, restricted stock units, or other equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award arrangement, which plan or arrangement is described in the registration statement related to the Public Offering (the “Registration Statement”) and the Prospectus, or the exercise or conversion of warrants, convertible securities or other shares of convertible capital stock of the Company described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or (2) to transfers of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities to the Company for the purposes of exercising or settling (including any transfer for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments, including estimated taxes, due as a result of such vesting, settlement, or exercise of such options, restricted stock units, or other rights) on a “net exercise” or “cashless” basis options, restricted stock units, or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock, pursuant to equity awards granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award arrangement, which plan or arrangement is described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or warrants described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, in each case, to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such equity awards or warrants, and only in an amount necessary to cover the applicable exercise price or tax withholding obligations, including estimated taxes, of the undersigned in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise so long as the “net exercise” or “cashless exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding equity awards or warrants (or the Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof) to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax and remittance obligations; provided that in the case of either (1) or (2), any shares of Common Stock received as a result of such exercise, vesting or settlement shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement;
(h)
to transfers to the Company of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities in connection with the repurchase by the Company from the undersigned of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities pursuant to arrangements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares of Common Stock or Other Securities or a right of first refusal with respect to such shares of Common Stock or Other Securities;
(i)
to transfers of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities in connection with a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company after the Public Offering Date that has been approved by the board of directors of the Company and made to all holders of Common Stock; provided that in the event that the Change of Control transaction is not completed, the Common Stock and Other Securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the provisions of this letter Agreement (for purposes of this clause (j), “Change of Control” shall mean any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company or an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of at least a majority of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company (or the surviving entity)); [or]
(j)
to establishing or facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5‑1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock or Other Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock or Other Securities during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the

38

 


 

Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period; [or]
(k)
[to transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or Other Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering;]1

provided that (A) in the case of any transfer, distribution or disposition pursuant to clauses (a) through (g), (1) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representative a lock-up letter in substantially the form of this Letter Agreement and (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c), (d), [and] (f) [and (k)], no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of any Common Stock or Other Securities shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution during the Lock-up Period (other than a filing on a Form 4 (in the case of clauses (a) and (c) only), Form 5, Schedule 13G or Schedule 13G/A, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13D/A, or Schedule 13F, each of which shall, to the extent permitted, clearly indicate therein the nature and conditions of such transfer), and (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (e), (g) and (h), it shall be a condition to such transfer that any required filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other required public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer.

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the Public Offering Date, without the prior written consent of the Representative (which consent may be withheld in their sole discretion): (a) the undersigned will not request, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or Other Securities and (b) the undersigned waives any and all notice requirements and rights with respect to the registration of any such security pursuant to any agreement, understanding or otherwise to which the undersigned is a party.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to (a) decline to make any transfer of shares of Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement and (b) place legends and stop transfer instructions on any such shares of Common Stock owned or beneficially owned by the undersigned.

[In the event that one of the Representative withdraws from or declines to participate in the Public Offering, all references to the Representative contained in this Lock-Up Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the remaining Representative that continue to participate in the Public Offering (the “Remaining Representatives”), and, in such event, any written consent, waiver or notice given or delivered in connection with this Agreement by the Remaining Representative shall be deemed to be sufficient and effective for all purposes under this Agreement.]


1 NTD: Will not be included in any director, officer or employee lock-ups.

39

 


 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Representative may be required or choose to provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Representative and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to enter into this Letter Agreement, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

This Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to choice of law rules. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void upon the earliest to occur, if any, (a) if the Public Offering Date shall not have occurred on or before November 27, 2026, on November 27, 2026, (b) the date that the Company advises the Representative, in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (c) the date that the Company files an application with the SEC to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering before the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) if the Underwriting Agreement is executed but terminated (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the date that the Underwriting Agreement is terminated.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

40

 


 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

img139447121_0.gif

 

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway
Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor
Austin, Texas 78746-5546

o: 512.338.5400
f: 866.974.7329

 

October 8, 2026

Amaero Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, TN 37353

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-298612), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed by Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), of up to 4,466,020 shares (including up to 582,524 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) of the Company’s common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Shares”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such instruments, documents, certificates and records that we have deemed relevant and necessary for the basis of our opinions hereinafter expressed. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied on certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company. In our examination, we have assumed: (a) the authenticity of original documents and the genuineness of all signatures; (b) the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies; (c) the truth, accuracy and completeness of the information, representations and warranties contained in the instruments, documents, certificates and records we have reviewed; and (d) the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

* * *

austin boston BOULDER brussels hong kong london los angeles new york palo alto
SALT LAKE CITY san diego san francisco seattle shanghai washington, dc wilmington, de

 


img139447121_1.gif

Amaero Inc.

October 8, 2026

Page 2

We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the above-referenced Registration Statement, and we consent to the use of our name wherever it appears in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, and in any amendment or supplement thereto. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

 


Exhibit 10.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of October 7, 2026 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Hank Holland (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties,” and each, a “Party”). This Agreement replaces in its entirety the Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Executive and Company dated as of August 27, 2026.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to retain the services of Executive as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and to have Executive serve as Chair of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Executive desires to continue to provide services to the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company (or an affiliate of the Company) are parties to that certain offer letter dated August 24, 2023 (the “Prior Offer Letter”) and the amended and restated executive employment agreement dated August 27, 2026 (the “Prior Employment Agreement”), and the Parties intend that, as of the Effective Date, this Agreement will supersede and replace the Prior Offer Letter and the Prior Employment Agreement in their entirety; and

WHEREAS, as a condition of the compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement, Executive is required to execute and comply with the Confidentiality Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement (each as defined in Section 13 below).

A G R E E M E N T

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree as follows:

1)
Duties and Scope of Employment.
a)
Positions and Duties. Executive currently serves as, and will continue to serve as, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”) and as Chair of the Board. Executive will report to the Board and will have the duties, responsibilities and authority commensurate with the position of CEO, together with such other duties consistent with such position as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Board. In performing Executive’s duties, Executive will be available for reasonable travel as the needs of the business require. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to as the “Employment Term.”
b)
Board Membership; Chair; Director Compensation. Executive currently serves as, and will continue to serve as, a member of the Board and as its Chair. For so long as Executive serves as CEO, subject to applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, the Board (or its nominating and governance committee) will nominate Executive for reelection to the Board at each annual meeting at which Executive is subject to reelection; Executive’s service on the Board is subject to any shareholder approval required under applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. Executive will receive no additional compensation for his service as a member of the Board other than his compensation provided for in this Agreement. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, unless otherwise requested by the Board, Executive will be deemed to have resigned

 


 

from the Board and each committee thereof (and from all other positions held with the Company and its affiliates) as of the end of employment, without further action, and Executive will cooperate to confirm such resignations.
c)
Other Entities. Executive agrees to serve, without additional compensation, as an officer and director of the Company’s subsidiaries and other affiliates as reasonably requested by the Company.
d)
Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company and will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will comply with the Company’s policies and codes of conduct (including any insider trading and clawback policies) as in effect from time to time. During the Employment Term, Executive will not engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration (other than receiving consulting services payments from JP Morgan through February 2027 and receiving management fees from Pegasus Growth Capital Fund I) without the prior approval of the Board (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld); provided that Executive may, without approval (but consistent with Company policy and the Non-Competition Agreement), serve with civic, educational or charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not create an actual or potential conflict of interest and do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with Executive’s obligations to the Company.
2)
Employment Term. The Employment Term will commence on July 1, 2026 and, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Agreement, will continue through June 30, 2030 (the “Scheduled Expiration Date”). The Employment Term will automatically continue after the Scheduled Expiration Date, and any continued employment thereafter without a new written agreement will be “at-will.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time during the Employment Term, including prior to the Scheduled Expiration Date, as provided in Sections 5 through 8. If Executive transitions from the role of CEO to the role of Executive Chairman at any time after the second anniversary of the Effective Date (i.e., on or after July 1, 2028) and during the Employment Term, the terms of this Agreement, including all compensation arrangements described in this proposal, will remain unchanged and will continue in full force until the Scheduled Expiration Date.
3)
Compensation.
a)
Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for Executive’s services a base salary at the rate of $750,000 per year (the “Base Salary”). The Base Salary will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and subject to required withholdings. The Base Salary will be reviewed periodically and may be adjusted from time to time by the Board or the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Board (the “Committee”).
b)
Annual Short-Term Incentive. During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to earn an annual short-term cash incentive award (the “STI”) upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Committee. Executive’s target STI opportunity is 100% of Base Salary, and Executive’s STI minimum and maximum are 75% and 200% of Base Salary, respectively. Any payout is determined on a linear (straight-line) interpolated basis, rather than on a stepped or cliff basis, according to the degree of achievement between the minimum target threshold and the target threshold and again between the target threshold and the maximum target threshold; payout scales continuously from the 75% minimum threshold, through the 100%-of-base-salary target payout at 100% achievement of target, up to the 200%-of-base-salary maximum upon achievement of the maximum performance target(s), subject in all cases to the overall cap of 200% of base salary. The STI is a cash award measured over the calendar year and, to the extent earned, as determined by the Board or the Committee, will be paid following the end of the applicable calendar year, but in

-2-


 

no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year to which the STI relates. Executive’s STI for the 2026 calendar year will be assessed over the full 2026 calendar year (based on the $750,000 Base Salary for 2026) and will not be pro-rated for the July 1, 2026 commencement of the Employment Term. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Sections 7 and 8, receipt of any STI is contingent on Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the date the STI is earned, and any STI for a calendar year will not be considered earned if Executive’s employment terminates before December 31 of the calendar year to which the STI relates.
c)
Equity Awards. The equity awards described in this Section 3 are each subject to: (i) approval by the Board or the Committee, with the approval of any award to Executive, and any related discretionary determination concerning Executive’s own awards, to be made by the non-conflicted members of the Board, with Executive recused; (ii) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d); (iii) the terms and conditions of the applicable Company equity incentive plan (the “Equity Plan”) and an award agreement issued thereunder; and (iv) Executive remaining employed with the Company through the applicable grant date. Each award will be in the form of restricted stock units to acquire shares of common stock of the Company (“RSUs”), and, where not fixed below, the number of RSUs comprising each award will be fixed on the applicable measurement date as described below.
i)
Sign-on Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), as soon as practicable hereafter, the Company will grant Executive a one-time RSU award for a total of 30,000,000 CHESS depositary interests (“CDIs’) with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of Common Stock as of the Effective Date (the “Sign-on Grant”). The Sign-on Grant will vest in equal annual installments on the first, second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the grant date, in each case subject to Executive’s continued service through such date or otherwise as provided in Sections 7 and 8. If the Company is listed on a U.S. securities exchange at the time any RSUs vest, Executive will have the ability to elect to receive his vested CDIs in the form of shares of Company Common Stock at the ratio of 40 CDIs to one share of Company Common Stock.
ii)
IPO Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), effective on the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed on or after the effective date of the registration statement filed for the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO Date”), the Company will grant Executive a one-time RSU award with an aggregate grant value of $1,500,000 (the “IPO Grant”). The number of RSUs underlying the IPO Grant will be determined by dividing $1,500,000 by the initial public offering price per share (the price to the public in the offering), with such amount rounded to the nearest whole share. The IPO Grant will vest 50% on the first anniversary of the IPO Date and 50% on the second anniversary of the IPO Date, in each case subject to Executive’s continued service through such date or otherwise as provided in Sections 7 and 8.
iii)
PSU Grant. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 3(d), as soon as practicable hereafter, the Company will grant Executive a one-time performance RSU award (“PSU”) for a total of 30,000,000 CDIs with each CDI representing a beneficial interest in 1/40th of a share of Common Stock as of the Effective Date (the “PSU Grant”). The PSUs are earned following the IPO Date based on the achievement of share-price hurdles, measured as the 20-trading-day volume-weighted average closing price (“VWAP”) of the Company's CDIs, in three equal tranches of 10,000,000 PSUs each: 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI price equals or exceeds A$0.50; a further 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI

-3-


 

price equals or exceeds A$0.75; and a further 10,000,000 PSUs are earned if the 20-day VWAP CDI price equals or exceeds A$1.00. For each tranche that is earned, 50% of the earned PSUs vest upon achievement of the applicable share-price hurdle, and the remaining 50% vest on the later of (i) the second anniversary of the grant date of the PSU Grant and (ii) achievement of the applicable share price hurdle, in each case subject to Executive's continued service through the applicable vesting date. Following the IPO Date, the number of CDIs corresponding to each tranche will be proportionately converted into a number of shares of Common Stock and the VWAP CDI price targets will be proportionately converted into a Common Stock price target in U.S. dollars and based on the closing trading price of the Common Stock on Nasdaq (or such other exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed). If the Company is listed on a U.S. securities exchange at the time any RSUs vest, Executive will have the ability to elect to receive his vested CDIs in the form of shares of Company Common Stock at the ratio of 40 CDIs to one share of Company Common Stock. Any portion of the PSU Grant eligible to vest after the Scheduled Expiration Date will continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with the applicable award agreement for up to one year following the end of the Scheduled Expiration Date, provided Executive remains in compliance with the Non-Competition Agreement. Any then-unvested portion of the PSU Grant will be forfeited upon a breach of the Non-Competition Agreement or on June 30, 2031, whichever comes earlier.

The Sign-on Grant and PSU Grant will become effective on the earlier of (i) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which Company shareholder approval of these awards is not required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed. The IPO Grant will become effective on the later of (A) the earlier of (i) approval by the Company’s shareholders to the extent required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (ii) the first trading day following the date on which Company shareholder approval of these awards is not required under applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or (B) the effective date of the first S-8 registration statement filed on or after the IPO Date. In the event that the Sign-on Grant and PSU Grant are not granted within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, the vesting of such awards will be determined by reference to the Effective Date instead of by reference to the grant date, where applicable. If the Sign-on Grant, IPO Grant, and PSU Grant are not granted prior to the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date, Executive and the Board may mutually agree to elect to adjust the cash compensation paid to Executive in lieu of granting the equity compensation.

4)
Additional Benefits.
a)
Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, policies and arrangements currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to similarly situated senior executives of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable policies and plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.
b)
Housing Allowance. The Company will provide Executive an annual housing allowance of $200,000 each year during the Employment Term (the “Housing Allowance”).

-4-


 

c)
Key-Man Life Insurance. During the Employment Term, the Company will provide and maintain a $10,000,000 life insurance benefit on Executive’s life. The premiums will be paid by the Company; the death benefit will be payable to Executive’s estate or to such beneficiaries as Executive may designate; and the Company will have no beneficial interest in, and will not be a beneficiary of, the policy proceeds. To the extent required under applicable law, the premiums will be treated as taxable compensation to Executive, and the Company will provide a gross-up payment so that the benefit is provided to Executive on an after-tax basis.
d)
Business Expenses. During the Employment Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable business travel, entertainment or other business expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, no reimbursement payable to the Executive pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or pursuant to any plan or arrangement of the Company shall be paid later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related expense was incurred, and no such reimbursement during any calendar year shall affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, except, in each case, to the extent that the right to reimbursement does not provide for a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the final regulations and any formal guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”).
5)
Termination on Death or Disability.
a)
Effectiveness. Executive’s employment will terminate automatically upon Executive’s death or, upon fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice from the Company, in the event of Executive’s Disability.
b)
Effect of Termination. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, upon a termination for death or Disability, Executive (or Executive’s estate) will be entitled to the Accrued Entitlements (as defined in Section 10 below) and no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by applicable law.
6)
Involuntary Termination for Cause; Resignation.
a)
Effectiveness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, and Executive may resign at any time. Termination for Cause, or Executive’s resignation, shall be effective on the date either Party gives notice to the other Party of such termination or resignation under this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties. A resignation that is accelerated by the Company shall continue to be construed as a resignation under this Agreement.
b)
Effect of Termination. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in the case of the Company’s termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s resignation, Executive will be entitled to receive the Accrued Entitlements (as defined in Section 10 below) and no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by applicable law.

-5-


 

7)
Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason.
a)
Severance. If, during the Employment Term, the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) or resigns for Good Reason, then, subject to Section 9, applicable law and the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, Executive will be entitled to receive:
i)
the Accrued Entitlements;
ii)
full accelerated vesting of all then-outstanding and unvested Company equity awards (including the Sign-on Grant, the IPO Grant, and the PSU Grant); provided that any grant not yet made as of the termination date will not be granted; and
iii)
no other severance or benefits of any kind, except as required by law.
8)
Single-Trigger Equity Acceleration. Subject to the rules of any exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control during the Employment Term, all then-outstanding and unvested portions of the Sign-on Grant and the IPO Grant (in each case, to the extent then-outstanding) that has been made will vest in full, effective immediately prior to (and contingent upon) the consummation of the Change in Control. The vesting of the PSU Grant (to the extent then-outstanding) will be calculated according to the price per share as agreed in such Change in Control, and will take into account the proportion of the share price hurdle achieved as of such Change in Control (e.g. if the price per share in the Change in Control is exactly half way between A$0.75 and A$1.00, then half of the third tranche shall be eligible to vest, as determined by the Board in the Board’s sole discretion). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to apply a “double-trigger” vesting arrangement in either of the following circumstances arising during the four-year term of the employment agreement: (i) if the Company transitions to a sole U.S. listing (that is, the Company ceases to be listed on the ASX); or (ii) if the Company remains dual-listed but obtains a waiver of the relevant requirement from the ASX or is otherwise exempt from the applicable ASX Listing Rules. Under a double-trigger vesting arrangement, accelerated vesting of then-unvested equity awards (to the extent then-outstanding) would occur only if, on or within the twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, (a) Executive's employment is terminated by the acquiror (or its successor) without Cause, or (b) Executive resigns for Good Reason.
9)
Conditions to Severance; Release. Any severance or other payments or benefits under Sections 7 and 8 (other than the Accrued Entitlements) are conditioned on Executive: (a) continuing to comply with this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement and the Non-Competition Agreement; and (b) signing and not revoking a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company (which may include non-disparagement and cooperation covenants) (the “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date (the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to severance and benefits under Sections 7 and 8 (other than the Accrued Entitlements). Any severance payments or other benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in Section 11) will not commence until the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s separation from service (or later, if required by Section 11); any installments otherwise payable during that period will be paid on that sixtieth (60th) day, with the remainder paid as scheduled. This Section 9 will not limit reimbursements under Section 4(d) or any other compensation or benefits otherwise required by law or in accordance with written Company plans or policies, as then in effect.

-6-


 

10)
Definitions
a)
Accrued Entitlements. “Accrued Entitlements” means:
i)
Executive’s Base Salary that has been accrued through the effective date of termination, but for which Executive has not yet been paid;
ii)
the right to continue health care benefits under Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, at Executive’s cost, to the extent required and available by law; and
iii)
reimbursement of expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 4(d) above, but for which Executive has not yet been reimbursed.
b)
ASX. “ASX” means ASX Limited ABN 98 008 624 691 or the securities market operated by it, as the context requires.
c)
ASX Listing Rules. “ASX Listing Rules” means the official listing rules, market rules and operating rules of the ASX.
d)
Cause. “Cause” means any of the following:
i)
Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties (other than any such failure resulting from death or Disability);
ii)
Executive’s breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company;
iii)
Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, misrepresentation, illegal conduct, gross negligence or gross misconduct related to Executive’s employment duties to the Company or that causes material harm to the Company;
iv)
Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to Executive’s employment with the Company;
v)
Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony; or Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, if such misdemeanor is work-related, or otherwise impairs Executive’s ability to perform services for the Company or results in reputational or financial harm to the Company or its affiliates;
vi)
Executive’s willful unauthorized disclosure of Company Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement);
vii)
Executive’s chronic use of alcohol and/or illegal drugs interfering with Executive’s performance of Executive’s obligations to the Company;
viii)
Executive’s breach of any material obligation under this Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement, or any other agreement between Executive and the Company;
ix)
Executive’s engagement in conduct that brings the Company into substantial public disgrace or disrepute;

-7-


 

x)
any material failure by Executive to comply with the Company’s policies, rules and standards of conduct, as they may be in effect from time to time during the Employment Term; or
xi)
the Company’s severe financial distress, whereby the Company is in the process of winding down its business and Executive’s employment or role with the Company is terminated in connection with such winding down.
e)
Change in Control. “Change in Control” has the meaning given to such term in the Equity Plan.
f)
Disability. “Disability” means that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.
g)
Good Reason. “Good Reason” means Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment in accordance with the next sentence after the occurrence of one or more of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:
i)
a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties, authorities, or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction;
ii)
a material reduction by the Company in Executive’s rate of annual base salary; provided, however, that, a one-time reduction of annual base salary of not more than 10% that also applies to substantially all other similarly situated executives of the Company will not constitute “Good Reason”; or
iii)
a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided that a relocation of less than 50 miles from Executive’s then-present primary work facility or location will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

In order for Executive’s termination of Executive’s employment to be for Good Reason, Executive must not terminate employment with the Company without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a cure period of thirty (30) days following the date of written notice (the “Cure Period”), such grounds must not have been cured during such time, and Executive must terminate Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Cure Period.

11)
Section 409A.
a)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.
b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits that are payable within the first six (6) months

-8-


 

following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
c)
Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (a) above.
d)
Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit will not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (a) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.
e)
To the extent that any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plan or arrangement in which Executive participates, provides for Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits and does not otherwise comply with Section 409A, (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefit in any other calendar year, (ii) the right to the applicable reimbursement or benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit or payment, and (iii) to the extent there is any reimbursement of an expense, such reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iv) except as specifically provided herein or in the applicable reimbursement arrangement, in-kind benefits will only be provided, and reimbursements will only be made for expenses incurred, during Executive’s lifetime.
f)
This Agreement is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted according to such intent. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

-9-


 

12)
Limitation on Payments (Section 280G). In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (a) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (b) but for this Section 12 would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits will be either (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in amounts to be paid must be made, reduction shall occur in the following order: first, reduction of cash payments, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; second, cancellation of equity awards that were granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); third, cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards, which shall occur in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and fourth, reduction of employee benefits, which shall occur in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event shall Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section will be made in writing by a nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 12. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 12.
13)
Compliance with ASX Listing Rules. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive is subject to, and the Company must comply with, the ASX Listing Rules for so long as the Company is listed on the ASX.
14)
Company Matters.
a)
Proprietary Information and Inventions. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, as a condition of employment, Executive is required to sign and abide by the terms of the Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), including, without limitation, the provisions governing the non-disclosure of confidential information and all restrictive covenants contained therein.
b)
Non-Competition Agreement. As a condition of the compensation and benefits under this Agreement, Executive is required to execute and comply with a separate non-competition agreement (the “Non-Competition Agreement”), attached hereto as Exhibit B, compliance with which conditions the post-term vesting of the PSU Grant under Section 3(d).

-10-


 

c)
Ventures. If, during Executive’s employment, Executive is engaged in or associated with planning or implementing of any project, program or venture involving the Company and any third parties, all rights in such project, program or venture shall belong to the Company (or third party, to the extent provided in any agreement between the Company and the third party). Except as approved by the Board in writing, Executive shall not be entitled to any interest in such project, program or venture or to any commission, finder’s fee or other compensation in connection therewith other than the salary or other compensation to be paid to Executive as provided in this Agreement.
d)
Notification of New Employer. In the event that Executive leaves the employ of the Company, Executive grants consent to notification by the Company to Executive’s new employer about Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.
15)
Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, THE COMPANY’S PROMISE TO ARBITRATE ALL EMPLOYMENT-RELATED DISPUTES AND EXECUTIVE’S RECEIPT OF THE COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS PAID OR PROVIDED TO EXECUTIVE BY THE COMPANY, AT PRESENT AND IN THE FUTURE, EXECUTIVE AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY, IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE), ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY OR THE TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY, INCLUDING ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AS SET FORTH IN THE CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT.
16)
Indemnification and D&O Insurance. Subject to applicable law, the Company will indemnify Executive to the fullest extent permitted by its charter and bylaws and any separate written indemnification agreement, on terms no less favorable than provided to any other Company executive officer or director, and will maintain commercially reasonable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering Executive during the Employment Term.
17)
Assignment. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of any successor of the Company, and accordingly any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for such purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.
18)
Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, or mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Party to be notified at the address indicated for such Party on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address as such Party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery or five (5) days after the date of mailing.

-11-


 

19)
Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.
20)
Integration. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Non-Competition Agreement, the Equity Plan and the applicable award agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, including the Prior Offer Letter and Prior Employment Agreement. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
21)
Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.
22)
Waiver. No Party shall be deemed to have waived any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any provisions hereof unless such waiver shall have been duly executed in writing and acknowledged by the Party to be charged with such waiver. The failure of any Party at any time to insist on performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provisions, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to be a waiver of any other subsequent breach.
23)
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (with the exception of its conflict of law provisions).
24)
Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s legal counsel, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.
25)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall constitute but one instrument.
26)
Effect of Headings. The section and subsection headings contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
27)
Construction of Agreement. This Agreement has been negotiated by the respective Parties, and the language shall not be construed for or against either Party.
28)
Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Executive understands that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way limit or prohibit Executive from engaging in any Protected Activity or in the Confidentiality Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” shall mean filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (“Government Agencies”). Executive understands that in connection with such Protected Activity, Executive is permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the Government Agencies. Executive further understands that

-12-


 

“Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications or privileged attorney work product. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Executive is notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (b) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.
29)
Attorney’s Fees. Except as otherwise agreed, each Party will bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any dispute arising out of this Agreement or the employment relationship.
30)
Clawback Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, any incentive-based compensation, or any other compensation, paid to Executive pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement with the Company or any of its affiliates, which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company or any of their affiliates pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement), including for any violations of the Confidentiality Agreement, if applicable.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank; signature page follows.]

-13-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

“COMPANY”

 

 

AMAERO INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brett Paduch

 

Name:

Brett Paduch

 

Its:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Address:

130 Innovation Drive

MacDonald, TN 37353

 

 

 

 

 

“EXECUTIVE”

 

 

Hank Holland, an Individual

 

 

 

/s/ Hank Holland

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


 

EXHIBIT A

Confidentiality Agreement

(attached)

-15-


 

EXHIBIT B

Non-Competition Agreement

(attached)

-16-


CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT MATERIAL AND (II) INFORMATION THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED.

Exhibit 10.9

 

FIRST AMENDMENT, CONSENT, WAIVER AND JOINDER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, CONSENT, WAIVER AND JOINDER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 11, 2026 (this “Amendment”), is made by and among Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), AMAERO INC., a Delaware corporation (“US HoldCo”), AMAERO LTD (ACN 633 541 634), an Australian limited company (“Amaero International”), AM AERO INC., a California corporation (“AM Aero”), AMAERO ENGINEERING PTY LIMITED (ACN 162 732 649), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Engineering”), AMAERO ALLOYS PTY LIMITED (ACN 644 922 636), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Alloys”, together with US HoldCo, Amaero International, AM Aero, Amaero Engineering, the “Guarantors” and each a “Guarantor”), and the EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES, an agency of the United States of America (“EXIM Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors (other than US HoldCo) and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank increase the Total Commitment Amount to reimburse certain Contract Goods and Services in connection with the Project and, in accordance with Section 5(h) of the Security Agreement, to amend Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement to update the items of equipment identified thereon;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank amend the initial testing date for the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 9.02(ff)(iii) of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 9.03(a)(vii)(C), the Borrower has advised EXIM Bank that Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys (together, the “Released Guarantors”) each own no material assets, engage in no business and otherwise have no activities and that Amaero Engineering applied for voluntary deregistration on April 24, 2026, and Amaero Alloys applied for voluntary deregistration on April 22, 2026 (collectively, the “Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank release the Released Guarantors from their obligations as guarantors under the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents (the “Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release”);

1


 

WHEREAS, US Holdco was formed for the purpose of re-domiciling Amaero International to the United States through US Holdco acquiring all of the ordinary shares in Amaero International by way of a scheme of arrangement between Amaero International and its shareholders (the “Scheme”), which Scheme is expected to be implemented on or about June 22, 2026;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has advised EXIM Bank that the Borrower has failed to comply with its obligations under Section 9.03(a)(vi) of the Credit Agreement, due to the Borrower’s failure to provide at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to EXIM Bank of Amaero International’s change in corporate name and has requested a waiver of the Event of Defaults arising under Section 10.03(a)(iv) of the Credit Agreement with respect to failure to provide timely notice of such Event of Default and Section 10.03(a)(v) with respect to the non-compliance under Section 9.03(a)(vi) (collectively, the “Specified Defaults”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank amend and/or waive certain provisions of the Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 12.11 thereof, including to (a) provide for an increase in the Total Commitment Amount, (b) modify the initial testing date for the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, (c) join US HoldCo as a guarantor to the Credit Agreement, (d) consent to the waiver of the Specified Defaults and (e) consent to the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release;

WHEREAS, EXIM Bank is willing to make such amendments, consents and/or waivers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, it being the intention of the parties that such amendments do not constitute a novation of the obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document and that all guarantees and security interests shall continue in full force and effect; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements and representations contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1 Definitions.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

Section 1.2 Interpretation.

The principles of construction set forth in Section 1.02 (Principles of Construction) of the Credit Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

2


 

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS

Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below):

(a)
the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text), and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages attached as Annex A hereto; and
(b)
Schedule 2 to the Security Agreement is hereby amended to delete it in its entirety and replace it with the form attached hereto as Annex B.

ARTICLE 3

consent, waiver and joinder

Section 3.1 Consent to Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release.

(a)
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), and without any amendment to the terms thereof or waiver of any condition relating thereto that would be materially adverse to EXIM Bank, EXIM Bank hereby releases Amaero Alloys and Amaero Engineering from their respective obligations as a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents automatically and without any further action being required to effectuate the foregoing, and hereby consents to the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, subject to Section 3.1(c) below.
(b)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, EXIM Bank’s consent in the foregoing Section 3.1(a) shall expire on July 31, 2026 unless the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution has been consummated on or prior to July 31, 2026.
(c)
The representation and warranty in Article 4(j) hereof is deemed to be re-made as of the date of the consummation of the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution.

Section 3.2 Waiver of Specified Defaults. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), EXIM Bank hereby waives the Specified Defaults.

Section 3.3 Joinder of US HoldCo

(a)
As of the date hereof, US HoldCo hereby agrees to:
(i)
join the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents as a “Guarantor”;

3


 

(ii)
be bound by all covenants, agreements and acknowledgments attributable to a Guarantor in the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and
(iii)
perform all obligations and duties required of it by the Credit Agreement as a Guarantor.
(b)
Without limiting the foregoing, US HoldCo, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to EXIM Bank and its successors and assigns, as provided in the Guarantors’ Guarantee, the full, prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements under the Credit Agreement, interest thereon and any and all other amounts payable by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment), any Note or any other Finance Document.
(c)
US HoldCo hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties required to be made by it contained in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) and in each of the other Finance Documents to which US HoldCo is a party, by virtue of this Joinder Agreement or otherwise, are true and correct on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
All references to Guarantor or Guarantors in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) or the other Finance Documents are hereby deemed to include US HoldCo. Upon implementation of the Scheme, all references to Holdings in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment) or the other Finance Documents shall be deemed to include US HoldCo. Within two (2) Business Days after implementation of the Scheme, US HoldCo hereby agrees to deliver written notice to EXIM Bank (which may be via email) confirming that the HoldCo Transaction has occurred.
(e)
The Borrower and each of the Guarantors agree to promptly execute all further documentation and to take such additional actions as from time to time reasonably requested by EXIM Bank to be executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor, in order to join US HoldCo as a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and other Finance Documents.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof and as of the First Amendment Effective Date that:

(a)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur immediately following the execution of this Amendment;

4


 

(b)
after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the First Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(c)
the execution, delivery and performance or observance by the Borrower and each of the Guarantors of the terms of, and consummation by the Borrower and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by, this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of: (A) the Organizational Documents of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable; (B) any law of the United States or any other ordinance, decree, constitutional provision, regulation or other requirement of any Governmental Authority; or (C) any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award of any court or other tribunal. Further, each of the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ execution and delivery of this Amendment, the performance and observance of its obligations thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, is a party or to which it or any of its revenues, properties or assets may be subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues, properties or assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, pursuant to any such agreement or instrument other than the Liens upon the Collateral created under the Security Documents;
(d)
all consents of any Person required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Guarantor of this Amendment have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;
(e)
subject in the case of the Released Guarantors to the pending Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Dissolution, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, with full power, authority and legal right to own its property and carry on its business as now conducted, and has taken all actions necessary or advisable to authorize it to execute, deliver, perform, and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the other Finance Documents;
(f)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered this Amendment; each of the Finance Documents that has been executed and delivered constitutes, and each such Finance Document that may hereafter be executed and delivered will constitute, a direct, general, and unconditional obligation of the Borrower and the Guarantors (to the extent each is a party thereto) that is legal, valid, and binding upon the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto and enforceable against the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by the application of general principles

5


 

of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity;
(g)
all documents, reports, and other written information (other than projected or pro forma financial information) that have been furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantors to EXIM Bank in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, the Borrower and the Guarantors represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery (it being understood that such projected information may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material);
(h)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is Solvent as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment;
(i)
no event or circumstance has occurred since the date of the most recent Company Financial Statements that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(j)
Each of the Released Guarantors owns no material assets, engages in no business and otherwise has no activities, and the Borrower has determined in good faith that the dissolution of each Released Guarantor is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to EXIM Bank; and
(k)
after giving effect to all of the Disbursements under the Credit Agreement (including any Disbursement made or to be made after giving effect to this Amendment), Annex B hereto is a true, correct and complete list of all of the Equipment that the Borrower has received an advance from EXIM Bank to reimburse the Borrower for payments to Suppliers for such Equipment.

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

This Amendment shall become effective on and as of the Business Day on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) each, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank or in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank:

(a)
EXIM Bank shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each of the Loan Parties party hereto;
(b)
EXIM Bank shall have received evidence of the payment in full of the fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank’s outside counsel and any Independent Consultant;

6


 

(c)
after giving effect to this Amendment, all of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the First Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(d)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default exists on such date, or would result from the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(e)
no law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) from fulfilling its obligations;
(f)
copies, certified as true copies by an Authorized Officer of the Loan Parties of each consent, license, authorization or approval of, and exemption by, any Governmental Authority, which are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by the Loan Parties of this Amendment; and (ii) for the validity, binding effect, and enforceability of Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(g)
a certificate of the Borrower acknowledging and agreeing that any loan made by EXIM Bank pursuant to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and any determination by EXIM Bank as to whether any Contract Goods and Services are Contract Goods and Services shall not prejudice or otherwise have any binding effect with regard to any determination by the IRS, the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a court of law as to the tax basis of the Project or any part thereof under the Code;
(h)
a certificate from the Borrower certifying that the Project is not a “public works project” within the meaning of the Davis-Bacon Act or any other Applicable Law;
(i)
no event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its obligations under this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby), any Note or any other Finance Document, as the case may be;
(j)
the Acquisition List with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount in the form approved by EXIM Bank;
(k)
evidence that each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and for each Loan Party (other than the Australian Guarantor) and to the extent applicable in its jurisdiction of incorporation, evidence that it is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license;

7


 

(l)
a completed verification certificate in respect of the Australian Guarantor, duly signed by two directors of the Australian Guarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, together with all attachments referred to in such certificate and dated no earlier than 5 days before the date of the First Amendment Effective Date, provided that the verification certificate may include a certification that the attachments referred to in such certificate have not been amended since last delivered to EXIM Bank and remain in full force and effect;
(m)
evidence of (i) the authority (and, in the case of Australian Guarantor, extracts thereof) of each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) to execute, deliver, perform and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) or any Note; and (ii) the authority (including specimen signatures) for each Person who, on behalf of each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors), signed this Amendment, and/or will sign any Note and such other documents and certificates (including Organizational Documents and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, good standing certificates) as EXIM Bank may request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) of each Loan Party and any other legal matters relating to a Loan Party, this Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby;
(n)
an opinion of external legal counsel to each Loan Party (other than the Released Guarantors) and, in the case of the Australian Guarantor, Clayton Utz as external Australian legal counsel to EXIM, in form and scope acceptable to EXIM Bank, and, if requested by EXIM Bank, an opinion from independent legal counsel selected by EXIM Bank, as to such matters relating to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as specified by EXIM Bank;
(o)
US HoldCo shall have delivered an Anti-Lobbying Certificate and Iran Activities Certification, in each case, executed by Authorized Officer(s) of US HoldCo;
(p)
a Note in the form of Annex A to the Credit Agreement, executed by the Borrower and endorsed by the Guarantors (other than the Released Guarantors); provided that upon receipt of such Note by EXIM Bank (or its designee), the Note delivered on or around the Original Signing Date shall be deemed cancelled;
(q)
a copy of recent Uniform Commercial Code searches or other lien registry searches in each applicable jurisdiction relating to the Collateral and the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank, including Australian Securities and Investments Commission and Personal Property Securities Register search results in respect of the Australian Guarantor; and
(r)
any other documents, certificates, instruments, authorization, opinion, assurance, or information relating to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement, this Agreement, any Note, or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated under them by any Loan Party) as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.

8


 

ARTICLE 6

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Reference to and Effect on the Finance Documents.

(a)
Upon the due execution and delivery of this Amendment by the parties, on and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” or words of like import, and each reference in the other Finance Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof,” “therein,” “thereby” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as the terms thereof have been amended hereby.
(b)
This Amendment is effective only in the specific instances and for the specific purposes described herein. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect in all respects and each is hereby ratified and confirmed.
(c)
Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed to act as a release of, or prejudice the rights of EXIM Bank (or any successors) in, any guarantees given by any party pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents except solely to the extent expressly provided herein with respect to Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys and the Australian Subsidiary Guarantor Release.
(d)
Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor (other than the Released Guarantors) hereby (i) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) ratifies and reaffirms each grant of a lien on, or security interest in, its property made pursuant to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, the grant of security made by such Person pursuant to each Security Document) and confirms that such liens and security interests continue to secure the obligations under the Finance Documents, subject to the terms thereof, and (iii) in the case of each Guarantor, ratifies and reaffirms its guaranty of the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
(e)
The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of EXIM Bank under any of the Finance Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Finance Documents or in any way limit, impair or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of EXIM Bank under the Finance Documents, except as provided herein.
(f)
By its execution of this Amendment, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Amendment do not constitute a novation, but, rather, a supplement of the terms of a pre-existing indebtedness and related agreement, as evidenced by the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Amendment shall be construed as (A) an extinguishment, satisfaction, discharge, release, impairment or novation of any obligations under the Finance Documents, or (B) a release, reduction, termination, or subordination of, or otherwise affecting, any Lien or the priority of any Lien created pursuant to the Security Documents, all of which remain in full force and effect.

9


 

Section 6.2 Incorporation by Reference.

Section 11 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction), Section 12.12 (Counterparts), Section 12.15 (Severability) and Section 12.16 (Waiver of Jury Trial) shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

Section 6.3 Finance Document.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors and EXIM Bank designate as of the date hereof this Amendment as a Finance Document.

Section 6.4 Costs and Expenses.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of EXIM Bank in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement.

[signature pages follow]

10


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered on its behalf by its authorized representative as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc.

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer, President and Secretary

 

 

(Print)

 

 


 

 

Executed by Amaero LTD (ACN 633 541 634) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Erik Levy

 

 

Hank Jarret Holland

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Executed by Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Laura Ashleigh Newell

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Hank Jarret Holland

 

 

Laura Ashleigh Newell

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Executed by Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

/s/ Laura Ashleigh Newell

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

Hank Jarret Holland

 

 

Laura Ashleigh Newell

Full name of above signatory

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

 

 

 


 

Am AERO INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer, President and Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

AmAERO INC.

 

By:

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 Chief Executive Officer and President

 

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

 

 

By:

/s/ David R. Fiore

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

David R. Fiore

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President – Transportation Division

 

 


 

Annex A

Amended Credit Agreement

[see attached]

 


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of February 25, 2025

 

among

 

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.,
as Borrower

AMAERO INTERNATIONAL LIMITEDLTD (ACN 633 541 634),

as a Guarantor

 

AM Aero Inc.,

as a Guarantor

 

Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649)Inc.,

as a Guarantor

 

Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636),

as a Guarantor

and

 

img182415413_0.jpg

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK
OF THE UNITED STATES

 

 

EXIM Bank Transaction No. AP089530XX

 


 

EXIM Bank Transaction No. AP089530XX

Term Sheet

1.

Borrower:

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

2.

Documentation Agent:

Centre Merchant Finance

3.

Account Bank:

Western Alliance Bank

4.

Guarantors:

Amaero Inc.

Amaero International LimitedLtd (ACN 633 541 634)

AM Aero Inc.

Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649)

Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636)

5.

Financed Portion Amount:

U.S.$20,265,502.8223,174,347.00

 

(a)
Exposure Fee Percentage (applied to the Financed Portion Amount):

12.5619%

 

Exposure Fee Amount:

U.S.$2,545,732.202,911,138.30

 

 

 

Financed

 

 

As disbursed

6.

Total Commitment Amount:

U.S.$22,811,235.0226,085,485.30

7.

Applicable Interest Rate:

CIRR, determined on the Business Day which is five (5) Business Days prior to the first Disbursement Date.

8.
Commitment Fee: One-half(x) with respect to the Original Total Commitment Amount, one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncanceled and undisbursed amount of the Total Commitment Amount, accruing from March 9, 2025, to the Final Disbursement Date, and payable semi-annually on July 15 and December 15 of each year beginning on July 15, 2025 and (y) with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncancelled and undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount

TS-1

 


 

accruing from June 11, 2026, to the Final Disbursement Date and payable semi-annually on July 15 and December 15 of each year beginning on July 15, 2026.
9.
Principal Repayment: Twenty-Eight (28) quarterly installments, due and payable on March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, beginning on September 30, 2027, until all of the principal outstanding under this Agreement is repaid in full.
10.
Payment Instructions: The following instructions are to be used for the remittance of any payments made to EXIM Bank using the Federal Reserve Wire Network (FedWire):

 

Fedwire Field Tag

Fedwire Field Name

Required Information

 

 

 

{1510}

Type/Subtype

 

{2000}

Amount

 

{3400}

Receiver ABA routing number *

 

{3400}

Receiver ABA short name

 

{3600}

Business Function Code

 

{4200}

Beneficiary Identifier (account number)

 

{4200}

Beneficiary Name

 

{5000}

Originator

 

{6000}

Originator to Beneficiary Information – Line 1

 

 

* The financial institution address for the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s ABA routing number is

** For example, Commitment Fee, Exposure Fee, Principal, Interest, etc.

11.
Note required at first Disbursement: Yes
12.
Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, all notices shall be directed to the respective parties in accordance with the following:

TS-2

 


 

To the Borrower and each Guarantor:

Address:

c/o Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc.

130 Innovation Drive SW

McDonald, TN 37353

Attention:

Chris ScanlonBrett Paduch

Telephone:

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

To EXIM Bank:

Address:

Export-Import Bank of the United States
811 Vermont Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20571

Attention:

Vice President – Asset Management Division

Telephone:

E-mail:

 

 

TS-3

 


 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

2

1.01

 

Defined Terms

2

1.02

 

Principles of Construction

31

SECTION 2 THE Credit Facility

33

2.01

 

Amount

33

2.02

 

Availability

34

2.03

 

Deemed Date for Certain Costs

34

SECTION 3 DISBURSEMENTS

34

3.01

 

General Requirements

34

3.02

 

Limitation on Disbursements

34

3.03

 

Disbursement

34

SECTION 4 FINANCING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND COVERAGE

35

4.01

 

Eligibility for Financing

35

4.02

 

Coverage of the Credit Facility

36

SECTION 5 TERMS OF THE Credit Facility

36

5.01

 

Principal Repayment

36

5.02

 

Interest Payment

36

5.03

 

Prepayment

37

5.04

 

Evidence of Debt

40

SECTION 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

40

6.01

 

Conditions Precedent to First Disbursement

40

6.02

 

Conditions Precedent to Each Disbursement

44

SECTION 7 FEES AND EXPENSES

46

7.01

 

Fees

46

7.02

 

Taxes

46

7.03

 

Expenses

47

7.04

 

Additional or Increased Costs

48

7.05

 

Indemnification

48

SECTION 8 PAYMENTS

49

8.01

 

Method of Payment

49

8.02

 

Application of Payments

49

8.03

 

Application of Proceeds from Collateral and Other Amounts following an Event of Default.

49

CREDIT AGREEMENT -i-

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

SECTION 9 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

50

9.01

 

Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties

50

9.02

 

Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties

60

9.03

 

Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties

71

SECTION 10 CANCELLATION, SUSPENSION, AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

75

10.01

 

Cancellation by the Borrower

75

10.02

 

Suspension and Cancellation by EXIM Bank

75

10.03

 

Events of Default and Remedies

76

SECTION 11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

80

11.01

 

Governing Law

80

11.02

 

Submission to Jurisdiction

80

11.03

 

Service of Process.

80

11.04

 

Waiver of Immunity

81

11.05

 

Waiver of Security Requirements

82

11.06

 

No Limitation

82

SECTION 12 MISCELLANEOUS

82

12.01

 

Computations

82

12.02

 

Notices

82

12.03

 

Disposition of Indebtedness.

82

12.04

 

Benefit of Agreement

83

12.05

 

Disclaimer

83

12.06

 

Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc

83

12.07

 

Payments Set Aside

84

12.08

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship

84

12.09

 

No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative

84

12.10

 

Entire Agreement

84

12.11

 

Amendment or Waiver

84

12.12

 

Counterparts

84

12.13

 

Judgment Currency

85

12.14

 

English Language

85

12.15

 

Severability

85

12.16

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

85

12.17

 

Survival

86

12.18

 

Patriot Act

86

CREDIT AGREEMENT -ii-

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

SECTION 13 GUARANTEE.

86

13.01

 

Guarantors’ Guarantee

86

13.02

 

Guarantee Continuing and Unconditional

86

13.03

 

Reinstatement

87

13.04

 

Endorsement of Note(s)

87

ANNEX A

 

 

1

SCHEDULE 1 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

5

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

6

ANNEX B

 

1

Exhibit B-1

 

1

Annex C

 

1

Annex D

 

1

CREDIT AGREEMENT -iii-

 


 

SCHEDULE, ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

Schedule 1

-

Repayment Schedule

Schedule 2

-

Minimum Insurance Requirements

Schedule 3

-

Capitalization; Subsidiaries

Schedule 4

-

Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 5

-

Permitted Investments

Schedule 6

-

Permitted Liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annex A

-

Form of Note

Annex B

-

Disbursement Procedures for Direct Credits

 

Exhibit B-1

-

Form of Request for Reimbursement

Annex C

-

Form of MMIA Compliance Plan

Annex D

-

Form of MMIA Annual Report

Annex E

-

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT -iv-

 


 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of February 25, 2025, is made by and among AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Amaero International LimitedLTD (ACN 633 541 634), an Australian limited company (“Amaero International”), AM Aero Inc., a California corporation (“AM Aero”), AMAERO Engineering Pty Limited (aCN 162 732 649), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Engineering”), Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (aCN 644 922 636), an Australian limited company (“Amaero Alloys”)INC., a Delaware corporation (“US HoldCo”), and the EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES, an agency of the United States of America (“EXIM Bank”). Capitalized terms used herein shall be defined as provided in Section 1Section 1.

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS:

(A)
by this Agreement, EXIM Bank haspreviously established, pursuant to this Agreement as originally executed on the Original Signing Date (as defined below), a credit facility, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Original Total Commitment Amount, pursuant to which EXIM Bank shallagreed to extend financing (such facility, as increased pursuant to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount (as defined below), the “Credit Facility”) to the Borrower to: (i) finance the purchase and installation of Contract Goods and Services (as defined below) to expand the Borrower’s critical minerals and refractory alloy processing facility located at the Project Site (the “Project” or the “EXIM Financed Project”), (ii) finance or refinance the cost of various Ancillary Services, and (iii) finance the payment of the Exposure Fee and the Documentation Agent Fee;
(B)
pursuant to that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement (as defined below), the Borrower has requested, and EXIM Bank has agreed, to increase the Total Commitment Amount in an aggregate amount not to exceed the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount (as defined below), to reimburse the purchase and installation of certain Contract Goods and Services (as defined below) in connection with the Project and to finance the payment of the Exposure Fee;
(C)
(B) the establishment of the Credit Facility will facilitate exports from the United States;
(D)
(C) the Credit Facility may be utilized by the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and
(E)
(D) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantors (as defined below) have agreed to, jointly and severally, guarantee the payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) of all amounts due by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.

1


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

section 1 DEFINITIONS AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.01
Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

“Account Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the Term Sheet.

“Accounting Change” shall mean changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the administrative body of the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Accounting Change Over Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(j).

“Acquisition” shall mean any purchase or other acquisition by Parent or its Subsidiaries of (a) Equity Interests of a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will become a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or (b) all or substantially all the assets of, or assets constituting one or more business units of, any Person.

“Acquisition List” shall mean the list of Contract Goods and Services in a form specified by EXIM Bank approved for financing under the Credit Facility and delivered to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 6.01(e), as it may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time (with the prior written consent of EXIM Bank).

“Affiliate” shall mean as to any Person (a) any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question, (b) any other Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding the power to vote twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Person in question, or (c) any other Person twenty percent (20%) or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with the power to vote such securities by the Person in question.

“Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, including any annex, exhibit, schedule, Term Sheet and other attachment thereto, in each case, as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“AM Aero” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero Alloys” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero Engineering” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Amaero International” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

2


 

“Ancillary Services” shall mean:

(b)
financial advisory services of a financial intermediary, financial institution or advisor, provided that such Person has been retained by the Loan Parties or EXIM Bank, and such services relate to assisting the Loan Parties in obtaining, structuring and/or meeting the financial requirements of the Credit Facility, or assisting EXIM Bank in its analysis of the Credit Facility and/or any underlying project and/or the business of the Loan Parties;
(c)
legal services of attorneys engaged by the Loan Parties or EXIM Bank, where such services are provided in connection with the Credit Facility; and/or
(d)
technical consultant services of an advisor or a consultant with respect to technical matters (including engineering consultants, yield consultants, reserve consultants, marketing consultants, independent auditors and insurance advisors) where: (i) EXIM Bank has required that such a consultant be retained in order to assist EXIM Bank in its analysis of the Credit Facility and/or of the business operations of the Loan Parties, (ii) the services of such consultant relate to the Credit Facility, and (iii) the experience, expertise and overall competence of such consultant are satisfactory to EXIM Bank (in its sole discretion).

“Ancillary Services Provider” shall mean a Person who provides Ancillary Services.

“Anti-Lobbying Certificate” shall mean a certificate of the Borrower, a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be, in the form of “Anti-Lobbying Declaration Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans and Cooperative Agreements (including EXIM Bank Direct Loans)” set forth at http://www.exim.gov/doc025 (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank).

“Applicable Accounting Standard” means IFRS until the Accounting Change Over Date and GAAP thereafter.

“Applicable Interest Rate” shall mean the rate set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Applicable Law” shall mean all applicable laws, ordinances, judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, rules, regulations, orders, licenses, permits and orders of any court, arbitrator, Governmental Authority, or any directive, guideline, requirement or other governmental restriction, including those related to bribery and money laundering, in each case, whether or not having the force of law, or any conventions, treaties or applicable protocols thereto, and any determination by, or interpretation of any of the foregoing by, any judicial authority, binding on a given Person whether in effect as of the date hereofOriginal Signing Date or as of any date thereafter, including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act and CERCLA.

“Asset Management Division” shall mean the Asset Management Division of EXIM Bank or any other division of EXIM Bank designated by EXIM Bank to perform the relevant functions of such division.

3


 

“Assignee” shall mean any New Party to this Agreement, other than: (i) EXIM Bank (including any successor agency or entity thereof, including in the case of a merger); and (ii) any other agency or instrumentality of the United States within the meaning of Section 6049(b)(4)(C) of the Code.

“Australian GuarantorsGuarantor” shall mean, collectively, Amaero International, Amaero Engineering and Amaero Alloys.

“Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, any assistant vice president, the chief financial officer or treasurer, the assistant treasurer or equivalent officers of such Person and any other officer or representative of such Person (a) who is duly authorized by such Person’s organizational instruments and/or Applicable Law to act on behalf of such Person with respect to the document(s) being executed, and (b) in the case of any Loan Party, whose name, position and specimen signature appears on a certificate of incumbency delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of this Agreement, as such certificate of incumbency may be amended from time to time, to identify names of the individuals then holding such offices or the names of such representatives (and who are authorized to act under such Person’s charter documents and/or Applicable Law) and the capacity in which they are acting.

“Award” shall have the meaning set for the term “award” in the SAM Regulations.

“Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is open for business.

“Capital Lease” shall mean any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under the Applicable Accounting Standard; provided that the Project Site Lease shall constitute a Capital Lease for all purposes hereunder.

“Capital Lease Obligations” shall mean as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any Capital Lease and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest short-term credit rating obtainable from a Credit Rating Agency;

4


 

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and demand deposit accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than U.S.$500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) investments in money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act, (ii) are rated AAA and Aaa (or equivalent rating) by at least two Credit Rating Agencies and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least U.S.$5,000,000,000; and

(f) in the case of any non-U.S. Person, instruments and investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (e) above denominated in any foreign currency that are comparable in investment quality to those referred to above and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Person for cash management purposes.

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Investors (or any other Person that is at least as creditworthy as the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)‑5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Parent (determined on a fully diluted basis); (b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Parent cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body; provided that, if such change in the composition of the board of directors is a direct result of any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that is at least as creditworthy as the Loan Parties (as determined by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion) acquiring fifty percent (50%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of the directors of Parent (determined on a fully diluted basis), then this shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder; or (c) at any time, the Parent shall cease to own and control, of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of each class of outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens; provided that the consummation of a Holdco Transaction shall not be a Change in Control.

5


 

“CIRR” shall mean the “Commercial Interest Reference Rate,” as published by EXIM Bank at http://www.exim.gov/tools-for-exporters/commercial-interest-reference-rates (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank), for the applicable repayment term, or to the extent that the CIRR is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing, then the rate determined by EXIM Bank, which rate, absent manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Loan Parties.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” shall mean all real and personal property, rights and assets, whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that is subject to or intended to become subject to a Lien created by any Security Document.

“Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee (First Amendment)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee (Original Signing)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(a).

“Commitment Fee Payment Date” shall mean July 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on, in the case of the (i) Original Total Commitment Amount, July 15, 2025 and (ii) First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, July 15, 2026.

“Company Financial Statements” shall mean the audited consolidated financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024, which the Borrower has furnished to EXIM Bank prior to the date of this Agreement.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, (a) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such period of (i) Consolidated Net Income, plus, in the case of the following clauses (a)(ii) through (a)(iv), to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in determining such Consolidated Net Income (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, plus (iii) provisions for taxes based on income, plus (iv) total depreciation expense, plus (v) total amortization expense, (vi) noncash stock compensation expense, plus (vii) other non cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period) approved by EXIM Bank in writing as an “add back” to Consolidated Net Income, minus (b) without duplication of the amounts for such period, other non cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any prior period); minus (c) interest income.

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, with respect to Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or other consideration or accrued as a liability and including that portion of Capital Lease Obligations which is capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent) during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to

6


 

equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that, in conformity with the Applicable Accounting Standard, are included in “additions to property, plant or equipment” or comparable items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Parent.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (a) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash for such period, plus (b) scheduled principal installment payments made during such period on account of principal of Indebtedness of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries plus (c) restricted payments paid in cash in respect of Equity Interests during such period.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion of any Capital Lease Obligation that is treated as interest in accordance with Applicable Accounting Standard ) of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Persons (including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such net costs are allocable to such period in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard).

“Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard; provided that there shall be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated Net Income” (a) the income (or deficit) of any such Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Parent or is merged into or consolidated with Parent or one of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any such Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Parent) in which the Parent or one of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Parent or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions, and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Parent to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any contractual obligation (other than under any Finance Document) or any Applicable Law applicable to such Subsidiary or any owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary.

“Consolidated Tangible Net Worth” shall mean, as of any date of determination, for the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, an amount equal to the sum of (a) Shareholders’ Equity of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on such date minus (b) the Intangible Assets of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on such date.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries at such date as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of Parent as at such date.

7


 

“Contract Goods” shall mean goods (a) purchased in the United States under a Supply Contract, and (b) listed on the Acquisition List; provided that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Contract Goods, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Contract Goods and Services” shall mean Contract Goods and Contract Services.

“Contract Services” shall mean services (including Ancillary Services) (a) performed by a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider under a Supply Contract, and (b) listed in the Acquisition List; provided, that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Contract Services, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings analogous thereto.

“Control Agreement” shall mean that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement (Blocked), to be entered into on or around the Original Signing Date among Borrower, as account holder, Account Bank, as the depositary, and EXIM Bank, as secured party, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Copyright License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names the Borrower or any Guarantor as licensor or licensee and (b) grants any right under any Copyright to the Borrower or any Guarantor, including any right to manufacture, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright.

“Copyrights” shall mean (a) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, together with the underlying works of authorship (including titles), whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, all computer programs, computer databases, computer program flow diagrams, source codes, object codes and all tangible property embodying or incorporating any copyrights, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registrations, recordings and applications in the U.S. Copyright Office, and (b) the right to obtain any renewals thereof.

“Covered Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Credit Administration Division” shall mean the Credit Administration and Claims Processing Division of EXIM Bank or any other division of EXIM Bank designated by EXIM Bank to perform the relevant functions of such division, which can be contacted via email at credit.administration@exim.gov.

“Credit Agreement Required Documents” shall mean those documents, other than the Request for Reimbursement, required to be delivered by Section 6Section 6 of this Agreement for the relevant Disbursement, as the case may be.

8


 

“Credit Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, all references to the “Credit Facility” herein shall, on and from the First Amendment Effective Date, be deemed to include the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount.

“Credit Rating Agency” shall mean a nationally recognized credit rating agency that evaluates the financial condition of issuers of debt instruments and then assigns a rating that reflects its assessment of the issuer’s ability to make debt payments.

“Cumulative Export Percentage” shall mean the aggregate of all Exported Amounts divided by the aggregate of all Output Amounts for the current and all prior Reportable Periods, expressed as a percentage.

“Davis-Bacon Act” shall mean Subchapter IV of Chapter 31 of Part A of Subtitle II of Title 40 of the United States Code, including and as implemented by the regulations set forth in Parts 1, 3 and 5 of title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

“Debarment Regulations” shall mean EXIM Bank Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension Regulations, 2 C.F.R. pt. 3513 and the OMB Guidelines to Agencies on Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement), 2 C.F.R. pt. 180.

“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws of the United States, Australia or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect, including the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia.

“Disbursement” shall mean an advance from EXIM Bank to the Borrower reimbursing the Borrower for payments to a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider in accordance with this Agreement, together with any Exposure Fee payment made in connection therewith.

“Disbursement Date” shall mean, in relation to any Disbursement, the Business Day on which such Disbursement is made by EXIM Bank.

“Disbursement Portal” shall mean the portal for electronic submission of documents related to a Disbursement found at https://eximonline.exim.gov/apps/bap (or if not available at this link, then as provided by EXIM Bank upon request).

“Disposition of Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(a).

“Disqualified” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Final Maturity Date; provided that in no

9


 

event shall any common stock (or equivalent) or any convertible securities, options or warrants convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable solely for common stock (or equivalent) and cash in lieu of fractional shares constitute Disqualified Stock. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Agreement will be the maximum amount that the Parent and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

“Documentation Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the Term Sheet.

“Documentation Agent Agreement” shall mean the Documentation Agent Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date between Borrower, EXIM Bank and the Documentation Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Documentation Agent Fee” shall mean a fee in an amount not to exceed in the aggregate U.S.$30,000 payable by the Borrower to the Documentation Agent pursuant to the Documentation Agent Agreement.

“Environment” shall mean ambient and indoor air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources such as flora and fauna and other living organisms, the workplace, or as otherwise defined in any Environmental Law.

“Environmental Law” shall mean all applicable current and future federal, provincial, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, directives, orders (including consent orders), and agreements in each case, relating to protection of the Environment, natural resources (including groundwater use), human health and safety, including those related to the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials, and any other Applicable Law, relating to the foregoing.

“Environmental Liability” shall mean any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of or liability under any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal (or arrangement for the disposal) of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest, or other equity securities or equity ownership interests of such Person.

“Equity Milestone” means the Borrower shall have delivered evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank (as determined by EXIM Bank in its reasonable discretion) that on or before December 31, 2025, the Borrower has received an aggregate amount of not less than Twelve and

10


 

a Half Million Dollars (U.S.$12,500,000) in unrestricted (including, not subject to any redemption, clawback, escrow or similar encumbrance or restriction) net cash proceeds from one or more bona fide equity financings, subject to verification by EXIM Bank (including supporting documentation requested by EXIM Bank).

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common Control with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) the failure by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules or the filing of an application for the waiver of the minimum funding standards under the Pension Funding Rules; (c) the incurrence by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA or a cessation of operations with respect to a Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (d) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan under, or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under, Section 4041 of ERISA; (f) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Pension Plan; (g) any event or condition that constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (h) the determination that any Pension Plan is in at-risk status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA) or that a Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); (i) the imposition or incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (j) the engagement by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (k) the imposition of a lien upon a Loan Party pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA; or (l) the making of an amendment to a Pension Plan that could result in the posting of bond or security under Section 436(f)(1) of the Code.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a).

“Event of Loss” shall mean any of the following events occurring prior to the satisfaction in full of all obligations of each Loan Party under this Agreement or any other Finance Document: (i) the actual or constructive total loss of the Contract Goods or the agreed or compromised total loss of the Contract Goods or the actual or constructive total loss of all or substantially all of the Project Site or the Collateral; or (ii) damage to the Contract Goods, the Project Site or the Collateral which, as reasonably determined by Borrower, makes repair thereof uneconomical or renders the Contract Goods, the Project Site or the Collateral, as applicable, permanently unfit for their intended use.

11


 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Excluded” shall have the meanings set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“EXIM Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“EXIM Financed Project” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement.

“Existing Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Business Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2023, by and between Borrower and Western Alliance Bank, as amended, supplemented or modified on or prior to the date hereofOriginal Signing Date.

“Exported Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Reportable Period, (a) the total amount of revenues attributable to exports from the Project or (b) the total amount of units produced and exported from the Project, in each case, during such Reportable Period.

“Exposure Fee” shall mean a fee equal to (a) the product of (i) the Exposure Fee Percentage and (ii) the Financed Portion Amount.

“Exposure Fee Amount” shall mean the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Exposure Fee Percentage” shall mean the percentage set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

“Federal Reserve Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“Final Disbursement Date” shall mean the earliest of (a) June 30, 2026, (b) the date on which the full remaining balance of the Total Commitment Amount is canceled by either (i) the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.01 or (ii) EXIM Bank in accordance with Section 10.02, or (c) the date on which all of the Total Commitment Amount is fully drawn; provided that, if the Final Disbursement Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, the Final Disbursement Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day.

“Final Maturity Date” shall mean June 30, 2034.

“Finance Documents” shall mean this Agreement, any Note, the Security Documents, the Documentation Agent Agreement, the Landlord Access Agreement, and all other documents and instruments to be executed and delivered by any Loan Party under or in connection with this Agreement.

“Financed Portion” shall mean the portion of the Net Contract Price of the total Contract Goods and Services that may be covered under the Credit Facility, as approved by EXIM Bank.

“Financed Portion Amount” shall mean the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet.

12


 

“First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean June 11, 2026.

“First Amendment to Credit Agreement” shall mean that certain First Amendment, Consent, Waiver and Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of June 11, 2026, between the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank.

“First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount” shall mean U.S.$3,274,250.00.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, minus (ii) the portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash (net of any cash refunds received) during such period, minus (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures (excluding the principal amount funded with the Disbursements under the Credit Facility) incurred in connection with such expenditures), minus (iv) cash dividends and distributions paid to any Person that is not a Guarantor during such period; to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

“Foreign Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party with respect to employees employed outside the United States (other than any governmental arrangement).

“GAAP Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.02(j).

“Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping” shall mean any Contract Goods identified under the header “USD Value of Goods Imported by Vessel” in the Acquisition List.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any government or any political subdivision of a government, any nation, kingdom, state, agency, department, ministry or any other administrative authority or instrumentality thereof, including any state or local or other governmental agency or other authority, or any international, multi-national, supranational or other organization, agency, authority, body or entity exercising executive, legislative, tax, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any monetary authority, central bank, securities exchange or self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantee Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to

13


 

assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

“Guarantors” shall mean, collectively, the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor and AM Aero; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the term “Guarantors” shall also include Holdings.

“Guarantors’ Guarantee” shall mean the guarantee set forth in Section 13.01 of this Agreement.

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean all pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, materials, substances, wastes, mixtures, pesticides, and any other substance for which liability or standards of conduct are imposed under any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, noise, odor, mold infectious or medical wastes and all other materials, substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Holdco Transaction” shall mean a transaction (or series of transactions) which will, among other things, cause one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Amaero International and its existing Subsidiaries to be held by a newly formed entity organized under the laws of any state or political subdivision of the United States of America (“Holdings”); provided that (a) the owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Holdings immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person) are identical to the owners of one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests in Amaero International immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction (and the amount of such Equity Interests owned by each such person); provided that, such Equity Interests of such owners may be held in different classes or series of Equity Interests of Holdings (with different voting and other governance rights and different liquidation preferences, dividend rights and other economic rights), (b) the Loan Parties shall have caused Holdings to (i) execute and deliver to EXIM Bank a joinder to this Agreement, to cause Holdings to become a guarantor hereunder, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to EXIM Bank, (ii) deliver such other documents, opinions, instruments or certificates as EXIM Bank may reasonably request, in each case, in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank, (c) EXIM Bank shall have received updated schedules to this Agreement from the Loan Parties in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank and (d) EXIM Bank shall be satisfied that Holdings, or any investor owning direct or indirect Equity Interests in the Borrower in excess of the Trigger Threshold, is not a Sanctioned Person and has been approved by EXIM Bank in accordance with EXIM’s Bank’s Know Your

14


 

Customer Requirements and any other then applicable EXIM Bank internal policies and procedures or any Applicable Laws.

“Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the defined term “Holdco Transaction”.

“IFRS” shall mean the International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly International Accounting Standards), which are the standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board together with the interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee of the International Accounting Standards Board (as amended, supplemented or re-issued from time to time), applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including the maximum potential amount of all “earn-outs” and similar deferred payment obligations regardless of the length of deferral); (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments; (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (e) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person; (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements; (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of Disqualified Stock in such Person valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above; (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation (but only to the extent of the value of the property subject to such Lien if such Indebtedness is non-recourse to such Person); and (j) the net obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, in respect of Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of any net obligations under any Swap Agreement on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.

“Indemnified Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05.

“Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05.

“Independent Consultant” shall mean any Independent Engineer, insurance advisor or any other independent consultant required by EXIM Bank.

15


 

“Independent Consultant Agreement” shall mean any agreement to engage an Independent Consultant.

“Independent Engineer” shall mean a qualified independent technical, safety, risk and/or other engineer services firm or consultant (not directly affiliated with any Loan Party) acceptable to EXIM Bank.

“Initial Eligibility Date” shall mean June 30, 2021.

“Intangible Assets” shall mean assets that are considered to be intangible assets under the Applicable Accounting Standard, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

“Intellectual Property” shall mean, collectively, all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, domain names, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

“Interest Payment Date” shall mean March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, beginning on September 30, 2026.

“Investments” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 9.03(a)(xi).

“Investment Company Act” shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, together with the regulations adopted thereunder.

“Iran Activities Certification” shall mean the form of “Iran Sanctions Certification as to Activities” available at http://www.exim.gov/doc026 (or as otherwise specified by EXIM Bank).

“IRS” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Itemized Statement of Payments” shall mean the itemized statement of payments entitled “Itemized Statement of Payments” in Form EIB 18-04 set forth at http://www.exim.gov/doc161 or in a form otherwise specified by EXIM Bank.

“Landlord Access Agreement” shall mean that certain Landlord Access Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date among the Borrower, Amaero International, EXIM Bank, and Spring Branch, LLC, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such day, to (b) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of such day.

16


 

“Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, encumbrance, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge or other security interest (including any “security interest” as defined in sections 12(1) and 12(2) of the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth) of Australia) or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever.

“Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Borrower and the Guarantors; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, the term “Loan Party” and “Loan Parties” shall also include Holdings.

“MARAD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.

“Margin Stock” shall mean margin stock within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

“Maturity Period” shall mean the period between the date of prepayment and the scheduled Repayment Date of the final installment of the principal under the Credit Facility that is prepaid.

“Minimum Export Percentage” shall mean fifteen percent (15%).

“Minimum Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries as of such date (provided that, amount on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account shall not be included for the purposes of determining Minimum Liquidity).

“MMIA” shall mean Make More in America Initiative.

“MMIA Annual Report” shall mean an annual report substantially in the form of Annex D which shall be signed and certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

“MMIA Compliance Plan” shall mean the compliance plan with respect to MMIA Financings, as set forth in Annex C.

“MMIA Financing” shall mean EXIM Bank’s domestic financing facility under the MMIA.

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions have been, or were required to have been, made by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

“National Historic Preservation Act” shall mean the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966.

“NEPA” shall mean the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 of the United States, as amended and the regulations promulgated, and any publicly available rulings issued, thereunder.

17


 

“Net Contract Price” shall mean, with respect to a Supply Contract, the Supplier Content for such Supply Contract.

“New Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.03(a).

“Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a).

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control, of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

“Operative” shall mean that EXIM Bank has determined, in its sole discretion, that all conditions to the first Disbursement under the Credit Facility, as set forth in Section 6Section 6 of this Agreement have been fulfilled or waived by EXIM Bank and funds under the Credit Facility are available for Disbursement in accordance with this Agreement.

“Operative Notice” shall mean a written confirmation from EXIM Bank stating that the Credit Facility has been declared Operative.

“Organizational Documents” shall mean (a) as to any corporation, the charter or certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction), (b) as to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability agreement (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) and (c) as to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

“Original Signing Date” shall mean February 25, 2025.

“Original Total Commitment Amount” shall mean U.S.$22,811,235.02.

“Other EXIM Bank Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(a)(xiii).

“Output Amount” shall mean, with respect to a Reportable Period (a) the total amount of revenues from the Project or (b) the total amount of units produced at the Project, in each case, during such Reportable Period.

“Parent” shall mean, prior to the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Amaero International, and as of and following the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, Holdings.

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names any Loan Party as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to any Loan Party any right under a Patent, including the right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by such Patent.

“Patents” shall mean (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated

18


 

therewith, (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

“PATRIOT Act” shall mean the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)).

“Payment Default” shall mean any failure to pay in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all or any part of the principal, accrued interest, fees or other amounts owing by any Loan Party under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.

“Payment Default Date” shall mean the date due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of any principal, accrued interest, fees or other amounts owing by any Loan Party under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document that is the subject of a Payment Default.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Funding Rules” shall mean the rules of the Code and ERISA regarding minimum funding standards and minimum required contributions (including any installment payment thereof) to Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans and set forth in Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

“Pension Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (excluding a Multiemployer Plan) that is maintained or is contributed to by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate and is either covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 of the Code.

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean an Acquisition by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (including the creation and capitalization of any Subsidiary in connection with such Acquisition), which satisfies each of the following conditions:

(e)
upon consummation thereof, if an equity purchase, such Person will be a Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) of a Loan Party;
(f)
all transactions related to such purchase or acquisition shall be consummated in all material respects in accordance with all Applicable Laws;
(g)
no Loan Party or Subsidiary shall, as a result of or in connection with any such purchase or acquisition, assume or incur any direct or contingent liabilities (whether relating to environmental, tax, litigation or other matters) that, as of the date of such purchase or acquisition, could reasonably be expected to result in the existence or incurrence of a material adverse effect;
(h)
the Parent shall have provided EXIM Bank with all financial information concerning such acquisition and obtained the written consent of EXIM Bank to any such proposed

19


 

purchase or acquisition at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to such purchase or acquisition (which consent EXIM Bank may provide or withhold in its sole discretion);
(i)
the Parent shall provide to EXIM Bank as soon as available but in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, a copy of any executed purchase agreement or similar agreement with respect to any such purchase or acquisition;
(j)
any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall have, within five (5) Business Days of the consummation of such purchase or acquisition, executed and delivered to EXIM Bank such amendments to the Finance Documents or such other documents as EXIM Bank may deem necessary or advisable to evidence that such Subsidiary is a guarantor;
(k)
the Subsidiary or assets being acquired are located in the United States;
(l)
(x) both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Loan Parties shall be in compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff), based upon financial statements delivered to EXIM Bank which give effect, on a pro forma basis, to such acquisition or other purchase;
(m)
the Parent shall not, based upon the knowledge of the Parent as of the date any such acquisition or other purchase is consummated, reasonably expect such acquisition or other purchase to result in a Default or an Event of Default at any time during the term of this Agreement, as a result of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff);
(n)
no Indebtedness is assumed or incurred in connection with any such purchase or acquisition; and
(o)
the Parent shall have delivered to EXIM Bank, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated (or such later date as is agreed by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion), a certificate of the Loan Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

“Permitted Indebtedness” each, shall mean:

(p)
Indebtedness under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
(q)
Indebtedness consisting of trade credit from suppliers of goods or services incurred in the ordinary course of business on terms requiring payment in full in not more than ninety (90) days;
(r)
Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 4;
(s)
Indebtedness incurred or which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any Guarantees, performance, statutory or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) or obligations in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds, bank guarantees or similar

20


 

instruments related thereto incurred in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to any appeal obligation, appeal bond or letter of credit in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 10.03(a)(ix);
(t)
Guarantee Obligations of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries otherwise permitted hereunder;
(u)
Indebtedness of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary owing to a Loan Party or any Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by the definition of Permitted Investments;
(v)
Indebtedness in respect of Swap Agreements (i) entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary has actual or anticipated exposure (other than those in respect of shares of capital stock or other equity ownership interests of the Parent or any Subsidiary), (ii) entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary and (iii) entered into to hedge commodities, currencies, foreign exchange rates, general economic conditions, raw materials prices, revenue streams or business performance and in any event, not for speculative purposes;
(w)
Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(x)
cash management obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of corporate credit cards, netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case incurred in the ordinary course;
(y)
Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(z)
Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self‑insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;
(aa)
obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

21


 

(bb)
Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness (subject to the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement);
(cc)
Capital Lease Obligations (other than Capital Lease Obligations in respect of the Project Site Lease) and other Indebtedness financing the acquisition construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time; and
(dd)
obligations in respect of the Project Site Lease.

“Permitted Investments” each, shall mean:

(ee)
Investments in Cash Equivalents;
(ff)
repurchases of stock of Parent from former employees, directors, or consultants of Parent to the extent expressly permitted by Section 9.03(a)(x), provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or could exist after giving effect to such repurchases;
(gg)
Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of a Loan Party’s business;
(hh)
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates of a Loan Party, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this subsection (d) shall not apply to Investments of any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of a Loan Party;
(ii)
Investments consisting of loans not involving the net transfer on a substantially contemporaneous basis of cash proceeds to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of capital stock of the Parent pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or other similar agreements approved by the Parent’s Board of Directors;
(jj)
Investments existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 5;
(kk)
Investments consisting of loans or advances to officers, directors, managers, partners and employees of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation, customary fringe benefits and analogous ordinary business purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time;
(ll)
Investments (i) by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party, (ii) by any non-Loan Party in any Loan Party, (iii) by any non-Loan Party in any other non-Loan Party and (iv) by any Loan Party in any non-Loan Party; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments in non‑Loan Parties pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv) shall not exceed an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of $500,000;
(mm)
promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with dispositions not prohibited by this Agreement;

22


 

(nn)
Permitted Acquisitions;
(oo)
Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
(pp)
Investments made solely with proceeds received by or made to the Parent from any capital contributions or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;
(qq)
advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
(rr)
Investments held by a Subsidiary acquired after the date of this Agreement or of a corporation or company merged into the Parent or merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 9.03(a)(vii) after the date of this Agreement to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
(ss)
Guarantee Obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in respect of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; and
(tt)
Investments in respect of any Loan Party’s or its Subsidiaries’ entry into (including any payments of premiums in connection therewith), performance of obligations under and the settlement or early unwind (whether according to their terms or otherwise) of any Swap Agreement.

“Permitted Investors” shall mean Pegasus Growth Capital and its Affiliates.

“Permitted Lien” each, shall mean:

(uu)
Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies if the same shall not at the time be delinquent for a period of more than thirty (30) days or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
(vv)
Liens imposed by law, such as landlord, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialman’s, repairman’s, and mechanics’ liens and other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure payment of obligations not more than thirty (30) days past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on the books of the Parent and its Subsidiaries;
(ww)
Liens granted to EXIM Bank under the Security Documents;
(xx)
the naming of EXIM Bank as loss payee, beneficiary or additional insured under a Loan Party’s insurance policies;

23


 

(yy)
Liens existing on the date of this Agreement set forth on Schedule 6;
(zz)
(i) pledges, deposits or Liens arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, payroll taxes, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;
(aaa)
pledges, deposits or Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure (i) letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, warehouse receipts or similar instruments and/or (ii) the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations);
(bbb)
easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants, conditions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary;
(ccc)
Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default hereunder and in any event, any such Liens securing judgments for the payment of money shall not be in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate;
(ddd)
any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses not prohibited by this Agreement that are granted to others in the ordinary course of business which (a) cover only the assets so leased or licensed, (b) do not secured any Indebtedness and (c) do not materially interfere with the business of any the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(eee)
Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(fff)
Liens (i) of a collection bank (including those arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code) on the items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; provided that any such Lien with respect to the Pledged Collateral Account is subordinated pursuant to the terms of the Control Agreement;
(ggg)
Liens, if any, arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by a Loan Party or any Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

24


 

(hhh)
any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary;
(iii)
Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit issued for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods; provided that no such lien shall encumber the Contract Goods and Services;
(jjj)
Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(kkk)
Liens securing Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness (subject to the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement); and
(lll)
Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (n) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness.

“Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness incurred by Borrower to finance the purchase of the Project Site; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such financing does not exceed the purchase price of the Project Site as provided for in the Project Site Lease (as in effect on the date hereofOriginal Signing Date) (or such higher amount as approved by EXIM Bank in writing), (ii) the financing sources thereunder (if such financing is provided by a Person other than EXIM Bank) shall have entered into the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) the terms and conditions of the financing shall be satisfactory to EXIM Bank, and (iv) EXIM shall have a “first look” period of not less than ninety (90) days (or such other period as EXIM Bank and the Loan Parties may agree) to provide the Loan Parties with a financing approval to finance the acquisition of the Project Site; provided further that the foregoing “first look” period shall not prevent the Loan Parties from seeking financing from other sources for the purchase of the Project Site after the expiry of EXIM Bank’s ninety (90)-day “first look” period.

“Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean a New York law governed intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank between the Loan Parties, the lender of the Permitted Mortgage Indebtedness and EXIM Bank.

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, company, unincorporated organization or any other enterprise, or a Governmental Authority, or other entity.

“Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA established or maintained by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party makes, is obligated to make or has been required to make contributions on behalf of any of its employees or with respect to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party has any liability.

“Plan Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.

25


 

“Pledged Collateral Account” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

“Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions” shall mean satisfaction of each of the following as determined by EXIM Bank: (a) no Potential Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (b) the Borrower shall have delivered evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank of compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff) of this Agreement for two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

“Potential Default” shall mean an event that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default.

“Principals” shall have the meaning set forth in the Debarment Regulations.

“Progress Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(y)(i).

“Project” shall have the meaning set forth in recital (A) to this Agreement.

“Project Site” shall mean the “Premises” (as defined in the Project Site Lease).

“Project Site Lease” shall mean that certain Commercial/Industrial Building Lease, dated as of July 12, 2023, by and between Borrower, as lessee, and Spring Branch, LLC, as lessor, as may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or modified from time to time.

“Pro-Rata Portion” shall mean the ratio equal to the (1) Financed Portion of the Contract Goods and Services to be sold or transferred, divided by (2) the Financed Portion of all Contract Goods and Services financed under the Credit Facility.

“Prudent Industry Practice” shall mean the exercise of that degree of skill, diligence, prudence, foresight and operating practice which would reasonably and ordinarily be expected from a reasonable and prudent operator of the same or similar type of undertaking as the Project under the same or similar circumstances as those applicable to the Project. For the avoidance of doubt, Prudent Industry Practices are not necessarily defined as the optimal standard practice method or act to the exclusion of others, but rather refer to a range of actions reasonable under the circumstances.

“Recipient” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Federal Reserve Board, as in effect from time to time and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

26


 

“Regulatory Change” shall mean, after the date of this Agreement, the introduction of or change in the laws or regulations at the national or any other level of government of any country, or in the interpretation or administration thereof, or the adoption or making after such date of any directives or requests (whether or not having the force of law) by any national, state, or municipal court or monetary authority of any Governmental Authority.

“Reimbursement Procedure” means the reimbursement procedures set forth in Annex B hereof.

“Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the Environment or within or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

“Repayment Date” shall mean March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year, commencing with September 30, 2027.

“Reportable Event” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30)-day notice period has been waived.

“Reportable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the MMIA Annual Report.

“Requested Disbursement Date” shall mean the Business Day specified in a Request for Reimbursement on which the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank make a Disbursement in accordance with this Agreement.

“Request for Reimbursement” shall mean a request for reimbursement substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1, with any required attachments.

“SAM” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“SAM Regulations” shall mean the Universal Identifier and System for Award Management Regulations, 2 C.F.R. 25, as amended and in effect during the term of this Agreement.

“Sanctioned Country” shall mean any country or territory that is targeted by comprehensive country-wide Sanctions or comprehensive territory-wide Sanctions, as the case may be.

“Sanctioned Person” shall mean a Person (a) that appears on the “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” as administered by OFAC or any other list or public designation of Sanctions targets issued or published by any Governmental Authority; (b) that is located, resident, domiciled, or organized in a Sanctioned Country; (c) that is owned by one or more persons covered by (a) or (b); (d) that is the government of any Sanctioned Country or owned or Controlled by the government of any Sanctioned Country; or (e) that is otherwise the subject or target of Sanctions.

“Sanctions” shall mean any economic or financial sanctions, embargoes, export controls, or other restrictive measures issued, administered, or enforced by the United States and any department, division, agency, or instrumentality thereof, including OFAC, or any Governmental Authority.

27


 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Security Agreement” shall mean that certain New York law governed Security Agreement to be entered intodated on or around the Original Signing Date among EXIM Bank and the Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.

“Security Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Security Agreement and (b) the Control Agreement.

“Shareholders’ Equity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.

“Solvent” shall mean, as to any Person (except the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor) as of any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person (on a going concern basis) is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability. In respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, “Solvent” means that suchthe Australian Guarantor has not: (i) admitted, and is not, nor is presumed or deemed to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; (ii) suspended making payments on any of its debts; (iii) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commenced negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; and (iv) had a moratorium declared in respect of any of its indebtedness.

“Step-Up Interest Rate” shall mean an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of (x) the Applicable Interest Rate and (y) the applicable Step-Up Margin.

“Step-Up Margin” shall mean five basis points (0.05%).

“Submit” shall mean the act of clicking on the “Submit” button in the Disbursement Portal, after which no changes to such documentation may be made without EXIM Bank approval (“Submission”, “Submitted” and “Submittal” shall be construed accordingly).

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers

28


 

of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Parent; provided that, on and after the consummation of a Holdco Transaction, all references to a “Subsidiary” of or to the “Subsidiaries” of Parent herein or in any other Loan Document shall include the Borrower.

“Supplier” shall mean a Person identified as such on the Acquisition List as approved by EXIM Bank and/or otherwise approved by EXIM Bank.

“Supplier Content” shall mean, with respect to any Supply Contract, the amount representing the applicable Supplier’s content in such contract as specified in the relevant Supplier’s Certificate; provided that EXIM Bank shall determine what does and does not constitute Supplier Content, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

“Supplier’s Certificate” shall mean a certificate of a Supplier in a form specified by EXIM Bank.

“Supply Contract” shall mean the executed contract(s) (or, if no contract is executed, other document(s) satisfactory to EXIM Bank) for the purchase of Contract Goods and Services entered into between the Borrower and (a) a Supplier, or (b) an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be; provided that, in each case, multiple contracts among the same parties with respect to the Credit Facility will only be considered a single “Supply Contract” for all purposes under this Agreement.

“Synthetic Lease Obligation” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease or (b) an agreement for the use of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

“Swap Agreement” shall mean any agreement with respect to any swap, hedge, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement (including, without limitation, any Interest Rate Agreement) involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions.

“Swap Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date any such Swap Agreement has been closed out and termination value determined in accordance therewith, such termination value, and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount determined as the mark-to-market value for such Swap Agreement, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Agreements.

29


 

“Taxes” shall mean any taxes, fees, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, assessments or similar charges of any nature (whether imposed by withholding or otherwise) imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any taxing authority), or by any jurisdiction from or through which payments required hereunder or under any Note are made, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Technical Operating Report” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(y)(ii).

“Term Sheet” shall mean the term sheet immediately preceding the table of contents and preamble to this Agreement.

“Total Commitment Amount” shall be the amount set forth as such in the Term Sheet, as prepaid or canceled in accordance with this Agreement, as the case may be.

“Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement which (a) names a Loan Party as licensor or licensee and (b) grants to a Loan Party any right to use any Trademark.

“Trademarks” shall mean (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos, Internet domain names and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

“Transaction Number” shall mean the “EXIM Bank Transaction No.” specified in the Term Sheet.

“Trigger Event” shall mean EXIM Bank has made a determination that the Borrower has failed to comply with its obligations under Section 9.02(bb)(i) and Section 9.02(bb)(ii).

“Trigger Threshold” means (a) as of the date of this Agreement, ten percent (10%) of the direct or indirect Equity Interests in Borrower, and (b) thereafter such lower percentage of the direct or indirect Equity Interests in Borrower as EXIM Bank may notify Borrower that is the percentage of ownership which EXIM Bank would be required to review, identify, and/or investigate pursuant to EXIM Bank’s internal policies designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws, laws governing Sanctions, requirements under the PATRIOT Act, or other applicable “know your customer” laws (collectively, the “Know Your Customer Requirements”).

“US HoldCo” shall mean Amaero Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“U.S.” or “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

“U.S. Dollars” or “U.S.$” or “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

30


 

“U.S. Federal Government Authority” shall mean the federal government of the United States, including any agency, department or other administrative authority or instrumentality thereof.

“Unique Entity Identifier” shall have the meaning set forth in the SAM Regulations.

“Upload” shall mean the act of uploading documents to the Disbursement Portal for EXIM Bank review (“Uploaded” and “Uploading” shall be construed accordingly).

1.02
Principles of Construction.
(a)
The meanings set forth for defined terms in Section 1.01 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
(b)
Unless otherwise specified, all references in this Agreement to Sections, Term Sheets, Annexes, Exhibits, and Schedules are to Sections, Term Sheets, Annexes, Exhibits, and Schedules in or to this Agreement.
(c)
The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
(d)
In the event of any discrepancy between the provisions of Section 1 through Section 13Section 13 of this Agreement and the provisions of the Term Sheet forming a part of this Agreement, the applicable provisions of Section 1 through Section 13Section 13 shall control.
(e)
Any reference to any person (including each of the parties to this Agreement and the Finance Documents) shall include such person and its successor and permitted assigns.
(f)
The term “including” shall be construed as meaning “including without limitation”.
(g)
Unless specified as a Business Day, any reference to “day” shall be deemed to refer to a calendar day.
(h)
Acknowledging that the parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, if any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises as to any aspect of this Agreement, then this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by each of the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
(i)
If any amounts are stated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, for purposes of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, the applicable reference rate of exchange to U.S. Dollars to be used in connection with any determination to be made under this Agreement is the exchange rate for such foreign currency calculated using the rates available at http://www.oanda.com/currency/converter; provided, however, that (x) in all

31


 

cases the reference rate of exchange to be used shall be the rate applicable on any Business Day occurring up to and including five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable date of determination and (y) with respect to any financial statements or other financial reporting of the Loan Parties, amounts set forth therein shall be converted using the reference rate of exchange applicable as of the last day of the period covered by such financial statements. In the event that such a reference rate of exchange for the relevant foreign currency is not available through http://www.oanda.com, the Borrower shall immediately contact EXIM Bank and EXIM Bank shall designate an alternative method for calculating the relevant exchange rate.
(j)
As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, all accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed (x) until the Accounting Change Over Date (as defined below), in accordance with IFRS and (y) from and after the Accounting Change Over Date (as defined below), in accordance with GAAP; provided that, notwithstanding any other provision or definition contained herein, any obligations of a Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, prior to the issuance by the International Accounting Standards Board in January 2016 of IFRS 16 and any interpretations thereof (“IFRS 16”) or by the implementation of Financial Accounting Standards Board ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and any interpretations thereof (“ASU 842”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions, calculations and covenants for purpose of this Agreement (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) other than the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with IFRS 16 or ASU 842, as applicable, to be treated as capitalized lease obligations in accordance IFRS or GAAP, as applicable, provided, further, that financial reporting shall not be affected hereby. Parent may elect to convert its accounting standard to GAAP (such conversion, the “GAAP Conversion”); provided, Parent provides EXIM Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice (or such shorter period as may be agreed by EXIM Bank in writing) of the effectiveness of the GAAP Conversion (the first date on which such notice has been delivered and the GAAP Conversion has occurred, the “Accounting Change Over Date”). In the event that any Accounting Change or the GAAP Conversion shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank agree to enter into negotiations to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes and/or GAAP Conversion with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Loan Parties’ financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes and/or the GAAP Conversion as if such Accounting Changes had not been made or the GAAP Conversion had not occurred; provided that until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and EXIM Bank, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes and/or the GAAP Conversion had not occurred.

32


 

SEction 2 THE Credit Facility

2.01
Amount. EXIM Bank hereby establishes the Credit Facility, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, in favor of the Borrower. The Total Commitment Amount is the maximum amount that EXIM Bank is committed to make available under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility is for the purpose of enabling the Borrower to finance:
(a)
in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Financed Portion Amount, the Financed Portion of the costs incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date by the Borrower for the purchase of Contract Goods and/or Contract Services for the Project; and
(b)
in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Exposure Fee Amount, the Exposure Fee payable on the Financed Portion Amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower and the other Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that, (i) immediately prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the (x) aggregate Total Commitment Amount was the Original Total Commitment Amount and (y) the aggregate principal amount disbursed under the Credit Facility is U.S.$22,811,235.02 (the “Utilized Amount”), (ii) on and from the First Amendment Effective Date, (x) the aggregate principal amount available to be drawn under the Total Commitment Amount has been permanently reduced by the Utilized Amount and (y) the establishment of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount pursuant to the First Amendment to Credit Agreement shall not constitute, and shall not be construed as, a reinstatement, increase, renewal, extension or modification of any portion of the Total Commitment Amount (including the Utilized Amont) that has been disbursed, canceled, reduced or otherwise terminated prior to the First Amendment Effective Date.

2.02
Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions provided herein, including the conditions set forth in Section 6Section 6, Disbursements under the Credit Facility may be made up to and including the Final Disbursement Date.
2.03
Deemed Date for Certain Costs. For the purpose of determining whether costs are incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date, (a) costs with respect to Contract Services shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date such Contract Services were performed or provided as evidenced by the date of the invoices of the provider of such Contract Services, and (b) costs with respect to Contract Goods shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date the Contract Goods were purchased in the United States or shipped to the United States as evidenced by the date of the relevant bill of lading.

Section 3 DISBURSEMENTS

3.01
General Requirements.
(a)
General. Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6Section 6 hereof, the Credit Facility may be utilized and disbursed in the manner described in, and subject to the conditions of, this Section 3Section 3 and the Disbursement Procedures.

33


 

(b)
Types of Disbursements. Disbursements may be made: (i) through advances to the Borrower; and/or (ii) if financed, by book entry disbursements to fund payment of the Exposure Fee to EXIM Bank.
(c)
Ancillary Services. Ancillary Services relating to the Credit Facility shall be treated in the same manner as any other Contract Services (including the requirements set forth in Section 4Section 4 of this Agreement).
(d)
Requested Disbursement Date. If the Requested Disbursement Date is not a Business Day, the Disbursement will be made on the earlier of (A) the next Business Day or (B) the Final Disbursement Date.
3.02
Limitation on Disbursements.
(a)
If EXIM Bank receives a request to disburse funds in an amount that would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Disbursements to exceed the Total Commitment Amount, EXIM Bank shall only be required to disburse funds in an amount equal to the amount then remaining under the Total Commitment Amount.
(b)
No more than one (1) Request for Reimbursement may be funded in any calendar month.
3.03
Disbursement.
(a)
Requirements for Request for Reimbursement. At least twenty (20) Business Days prior to the Requested Disbursement Date, the Borrower may request a Disbursement by electronically delivering or Uploading a duly completed and executed Request for Reimbursement to the Documentation Agent with all Credit Agreement Required Documents attached, for Documentation Agent to review and provide to EXIM Bank pursuant to the terms of the Documentation Agent Agreement. In the event the Documentation Agent Agreement has been terminated before the Final Disbursement Date, the Borrower may request a Disbursement by electronically delivering a duly completed and executed Request for Reimbursement to EXIM Bank with all Credit Agreement Required Documents attached or Uploaded.
(b)
Making a Disbursement. If the Credit Administration Division is satisfied with the documentation Submitted or otherwise delivered in connection with the requested Disbursement, then on or before the Requested Disbursement Date (unless EXIM Bank has received a notice from the Borrower withdrawing the Request for Reimbursement for the requested Disbursement) EXIM Bank shall (i) make available for deposit into Borrower’s operating account (Account Number 8174880112 and Routing Number 121143260) in immediately available funds, the proceeds of the relevant Disbursement requested to be made on the Requested Disbursement Date in the corresponding Request for Reimbursement (excluding the amount of such Disbursement to be used for the payment of the related Exposure Fee) and (ii) simultaneously therewith, make a book entry disbursement with respect to the Exposure Fee related to such Disbursement.

34


 

(c)
Amended Documentation. If the Credit Administration Division is not satisfied with the documentation Submitted or otherwise delivered in connection with the requested Disbursement then it shall advise the Borrower and the Documentation Agent of this non‑satisfaction, and the Borrower shall then be entitled to deliver such documentation and/or provide EXIM Bank amended documentation for such Disbursement. Re-Submittal of any required documentation may alter the date of a Disbursement by EXIM Bank.

Section 4 FINANCING ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND COVERAGE

4.01
Eligibility for Financing. In order to be eligible for financing under the Credit Facility, all Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping (x) that are to be imported by ocean vessel to the United States must be transported to the United States in vessels of U.S. registry and (y) that were previously imported by ocean vessel to the United States must have been transported to the United States in vessels of U.S. registry, in each case pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended), except to the extent that either a (i) “Certification of Vessel Non-Availability” or (ii) “Determination for Use in EXIM Bank Financing Evaluation Process” is obtained from the U.S. Maritime Administration (“MARAD”). If any Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping are shipped on vessels of non-U.S. registry without such a MARAD certification or determination or contrary to the provisions of such MARAD certification or determination, such Contract Goods will not be eligible for financing under the Credit Facility.

In addition, goods used in the provision of Contract Services, if shipped by ocean vessel to the United States, may be required to be transported to or from the United States in vessels of U.S. registry pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended).

4.02
Coverage of the Credit Facility. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, EXIM Bank shall finance each Disbursement with respect to any Supply Contract up to the following maximum amount (provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Disbursements shall not exceed the Total Commitment Amount):
(a)
an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with such Disbursement; plus
(b)
an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Exposure Fee on the amounts disbursed pursuant to clause (a) above.

Section 5 TERMS OF THE Credit Facility

5.01
Principal Repayment. The Borrower shall repay the portion of the principal that is actually disbursed under the Credit Facility in twenty-eight (28) quarterly installments, with each such installment to be payable on a Repayment Date beginning on September 30, 2027. On the Final Maturity Date, the Borrower shall repay in full the aggregate principal balance then outstanding. The amount of principal repayable on each Repayment Date is the amount set out opposite that Repayment Date in Schedule 1; provided that, if the aggregate amount of Disbursements made up to and including the Final Disbursement Date is less than the Total

35


 

Commitment Amount, then each amount of principal set forth on Schedule 1 shall be ratably reduced in proportion to such amount.
5.02
Interest Payment.
(a)
Subject to Section 5.02(b) and Section 5.02(c)5.02(b) and Section 5.02(c) on each Interest Payment Date beginning on September 30, 2026 and on the date of any prepayment of any portion of the outstanding Disbursements, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank interest in arrears, accruing from the date of the applicable Disbursement, on all amounts disbursed and outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility. Any such interest payment shall be calculated at an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate; provided, however, that in the event that any Disbursement is made within forty‑five (45) days prior to an Interest Payment Date, the first payment of accrued interest with respect to such Disbursement under this Section 5.02(a) shall not be due and payable until the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
(b)
If any Payment Default shall occur, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank, automatically and without demand, interest in arrears on such unpaid amount (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) for the period from (and including) the Payment Default Date to (but excluding) the date such amount shall have been paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal to the higher of: (i) the rate specified in Section 5.02(a) above plus one percent (1.00%) per annum; or (ii) the applicable rate of interest specified in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) as the average monthly rate for the month immediately preceding the date of the relevant Payment Default Date, available at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/H15/data.htm under the heading of “U.S. government securities” and the subheading of “Treasury constant maturities”, for a maturity closest to the duration of the Payment Default plus one percent (1.00%) (or if such applicable rate of interest is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing, then as ascertained using any alternative method designated by EXIM Bank).
(c)
If on any Interest Payment Date a Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing, then so long as such Trigger Event is continuing the Applicable Interest Rate may, in the sole discretion of EXIM Bank, be replaced with the Step-Up Interest Rate for purposes of calculating the interest payable under Section 5.02(a).
5.03
Prepayment.
(a)
Voluntary Prepayments.
(i)
The Borrower may, from time to time, prepay, without premium or penalty (other than as specified in clause (D) below) all or any part of the outstanding Disbursements, on any Interest Payment Date, provided that:
(A)
any partial prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of U.S.$100,000 provided that if the aggregate principal amount of the Disbursements outstanding is less than U.S.$100,000, then such partial prepayment shall be in a

36


 

minimum principal amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Credit Facility;
(B)
the Borrower shall give EXIM Bank at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of the proposed amount and the date of prepayment;
(C)
the Borrower shall pay in full all amounts due under the Credit Facility as of the date of such prepayment, including all interest which has accrued to the date of prepayment on the principal prepaid, together with all other amounts then due under this Agreement or any Note as of the date of such prepayment; and
(D)
on the date of such prepayment, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank a prepayment premium which shall be equal to: the amount by which (a) the amount of the prepaid principal is less than (b) the sum of the present values, discounted from the remaining Repayment Dates to the date of such prepayment, of (x) the installments of principal being prepaid, plus (y) the amounts of interest which would otherwise have accrued on such principal to the remaining Interest Payment Dates.
(ii)
The annual discount rate used to calculate the present value amount in clause (a)(i)(D) of this Section 5.03 shall be that rate of interest specified as the current CIRR for the Business Day which is five (5) Business Days prior to the date of prepayment for a period equal to the applicable Maturity Period.
(b)
Mandatory Prepayments.
(i)
Prepayment Upon Imposition of Sanctions.
(A)
If at any time any Loan Party or any director, officer, or employee of a Loan Party shall be or become a Sanctioned Person, then EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may immediately (or at any time thereafter) suspend and/or cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility and so notify the Borrower of such suspension and/or cancellation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, with regard to an employee (other than a director or officer) becoming a Sanctioned Person, EXIM Bank shall not suspend or cancel the Credit Facility if the applicable Loan Party promptly takes, to EXIM Bank’s satisfaction, all permissible and reasonable steps to terminate the employee’s relationship with the applicable Loan Party. If the Credit Facility is suspended under the terms of this sub-section, EXIM Bank shall retain the right to cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility at any time thereafter. If the Credit Facility is canceled under the terms of this sub‑section, in whole or in part, then immediately upon EXIM Bank’s notice of cancellation, the Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the principal amount subject to such cancellation then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.

37


 

(B)
If at any time any Loan Party fails to perform or comply with the covenants set forth in Section 9.03(b), then EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may immediately (or at any time thereafter) suspend or cancel (in whole or in part) the Credit Facility and so notify the Borrower of such suspension or cancellation. If the Credit Facility is suspended, EXIM Bank shall retain the right to cancel the Credit Facility (in whole or in part) at any time thereafter. If the Credit Facility is canceled, then immediately upon EXIM Bank’s notice of cancellation, the Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the principal amount subject to such cancellation then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.
(ii)
Prepayment Upon the Event of Loss or Destruction of Collateral. Within sixty (60) days of an Event of Loss, Borrower shall prepay to EXIM Bank the entire principal amount then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of the prepayment and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement (including with the proceeds of insurance pursuant to clause (iv) below).
(iii)
Prepayment Upon the Sale of Contract Goods and Services. If the Borrower desires to sell or transfer or otherwise dispose of any Contract Goods and Services to any other entity, including an Affiliate, then (a) prior to consummating such sale, Borrower shall obtain prior written consent of EXIM Bank, which consent may be withheld by EXIM Bank in its sole discretion, and (b) within ten (10) days after such sale, shall pay to EXIM Bank, the Pro-Rata Portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements relating to such Contract Goods and Services subject to the sale, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement.
(iv)
Prepayment Upon Receipt of Insurance Proceeds. If any Loan Party receives insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss, such Loan Party shall promptly notify EXIM Bank thereof (including the amount of the proceeds to be received by such Loan Party in respect thereof) and, without duplication of clause (ii) above, within ten (10) days after receipt of such proceeds, shall pay to EXIM Bank, (x) in the case of insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss in relation to the Contract Goods, the Pro-Rata Portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Disbursement relating to such Contract Goods subject to the insurance claim, including all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement, or (y) in the case of insurance proceeds and condemnation and similar awards on account of an Event of Loss in relation to the Project Site, the amount of such proceeds received by such Loan Party.
(v)
Prepayment Upon Illegality. If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for EXIM Bank to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by the Finance Documents or for EXIM Bank to fund, issue or maintain its participation in all or any portion of the Credit Facility, then:
(A)
EXIM Bank shall promptly notify the Borrower upon becoming aware of such event;

38


 

(B)
upon EXIM Bank notifying the Borrower, the Credit Facility shall be immediately canceled; and
(C)
the Borrower shall prepay the entire principal amount of the Disbursements then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of the prepayment, and all other amounts then due and payable under this Agreement and any other Finance Document not later than the date specified by EXIM Bank in the notice delivered pursuant to clause (A) (such date being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).
(c)
Prepayment and Premium Irrevocable.
(i)
Any prepayment by the Borrower of any portion of the principal amount of outstanding Disbursements in accordance with this Section 5.03 shall be irrevocable and final when paid, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to subsequently borrow or redraw any part of such prepaid principal amount.
(ii)
Any prepayment premium under this Section 5.03 shall be owing and payable notwithstanding acceleration of the Credit Facility.
(d)
Prepayment Application.

Prepayments shall be applied to the installments of the Total Commitment Amount in the inverse order of their maturity.

5.04
Evidence of Debt.
(a)
The Borrower agrees that to evidence further its obligation to repay all amounts disbursed under the Credit Facility, with interest accrued thereon, it shall issue and deliver to EXIM Bank, in accordance with the written instructions of EXIM Bank, a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of the Total Commitment Amount (such promissory note and any replacement thereof, issued pursuant to Section 5.04(c), hereinafter referred to as a “Note”). Such Note shall be in the form of Annex A, or as otherwise directed by EXIM Bank, shall bear the Guarantors’ Guarantee endorsement, and shall be valid and enforceable only to the extent of the aggregate amounts then disbursed and outstanding under the Credit Facility, and, as to interest, only to the extent of the interest accrued thereon. Any notations by EXIM Bank on any Note regarding payments made on account of the principal thereof, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding. Upon the irrevocable payment in full of any Note, EXIM Bank shall cancel and surrender such Note to the Borrower upon the Borrower’s request.
(b)
If any Note is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Borrower shall issue and the Guarantors shall endorse and deliver a new Note of the same date, maturity and denomination as the Note so mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed; provided that, in the case of any mutilated Note, such mutilated Note shall be returned to the Borrower after examination by EXIM Bank; and, in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed Note, the Borrower shall have first received evidence of such loss, theft or destruction as shall reasonably be considered satisfactory to it. In the event that any lost or stolen Note is

39


 

subsequently found, EXIM Bank shall cancel such Note and deliver such canceled Note to the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall have already delivered a substitute Note to EXIM Bank.
(c)
All replacement Notes issued in connection with this Agreement shall be signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and endorsed by an Authorized Officer of the Guarantors.
(d)
Upon any assignment or transfer by EXIM Bank of all or a portion of the Credit Facility in accordance with Section 12.03, the Borrower shall, at the request of EXIM Bank, execute and deliver to EXIM Bank and any such assignee(s) or transferee(s) new duly authorized and executed Notes substantially in the form of Annex A (or such other form as may be agreed between EXIM Bank and assignee(s) or transferee(s)) in the amounts equal to the aggregate amounts of principal respectively held by EXIM Bank and such assignee(s) or transferee(s) after giving effect to such assignment or transfer.

Section 6 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.01
Conditions Precedent to First Disbursement. The obligation of EXIM Bank to permit the first Disbursement under the Credit Facility shall be subject to the delivery to EXIM Bank of the documents indicated below (each, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank) and to the fulfillment, as of the date of such Disbursement, in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank (in its sole discretion) of the conditions set forth below:
(a)
This Agreement and the other Finance Documents. This Agreement and other Finance Documents, each fully executed by the parties thereto and in full force and effect.
(b)
No Restrictions. No law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Agreement from fulfilling its obligations.
(c)
Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of the first Disbursement (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
Request for Reimbursement. Delivery of a Request for Reimbursement for the initial Disbursement and satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3Section 3 with respect to such Disbursement.
(e)
Acquisition List. The Acquisition List in the form approved by EXIM Bank.

40


 

(f)
Supply Contract. A copy of each Supply Contract, which, in EXIM Bank’s judgment, must be reasonable and consistent with industry and financial standards and must otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank.
(g)
Existence. Evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and for each Loan Party (other than the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor) and to the extent applicable in its jurisdiction of incorporation, evidence that it is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license.
(h)
Verification Certificate. A completed verification certificate in respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, duly signed by two directors of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, together with all attachments referred to in such certificate and dated no earlier than 5 days before the date of the first Disbursement.
(i)
Authority of the Borrower and the Guarantors. Evidence of (i) the authority (and, in the case of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, extracts thereof) of each Loan Party to execute, deliver, perform and observe the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and (ii) the authority (including specimen signatures) for each Person who, on behalf of each Loan Party, signed this Agreement, will sign any Note and/or signed or will sign any other Finance Documents and such other documents and certificates (including Organizational Documents and, to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction, good standing certificates) as EXIM Bank may request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) of each Loan Party and any other legal matters relating to a Loan Party, this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(j)
Government Authorizations. Copies, certified as true copies by an Authorized Officer of the Loan Parties of each consent, license, authorization or approval of, and exemption by, any Governmental Authority, which are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents; and (ii) for the validity, binding effect, and enforceability of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
(k)
Legal Opinions. An opinion of external legal counsel to each Loan Party and, in the case of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor, Clayton Utz as external Australian legal counsel to EXIM, in form and scope acceptable to EXIM Bank, and, if requested by EXIM Bank, an opinion from independent legal counsel selected by EXIM Bank, as to such matters relating to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as specified by EXIM Bank.

41


 

(l)
Appointment of Process Agent. Evidence that (i) eachthe Australian Guarantor has irrevocably appointed as its agent for service of process the Person or Persons so specified in Section 11.03(a); and (ii) each such agent has accepted the appointment (and been paid in full) for a term extending at least one year beyond the scheduled final repayment date of the Credit Facility and has agreed to forward forthwith to suchthe Australian Guarantor, all legal process addressed to suchthe Australian Guarantor received by such agent.
(m)
Independent Consultant Agreements. A copy of each fully executed Independent Consultant Agreement, if applicable.
(n)
Repayment of Existing Indebtedness. Evidence that the Existing Loan Agreement has been indefeasibly repaid in full and EXIM Bank shall have received a payoff letter (in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank) with respect to the repayment of the Existing Loan Agreement and the termination of any lien or security interest in connection therewith.
(o)
Note. A Note fully executed by the Borrower and endorsed by the Guarantors.
(p)
Outside Counsel Fees and Other Fees. Evidence of the payment in full of the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank’s outside counsel and any Independent Consultant.
(q)
Anti‑Lobbying Certificates. Delivery of an Anti-Lobbying Certificate(s) executed by Authorized Officer(s) of the Borrower, each Supplier, and each Ancillary Service Provider.
(r)
Iran Activities Certification. Each Loan Party shall have delivered an Iran Activities Certification.
(s)
Tax Basis Certificate. A certificate of the Borrower acknowledging and agreeing that any loan made by EXIM Bank pursuant to this Agreement and any determination by EXIM Bank as to whether any Contract Goods and Services are Contract Goods and Services shall not prejudice or otherwise have any binding effect with regard to any determination by the IRS, the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a court of law as to the tax basis of the Project or any part thereof under the Code.
(t)
Davis-Bacon Requirements. A certificate from the Borrower certifying that the Project is not a “public works project” within the meaning of the Davis-Bacon Act or any other Applicable Law.
(u)
Compliance with NEPA. Completion by EXIM Bank of its review under NEPA and the regulations and any publicly available rulings promulgated thereunder whereby EXIM Bank has (a) either issued or adopted an environmental assessment and issued a Finding of No Significant Impact pursuant to 40 CFR 1508, or (b) issued or adopted an environmental impact statement and issued a record of decision pursuant to 40 CFR 1505.2 or (c) or made a determination that the Project is eligible for a Categorical Exclusion (as defined in 40 CFR 1508); and has received evidence of satisfaction of any additional environmental requirements (including required mitigations, environmental permits, and satisfactory

42


 

completion of any environmental consultations) in accordance with applicable Environmental Law.
(v)
Compliance with National Historic Preservation Act. All necessary consultations and other requirements under Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act have been satisfied.
(w)
No Material Adverse Change. No event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its obligations under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, as the case may be.
(x)
Operative Notice. EXIM Bank has delivered an Operative Notice to the Borrower.
(y)
Other Documents. Any other documents, certificates, instruments, authorization, opinion, assurance or information relating to this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated under them by any Loan Party) as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.
(z)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default and no Potential Default exists at the time all the foregoing conditions of this Section 6.01 have been satisfied or waived by EXIM Bank.
(aa)
Security Interests. The Borrower shall grant to EXIM Bank a first priority security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents. The security interest shall be perfected in such manner as required by all Applicable Laws, shall be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank and all conditions to the grant and perfection of such security specified in the Security Documents shall be satisfied.
(bb)
Searches. A copy of recent Uniform Commercial Code searches or other lien registry searches in each applicable jurisdiction relating to the Collateral and the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank, including Australian Securities and Investments Commission and Personal Property Securities Register search results in respect of the Australian GuarantorsGuarantor.
(cc)
Insurance. EXIM Bank shall have received certificates of insurance pertaining to the Project, Project Site and Collateral, which shall be in full compliance with the requirements specified in Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement. EXIM Bank shall have received (i) a report from the insurance advisor addressed to EXIM Bank as to such matters regarding the insurance coverage maintained by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral as EXIM Bank shall request and (ii) a certificate from the insurance advisor dated on or prior to the first Disbursement Date, certifying that all insurance policies required to be maintained (or caused to be maintained) by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site, and Collateral have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the first Disbursement Date, and

43


 

such insurance policies comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement.
(dd)
Landlord Access Agreement. The Landlord Access Agreement in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to EXIM Bank with respect to the Project Site Lease.
(ee)
Pledged Collateral Account. After giving effect to the requested Disbursement, EXIM Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of Section 9.02(gg).
(ff)
Equity Milestone. The Equity Milestone has occurred.
(gg)
Acquisition Cost of Contract Goods and Services. The Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank that (prior to giving effect to the requested Disbursement) the Borrower has immediately available unrestricted balance sheet cash to fund at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with the requested Disbursement.
6.02
Conditions Precedent to Each Disbursement. The obligation of EXIM Bank to permit any Disbursement shall be subject to the delivery to EXIM Bank of the documents indicated below (each in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank) and to the fulfillment, as of the date of such Disbursement, in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank of the conditions set forth below:
(a)
This Agreement and the other Finance Documents. This Agreement, including the Guarantors’ Guarantee herein, and the other Finance Documents shall each continue to be in full force and effect.
(b)
No Restrictions. No law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Agreement from fulfilling its obligations.
(c)
Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in this Agreement and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of such Disbursement (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date).
(d)
Request for Reimbursement. Delivery of a Request for Reimbursement for such Disbursement and satisfaction of the requirements of Section 3Section 3 with respect to such Disbursement.
(e)
No Material Adverse Change. No event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its respective obligations under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

44


 

(f)
Other Documents. Any other documents, certificates, instruments or information relating to this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.
(g)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default and no Potential Default exists or will exist after giving effect to the requested Disbursement.
(h)
Pledged Collateral Account. After giving effect to the requested Disbursement, EXIM Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of Section 9.02(gg).
(i)
Insurance. EXIM Bank shall have received certificates of insurance pertaining to the Project, Project Site and Collateral, which shall be in full compliance with the requirements specified in Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement. EXIM Bank shall have received (i) a report from the insurance advisor addressed to EXIM Bank as to such matters regarding the insurance coverage maintained by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral as EXIM Bank shall request and (ii) a certificate from the insurance advisor dated on or prior to the requested Disbursement Date, certifying that all insurance policies required to be maintained (or caused to be maintained) by the Borrower or any other Person with respect to the Project, Project Site and Collateral have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the requested Disbursement Date, and such insurance policies comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 9.02(hh) of this Agreement.
(j)
Acquisition Cost of Contract Goods and Services. The Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to EXIM Bank that (prior to giving effect to the requested Disbursement) the Borrower has immediately available unrestricted balance sheet cash to fund at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the U.S. Dollar invoice value of the Contract Goods and Services included in the invoice(s) presented to EXIM Bank in connection with the requested Disbursement.

SectiOn 7 FEES AND EXPENSES

7.01
Fees. The Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to EXIM Bank the following fees (provided that solely the Documentation Agent Fee in clause (c) below shall be payable to the Documentation Agent):
(a)
Commitment Fee: (i) with respect to the Original Total Commitment Amount, a loan commitment fee (“Commitment Fee (Original Signing)”) of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncanceled and undisbursed balance from time to time of the Original Total Commitment Amount, accruing from March 9, 2025, to and including the Final Disbursement Date, and (ii) with respect to the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, a loan commitment fee (“Commitment Fee (First Amendment)”) and collectively with the Original Commitment Fee, the “Commitment Fee”) of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the uncancelled and undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount accruing from June 11, 2026, to the Final Disbursement Date, and in each case, payable on each Commitment Fee Payment Date

45


 

beginning on, (x) in the case of the Original Total Commitment Amount, July 15, 2025 and (y) in the case of the First Amendment Increased Commitment Amount, July 15, 2026 (in each case, in the event that any Disbursement is made within forty-five (45) days prior to a Commitment Fee Payment Date, the calculation of the uncanceled and undisbursed balance of the Total Commitment Amount in respect of such payment date shall exclude such Disbursement, provided, however, that any Commitment Fee due on the next Commitment Fee Payment Date shall be reduced by the amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum of such Disbursement, such amount calculated based on the number of days elapsed from the date of such Disbursement until the date of the Commitment Fee Payment Date immediately succeeding the date of such Disbursement); and .
(b)
Exposure Fee: no later than each Disbursement Date, the Exposure Fee with respect to the related Disbursement.
(c)
Documentation Agent Fee: the fees due to the Documentation Agent under the Documentation Agent Agreement.

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Commitment Fee shall continue to accrue and become due and payable as described above during any period in which Disbursements are suspended as described in Section 10.02(a).

7.02
Taxes.
(a)
Each Loan Party agrees to pay all amounts owing by it under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes. If any Assignee is legally entitled to an exemption from or reduction in the rate of any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments hereunder, such Assignee shall deliver to each Loan Party, on the date of this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by such Loan Party, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Loan Party as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding, including a complete and properly executed IRS Form W-9 or IRS Form W‑8, as applicable.
(b)
Each Loan Party shall indemnify EXIM Bank (including for all purposes of this Section 7.02(b) any successor agency or entity thereof (including in the case of a merger), or any other agency or instrumentality of the United States within the meaning of Section 6049(b)(4)(C) of the Code), within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Taxes (including Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 7.02) payable or paid by EXIM Bank or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to EXIM Bank and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by EXIM Bank shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

46


 

(c)
Each Loan Party agrees to pay when due all property or other Taxes imposed on or in respect of the Project Site by any Governmental Authority.
(d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 7.02 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of any Note and all other amounts due hereunder.
7.03
Expenses.
(a)
Each Loan Party agrees, whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be consummated, promptly upon demand to pay or reimburse (i) the reasonable and duly documented fees, costs and expenses (including out-of-pocket expenses in respect of telecommunications, mail or courier service, travel and the like) of (A) EXIM Bank, (B) counsel for EXIM Bank, and (C) any Independent Consultant or any other consultant or any other advisor engaged by or for the benefit of EXIM Bank, in each case arising in connection with the preparation, printing, execution, delivery, registration, implementation, monitoring, amendment or enforcement of, waiver or consent under, or the protection or preservation of any right or claim of EXIM Bank arising out of, this Agreement or any other Finance Document, as well as the cost of preparing an operative memorandum and an operations and monitoring memorandum for internal EXIM Bank use, (ii) any and all registration and filing fees required under the Finance Documents and (iii) all Taxes (including interest and penalties, if any) that may be payable in respect of the Finance Documents.
(b)
All amounts payable by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be paid by the Loan Parties in the currency in which the same has been incurred and is payable to EXIM Bank.
7.04
Additional or Increased Costs.
(a)
If, due to any Regulatory Change that: (i) changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to EXIM Bank (other than, in the case of an Assignee, Taxes imposed on the overall net income of such Assignee); (ii) imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit, deposit insurance or assessment affecting EXIM Bank; or (iii) imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Note, there shall be any increase in the cost to EXIM Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining EXIM Bank’s participation in any Disbursement, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by EXIM Bank, pay to EXIM Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate EXIM Bank for such increased cost.
(b)
Each demand for payment by EXIM Bank under this Section 7.04 shall be accompanied by a certificate showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of the amounts demanded, which certificate, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.
7.05
Indemnification. Each Loan Party agrees to pay, indemnify and hold EXIM Bank and each of its affiliates and each of its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisers and representatives directly included in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (each an “Indemnified Person”) harmless from and against any and all

47


 

liabilities, obligations, losses, Taxes, damages, penalties, actions (whether actual or prospective claims, litigations, investigations or proceedings relating to the foregoing, whether sounding in contract, in tort or on any other ground and regardless of whether the Indemnified Person is party thereto), judgments, suits, reasonable and duly documented costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever and any other related reasonable and duly documented expenses, including the reasonable and duly documented fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnified Person, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Person arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (a) the execution, delivery, registration, filing, recording, enforcement, performance or administration of, or in any other way arising out of or relating to, the Finance Documents or any action taken or omitted to be taken by EXIM Bank with respect to any of the foregoing, (b) the Contract Goods or any related properties of the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, (c) any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Law or presence or Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party, or (d) any action or inaction of any Loan Party in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such Loan Party shall have no obligation hereunder to an Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities (i) to the extent arising solely from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of such Indemnified Person, (ii) to the extent attributable to the breach by such Indemnified Person of its representations, warranties and/or obligations under any Finance Document, (iii) for any Indemnified Person (other than EXIM Bank) that consist of any cost, expense, liability or obligation of such Indemnified Person that is expressly stated to be without right to reimbursement or indemnity from the Borrower, (iv) for any Indemnified Person (other than EXIM Bank) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities would not have been imposed if such Indemnified Person had not engaged in transactions unrelated to those contemplated by this Agreement or the other Finance Documents, (v) consisting of administrative or overhead costs or expenses, or (vi) that would not have been incurred in the absence of an amendment or supplement to any Finance Document (other than an amendment or supplement (A) requested by or consented to in writing by the Loan Parties (B) required by Applicable Law, or (C) made during the continuance of an Event of Default). Without prejudice to the survival of any other provision hereof, the terms of this Section 7.05 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and the repayment of Credit Facility and all other amounts payable hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the case of an Indemnified Person that is an Assignee, this Section 7.05 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

section 8 PAYMENTS

8.01
Method of Payment.
(a)
All payments to be made by the Loan Parties under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document shall be received without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable funds no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which due (as applicable) to EXIM Bank at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for credit to EXIM Bank via the Federal Reserve Wire Network (FedWire) in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Term Sheet under the heading “Payment Instructions”.

48


 

(b)
Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any payment would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for payment shall be the immediately succeeding Business Day and interest and fees shall be computed in accordance with Section 12.01.
8.02
Application of Payments. Subject to Section 8.03, EXIM Bank shall apply payments received by it under this Agreement or any Note in the following order of priorities: first, in or towards payment of all accrued interest due and owing pursuant to Section 5.02(b); second, in or towards payment of all Commitment Fees, Exposure Fees and all other amounts due and owing to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document which is not otherwise provided for under clauses “first” or “third” of this Section 8.02; third, in or towards payment of all accrued interest due and owing pursuant to Section 5.02(a); and fourth, in or towards payment of all amounts of principal due and owing under Section 5.01 or Section 5.03 (as applicable).
8.03
Application of Proceeds from Collateral and Other Amounts following an Event of Default. Following an Event of Default which is continuing, EXIM Bank shall apply all proceeds in respect of the Collateral and all other amounts received by EXIM Bank under any Finance Document in the following order of priorities: first, in or towards payment or reimbursement of all fees, costs and expenses paid by or on behalf of EXIM Bank in connection with its entering upon, taking possession of, holding, operating, managing, selling or otherwise disposing of the Collateral or any portion thereof, any and all Taxes, assessments or other charges of any kind imposed on EXIM Bank in connection with this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, and any other amounts payable to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document or any related document in respect of any indemnities; second, in or towards payment of all accrued interest then due and owing to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 5.02(b); third, in or towards payment of all accrued interest then due and owing to EXIM Bank pursuant to Section 5.02(a); fourth, in or towards payment of all amounts of principal then due and owing to EXIM Bank hereunder or the Note; fifth, in or towards payment of all other amounts then due and owing to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document; and sixth, the balance, if any, to the Borrower in accordance with Applicable Laws.

section 9 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS

9.01
Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties.
(a)
General Representations and Warranties. As of the date hereof, the date of each Request for Reimbursement, and the date of each Disbursement (in each case, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder), each Loan Party makes the following representations and warranties to EXIM Bank:
(i)
Existence, Qualification and Authority. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (A) is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, (B) has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate,

49


 

reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, and (C) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, with full power, authority and legal right to own its property and carry on its business as now conducted, and has the requisite power, and has taken all actions necessary or advisable to authorize it to execute, deliver, perform, and observe the terms and conditions of the Finance Documents.
(ii)
Government Authorizations Regarding Finance Documents, etc. All consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable: (A) for the execution, delivery, performance and observance by the Loan Parties of the Finance Documents and (B) for the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Finance Documents have, in each case, been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(iii)
Recordation. To ensure the legality, validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence of any of the Finance Documents, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be registered, recorded, enrolled or otherwise filed with any court or any Governmental Authority, or notarized; or that any documentary, stamp or other similar Tax, imposition or charge of any kind be paid on or in respect of any of the Finance Documents other than the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
(iv)
Restrictions. The execution, delivery and performance or observance by each Loan Party of the terms of, and consummation by each Loan Party of the transactions contemplated by, each of the Finance Documents does not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of: (A) the Organizational Documents of such Loan Party; (B) any law of the United States or any other ordinance, decree, constitutional provision, regulation or other requirement of any Governmental Authority; or (C) any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award of any court or other tribunal. Further, each Loan Party’s execution and delivery of the Finance Documents, the performance and observance of its obligations thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement or instrument to which such Loan Party is a party or to which it or any of its revenues, properties or assets may be subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues, properties or assets of such Loan Party pursuant to any such agreement or instrument other than the lien upon the Collateral created under the Security Documents.
(v)
Binding Effect. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which it is a party on or before the date hereof, and each Loan Party will also duly execute and deliver each Note and each of the other Finance Documents that may hereafter be executed by such Loan Party. Each of the Finance Documents that has been executed and delivered constitutes, and each such Finance Document that may hereafter be executed and delivered will constitute, a direct, general, and unconditional obligation of each Loan Party that is legal, valid, and binding upon such Loan Party and enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its

50


 

respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by the application of general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity. Each Loan Party’s payment obligations under this Agreement rank, and under any Note when issued will rank, at least senior in priority of payment and in right of security to all unsecured Indebtedness and unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Loan Party.
(vi)
Choice of Law. The choice of law provisions of this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document are valid, binding and not subject to revocation by any Loan Party, and in any proceedings brought in the United States for enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, the choice of the law of the State of New York as the governing law of such documents will be recognized and such law will be applied.
(vii)
Commercial Activity; No Immunity. The Finance Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby constitute commercial activities (rather than governmental or public activities) of each Loan Party, and each Loan Party is subject to private commercial law with respect thereto. No Loan Party nor any of its property, assets, or revenue enjoys, under the laws of its jurisdiction, any right of immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, set-off, execution, or from any other legal process with respect to any of the obligations under this Agreement, any Note, or any of the other Finance Documents.
(viii)
Legal Proceedings. No actions, suits, legal proceedings, claims, disputes or investigations are pending or, to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief after due inquiry, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration, before any court, or before any Governmental Authority that might: (A) materially and adversely affect such Loan Party’s financial condition, business or operations; (B) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, (C) restrain or enjoin or have the effect of restraining or enjoining the performance or observance of the terms and conditions of any of the Finance Documents; or (D) in any other manner question the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby.
(ix)
Company Financial Statements. The Company Financial Statements present fairly the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the date of such statements and the results of the operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year. The Company Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, consistently applied, except as otherwise expressly noted therein. Except as fully reflected in the Company Financial Statements, there are no liabilities or obligations with respect to any Loan Party of any nature whatsoever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, and whether or not due) for the period to which the Company Financial Statements relate that, either individually or in the aggregate, would be material to any Loan Party. Since the date of the

51


 

Company Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party.
(x)
Security Documents. The Security Documents will create and perfect in favor of EXIM Bank a legal, valid and enforceable first-priority security interest in the Collateral. Other than the Lien created by the Security Documents, no Liens exist over or with respect to the Collateral other than Permitted Liens.
(xi)
Supply Contract(s). No Applicable Law is or will be violated by any Supply Contract or the performance by the Borrower of its obligations thereunder.
(xii)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws.
(xiii)
Compliance with Environmental Laws. (A) Except as has not resulted in and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, each Loan Party has not (i) failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) incurred, assumed, provided an indemnity with respect to, or otherwise become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) received any notice, report, order, directive or other information regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws or any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability and (iv) does not have knowledge of any basis for any Environmental Liability. (B) Except as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, each Loan Party has never treated, stored, released, discharged, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, manufactured, distributed, or exposed any person to, or owned or operated any property or facility which is or has been contaminated by, any Hazardous Materials, so as to give rise to any current or future Environmental Liability.
(xiv)
[reserved].
(xv)
Use of Contract Goods and Services. The Contract Goods and Services have been used only for lawful purposes, in a lawful manner and in accordance with Applicable Law.
(xvi)
No Delinquency on Amounts Due to the United States. No Loan Party is delinquent on any amounts of money, funds or property due and owing to EXIM Bank or any other U.S. Federal Government Authority.
(xvii)
No Corrupt Practices.
(A)
No Loan Party nor any director, officer, employee, agent or representative acting on behalf of such Loan Party, is currently under charge or under formal investigation by any Governmental Authority, or has been, within the past five (5) years, convicted in any court of any country, or subject to equivalent measures such as deferred prosecution agreements, non-prosecution agreements or publicly-available arbitral awards, in any country, for bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or laundering money.

52


 

(B)
No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s respective directors, officers or employees, agents or representatives has (directly or indirectly) received, paid, offered or promised to pay, or authorized the payment of any commission, bribe, pay-off or kickback or similar payment that violates any Applicable Law or entered into any agreement or arrangement under which any such payment will at any time be made. No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s respective directors, officers or employees, agents or representatives and, to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, no Supplier or Ancillary Services Provider or any Suppliers have, agreed to make or arrange for (directly or indirectly) any payment, discount, allowance, rebate, commission, fee or other payment in connection with the procurement of the Contract Goods and Services under any Supply Contract without the express written consent of EXIM Bank, except for:
(1)
payment of manufacturing costs or for the purchase of the Contract Goods and Services;
(2)
the regular remuneration of regular full-time directors, officers and employees of such party;
(3)
commissions or fees, if any, to regular sales agents, brokers or representatives, which are (aa) on arm’s length terms for fair market value for the services rendered; (bb) paid in the ordinary course of business; (cc) readily identifiable on the party’s books and records as to amount, purpose, and recipient; (dd) in an amount customary for the services rendered, or to be rendered, with respect to each counterparty’s country; and (ee) not intended to be used for any illicit or corrupt purpose;
(4)
any discounts, allowance, or rebates to the Borrower that are disclosed in invoices from a Supplier or an Ancillary Services Provider, as the case may be, submitted for payment in connection with a Disbursement; or
(5)
any fees paid to commercial banks or any payments made to EXIM Bank in connection with the Credit Facility.

Furthermore, no monies (including cash, check, wire transfer or other similar funds) representing any portion of the payment of any invoice in connection with the Contract Goods and Services has been returned or transferred to the Borrower or to any third party at the direction or on behalf of the Borrower without the express written consent of EXIM Bank.

(xviii)
Suspension and Debarment.
(A)
Each Loan Party and each of their respective Principals individually (1) is not Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction; (2) is not formally proposed for debarment by any U.S. Federal Government Authority, with a final determination still pending; (3) is not, and within the past three (3) years has not been, indicted, convicted or had a civil judgment rendered against it

53


 

for any conduct or offense described at 2 C.F.R. § 180.800(a) in the Debarment Regulations; and (4) have not had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, or local) terminated within the preceding three years for cause or default.
(B)
Each Loan Party has not made, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, none of the Suppliers or Ancillary Services Providers has made, any payment in connection with the Credit Facility or any Supply Contract to any Person who is Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction.
(C)
No Loan Party nor any of their respective Principals individually are listed on any of the publicly available debarment lists of the World Bank Group, the African Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Inter-American Development Bank.
(D)
Each Loan Party has not been found by a court of the United States to be in violation of any of the following statutes or regulations within the preceding twelve (12) months: (i) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; (ii) the Arms Export Control Act; (iii) the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; (iv) the Export Administration Act of 1979; or (v) the regulations issued by the OFAC.
(xix)
Sanctions.
(A)
No Loan Party or any of its respective directors, officers and employees:
(1)
is a Sanctioned Person; or
(2)
to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief after due inquiry, has, directly or indirectly, entered into any sales, leasing or financing agreements, or any other transactions with any Sanctioned Person (in the case of any employee, in such Person’s capacity as an employee of the Loan Party).
(B)
No action, claim, lawsuit, enforcement action, proceeding, investigation or written inquiry with respect to each Loan Party’s compliance with Sanctions is pending or, to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, after due inquiry, threatened.
(xx)
Compliance Systems. Each Loan Party has implemented and enforces policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure such Loan Party’s, and such Loan Party’s directors’, officers’ and employees’, compliance with:
(A)
Sanctions;

54


 

(B)
all Applicable Laws prohibiting bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or money laundering money; and
(C)
all Applicable Laws relating to material or financial support for terrorism, illegal narcotics trafficking, human trafficking, or violations of human rights.
(xxi)
No Taxes.
(A)
Each Loan Party has filed all U.S. and non-U.S. Federal, state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has paid all U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and other Taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except for any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard.
(B)
There is no Tax imposed on or in connection with: (A) the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Finance Documents; (B) the enforcement of any of the Finance Documents; or (C) on any payment to be made to EXIM Bank under any of the Finance Documents.
(xxii)
No Event of Default. No Event of Default, and no Potential Default, has occurred and is continuing.
(xxiii)
Intellectual Property. Each Loan Party and each of their respective Subsidiaries owns, licenses or possesses the right to use all of the Trademarks, tradenames, service marks, trade names, Copyrights, Patents, franchises, licenses and other Intellectual Property rights that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, as currently conducted, and the use thereof by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries does not conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent that failure to own, license or possess such rights or conflicts between such use and the rights of any other Person, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The conduct of the business of each Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party as currently conducted or as contemplated to be conducted does not infringe upon or violate any rights held by any other Person, except to the extent that infringements and violations of such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(xxiv)
Capitalization and Subsidiaries. Borrower’s capitalization as of the date of this AgreementFirst Amendment Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 3 hereto. No Loan Party owns any Equity Interest, stock, partnership interest or other securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. Attached as Schedule 3 is a true, correct and complete list of each Subsidiary of Parent as of the date of this AgreementFirst Amendment Effective Date.

55


 

(b)
Special Representations and Warranties.
(i)
Governmental Authorizations Regarding Supply Contracts. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, the Borrower represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that all consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable have been obtained and are in full force and effect for the (A) execution, delivery, performance and observance of any Supply Contract by Borrower, (B) importation, if applicable, of the Contract Goods and Services by Borrower, and (C) use, in the United States, of the Contract Goods and Services under the Supply Contract, in each case, to which the relevant Disbursement relates. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, the Borrower represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that, to the knowledge of the Borrower, all consents, licenses, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable have been obtained and are in full force and effect for the (A) execution, delivery, performance and observance of any Supply Contract by any party to a Supply Contract other than the Borrower, (B) importation, if applicable, of the Contract Goods and Services by any Person other than the Borrower, and (C) use, in the United States, of the Contract Goods and Services under the Supply Contract, by any Person other than the Borrower in each case, to which the relevant Disbursement relates.
(ii)
Due Diligence. As at the date of Request for Reimbursement and the date of each Disbursement, each Loan Party represents and warrants to EXIM Bank that such Loan Party has conducted reasonable due diligence in connection with this transaction, including checking: (i) the SAM (https://www.sam.gov/SAM/) to determine if any direct Suppliers, subcontractors and/or vendors from whom it procures goods and services related to this transaction are excluded from U.S. Government transactions and (ii) the “Sanctions List Search” of OFAC (https://sanctionssearch.ofac.treas.gov/).
(iii)
SAM Regulations. As of the date hereof, the Borrower has complied with the requirements described in the SAM Regulations to provide a valid Unique Entity Identifier. The Borrower maintains an active SAM registration with current information including information on the Borrower’s immediate and highest level owner and subsidiaries, as well as on all predecessors that have been awarded a federal Award within the last three years, if applicable, at all times during which it has an active federal Award or an application or plan under consideration by a federal awarding agency (in each case, other than any requirement that is not applicable because the Borrower is exempted under the SAM Regulations).
(c)
Disclosure. Each Loan Party has disclosed to EXIM Bank all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which such Loan Party or any of such Loan Party’s Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. The reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than projected or pro forma financial information) furnished by or on behalf of each Loan Party to EXIM Bank in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Finance Document

56


 

(as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, each Loan Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery (it being understood that such projected information may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material).
(d)
ERISA Compliance.
(i)
No Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate (a) sponsors or maintains any Pension Plans or Multiemployer Plans or (b) makes any contributions to or has any liabilities or obligations (direct or contingent) with respect to any Pension Plans or Multiemployer Plans.
(ii)
Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state laws and each Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that the form of such Plan is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and the trust related thereto has been determined by the IRS to be exempt from federal income tax under Section 501(a) of the Code, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS, and, to the knowledge of such Loan Party, nothing has occurred that would prevent or cause the loss of such tax-qualified status.
(iii)
There are no pending or, to the knowledge of each Loan Party, threatened or contemplated claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that, either individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(iv)
No ERISA Event has occurred, and no Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate is aware of any fact, event or circumstance that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to constitute or result in an ERISA Event.
(v)
The present value of all accrued benefits under each Pension Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Pension Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount. As of the most recent valuation date for each Multiemployer Plan, the potential liability of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate for a complete withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan (within the meaning of Section 4203 or Section 4205 of ERISA), when aggregated with such potential liability for a complete withdrawal from all Multiemployer Plans, is zero.

57


 

(vi)
To the extent applicable, each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all Applicable Law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction). No Loan Party has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of each Loan Party on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the property of such Foreign Plan by a material amount, and for each Foreign Plan that is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.
(vii)
No Loan Party does, and would not be deemed to, hold Plan Assets and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Finance Documents will not constitute or result in any non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to subject EXIM Bank to any tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the Code, Section 501(i) of ERISA or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations.
(e)
Margin Regulations. No Loan Party is engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Disbursements hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Disbursement, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) will be Margin Stock.
(f)
Investment Company Act. No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of a Loan Party is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act.
(g)
Solvency. Each Loan Party is Solvent.
(h)
Title to Property; Project Site; Survey. The Borrower has valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in the Project Site, subject only to Permitted Liens. To the Loan Parties’ knowledge, there are no taxes, assessments or liens pending or threatened against the Project Site for any present or past-due taxes or for paving, sidewalk, curbing, sewer or any other street improvements of any kind. No portion of the Project Site is now damaged or injured as the result of any fire, explosion, accident, flood or other casualty, nor to the Loan Parties’ knowledge is any part of the Project Site subject to any pending or threatened eminent domain or condemnation proceeding.
(i)
Utility Services. All utility and municipal services required for the occupancy and operation of the Project Site, including, but not limited to, water supply, storm and sanitary sewage disposal systems, cable services, electric and telephone facilities are presently

58


 

available for use at the Project Site. The storm and sanitary sewage disposal system, water system, drainage system and all mechanical systems of the Project Site are all in good working order and comply with all Applicable Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations.
(j)
Project Site Lease. Prior to any purchase by the Borrower of the Project Site and fee simple ownership by Borrower of the Project Site, (i) the Project Site Lease is in full force and effect; (ii) there are no present defaults on the part of the Borrower under the Project Site Lease, and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default; (iii) to the Borrower’s knowledge, there is no present default by the lessor under the Project Site Lease, and no events or circumstances exist which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default under the Project Site Lease; and (iv) the Borrower is the sole owner of the entire lessee’s interest in the Project Site Lease. The Borrower’s interest in the Project Site Lease has not been assigned or pledged to any Person.
(k)
Streets, Easements, Utilities and Other Services. All streets, easements, utilities and related services required for the use and operation of the Project Site and all facilities thereon have been obtained.
(l)
Zoning and Permits. The Project Site is duly and validly zoned for the operation of the Project. Said zoning is unconditional (other than conditions customarily imposed with respect to zoning requirements) and in full force and effect, and, to each Loan Party’s knowledge, no attacks or challenges are pending or threatened with respect thereto. All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including, without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower by any Governmental Authority for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Project at the Project Site in the manner in which the Project Site is currently being used, occupied and operated have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
(m)
ADA Compliance. To each Loan Party’s knowledge, the facility at the Project Site has been designed and shall be constructed, completed and (regardless of such Loan Party’s knowledge) thereafter maintained in strict accordance and full compliance with all of the requirements of the ADA and any similar state or local law, to the extent that the same are applicable. The Loan Parties shall be responsible for all related compliance costs.
(n)
Flood Plain and Wetlands. No portion of the Project Site (i) in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a “special flood hazard area,” (ii) in an area classified as “wetlands” or (iii) in an area designated by any federal, state or local governmental or quasi-governmental agency as a “floodway,” special flood hazard area or flood plain.
(o)
Real Estate Taxes. All real estate taxes due and payable with respect to the Project Site Lease have been paid in full.

59


 

9.02
Affirmative Covenants of the Loan Parties. Each Loan Party jointly and severally covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have consented otherwise in writing, each Loan Party shall, and each shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to:
(a)
Notice of Defaults. Promptly but in no event later than ten (10) days after the occurrence of an Event of Default or of any Potential Default, notify EXIM Bank of the particulars of such occurrence and the corrective action proposed to be taken by such Loan Party with respect thereto.
(b)
Financial Reports.
(i)
Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2025, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of its fiscal year, a copy of the Parent’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries annual consolidated financial statements, including its balance sheet, statement of income, and statement of cash-flow for that fiscal year, all of which shall have been audited by an independent accounting firm acceptable to EXIM Bank (it being agreed that RSM Australia Partners is reasonably acceptable to EXIM Bank). All financial reports to be submitted to EXIM Bank pursuant to this Section 9.02(b)(i) shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied, shall be in the English language (or accompanied by an accurate English translation), shall include the auditor’s opinion and any accompanying notes, and shall fairly present the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the results of their operations as at their dates or for the periods covered. Each Loan Party agrees, and each shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries, to submit to EXIM Bank such additional financial reports and other data and information regarding its respective financial condition, business and operations as EXIM Bank may reasonably request.
(ii)
Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2025, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within sixty (60) days after the date which is six months prior to its fiscal year end of each year, a copy of the Parent’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries interim consolidated financial statements, including its balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash-flow for that fiscal quarter, all of which shall have been certified on behalf of such Loan Party by an appropriate Authorized Officer of such Loan Party as being complete and correct and the Parent as fairly presenting in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard, the financial position and the results of operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at their dates or for the period covered thereby, subject to normal year-end adjustments and absence of footnote disclosures. All financial reports to be submitted to EXIM Bank pursuant to this Section 9.02(b)(ii) shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied, shall be in the English language (or accompanied by an accurate English translation) and shall fairly present the financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the results of their operations as at their dates or for the periods covered.

60


 

(iii)
Within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2027, the Loan Parties shall deliver to EXIM Bank, a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex E, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Parent, containing all information and calculations necessary and demonstrating compliance with each of the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.02(ff).
(iv)
Within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2026, the Loan Parties shall deliver to EXIM Bank, a certificate, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex E, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Parent, containing all information and calculations necessary to demonstrate the calculation of the Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Minimum Liquidity, in each case, measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(c)
MMIA Annual Reports. Beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2026, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, the Borrower shall furnish to EXIM Bank (attn: Asset Management Division), within ninety (90) days after the end of its fiscal year, an MMIA Annual Report.
(d)
Notice of Disputes.
(i)
Each Loan Party shall promptly give written notice to EXIM Bank of any material dispute that may exist between any Loan Party and any Governmental Authority, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after (i) the receipt of any notice in writing alleging any violation of any Environmental Law by any Loan Party or any other actual or alleged Environmental Liability, (ii) obtaining knowledge of the existence of any condition that could reasonably be expected to result in violations of any Environmental Law or in Environmental Liability or (iii) the filing of any lien to secure any Environmental Liabilities of a Loan Party.
(ii)
Each Loan Party shall promptly give written notice to EXIM Bank, and in any event, within five (5) Business Days of the date such Loan Party first has actual knowledge of, any pending or threatened (in writing) dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding (i) which could materially and adversely affect such Loan Party or the Project, (ii) in which injunctive or similar relief is sought against such Loan Party or (iii) which relates to any Finance Document.
(e)
Government Authorizations. Each Loan Party shall promptly obtain and maintain all consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable: (i) for the execution, delivery, performance, and observance by such Loan Party of the Finance Documents, and (ii) for the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Finance Documents. Upon request from EXIM Bank, such Loan Party shall promptly deliver a certified copy of any such authorization, permit or license.

61


 

(f)
Senior Indebtedness Status. Each Loan Party shall ensure that its payment obligations under this Agreement and any Note will at all times constitute the direct, general and unconditional obligations of such Loan Party and shall rank at least senior in priority of payment and in right of security to all unsecured Indebtedness and unsubordinated Indebtedness of such Loan Party.
(g)
Environmental Compliance. With respect to the Project, each Loan Party shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, regulations and permits.
(h)
Independent Consultants. Each Loan Party shall comply with the terms and conditions of each Independent Consultant Agreement, shall cooperate with each Independent Consultant in the execution of its scope of work and shall pay the fees and expenses of any Independent Consultant.
(i)
Inspections.
(i)
Each Loan Party shall permit representatives or agents of EXIM Bank, and any Independent Consultant to make reasonable inspections of the Project using or incorporating the Contract Goods and Services and such Loan Party’s books and records in connection with this Agreement, the other Finance Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including records regarding the use of the Contract Goods and Services), and to inspect its properties and conduct (or request that such Loan Party conduct) environmental tests or audits thereon.
(ii)
Each Loan Party shall cause the officers and employees of such Loan Party to give full cooperation and assistance in connection with such inspections.
(j)
Compliance with Applicable Laws. Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all Applicable Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(k)
Preservation of Existence, Etc. Each Loan Party will (a) preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered Intellectual Property, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(l)
Maintenance of Properties. Each Loan Party will (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and (b) make all necessary

62


 

repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(m)
Payment of Obligations. Each Loan Party will pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities, including Tax liabilities, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard are being maintained by such Loan Party, and except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(n)
Environmental Matters. Except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, each Loan Party will (a) comply with all Environmental Laws, (b) obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply with any permits, licenses or approvals required for the facilities or operations of such Loan Party and (c) conduct and complete any investigation, study, sampling or testing, and undertake any corrective, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other action necessary to identify, report, remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials present or released at, on, in, under or from any of the facilities or real properties of such Loan Part. Further, each Loan Party will (x) comply with such Loan Party’s environmental and social management plan during the construction and operation of the Project in all material respects; (y) provide annual reports that i) document compliance with such Loan Party’s environmental and social management plan and ii) provide representation of compliance with relevant local, state and U.S. Environmental Laws and social laws, regulations and permits, and (z) decommission the facilities, where applicable and appropriate, in accordance with an agreed decommissioning plan.
(o)
Books and Records. Each Loan Party will maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with the Applicable Accounting Standard consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of such Loan Party.
(p)
Government Authorizations Regarding Supply Contract. The Borrower shall promptly obtain and maintain all consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals of, and exemptions by, any Governmental Authority that are necessary or advisable for the execution, delivery, and performance of any Supply Contract by the Borrower and the use by the Borrower of the Contract Goods and Services in the United States. In addition, the Borrower shall promptly deliver certified copies of such consents, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals to EXIM Bank upon written request.
(q)
Notice of Suspension or Debarment; Sanctions. Each Loan Party shall provide immediate written notice to EXIM Bank if at any time it learns that:
(i)
such Loan Party or any of its respective Principals individually, (A) is Excluded or Disqualified from participating in a Covered Transaction, (B) is formally proposed for debarment by any U.S. Federal Government Authority, with a final determination still pending or (C) is or, within the past three (3) years, has been indicted,

63


 

convicted or has a civil judgment rendered against it for any conduct or offenses described at 2 C.F.R. § 180.800(a) in the Debarment Regulations;
(ii)
such Loan Party or to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge and belief, any Supplier or Ancillary Services Provider, has made any payment described in the first sentence of Section 9.01(a)(xviii)(B);
(iii)
such Loan Party or any of its respective Principals individually, is listed on any of the publicly available debarment lists described in Section 9.01(a)(xviii)(C); or
(iv)
such Loan Party or any director, officer or employee of such Loan Party, becomes a Sanctioned Person, or such Loan Party or any director, officer or employee of such Loan Party enters into any agreement described in Section 9.01(a)(xix)(A); or
(v)
an action, claim, lawsuit, enforcement action, proceeding, investigation, or written inquiry with respect to such Loan Party’s compliance with Sanctions is pending or threatened.
(r)
Compliance Systems. Each Loan Party shall maintain and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure such Loan Party’s, and its directors’, officers’ and employees’, compliance with:
(i)
Sanctions;
(ii)
all Applicable Laws prohibiting bribery, payoffs, kickbacks or laundering money; and
(iii)
all Applicable Laws relating to material or financial support for terrorism, illegal narcotics trafficking, human trafficking, or violations of human rights.
(s)
Acquisition List. The Borrower shall obtain the prior written consent of EXIM Bank to any alteration of the Acquisition List.
(t)
Supply Contract(s). The Borrower shall obtain the prior written consent of EXIM Bank to any assignment of the Borrower’s rights or obligations under any Supply Contract or to any material modification to, or cancellation of, any Supply Contract.
(u)
Use of Funds. The Credit Facility shall only be used by the Borrower to finance: (i) the Financed Portion of the costs incurred on or after the Initial Eligibility Date by the Borrower for the purchase of Contract Goods and/or Contract Services for the Project; and (ii) the Exposure Fee payable on the Financed Portion.
(v)
Use of U.S. Registered Vessels for Ocean Transport. The Borrower shall cause all Goods Subject to U.S. Flag Shipping that are to be imported to the United States by ocean vessel to be transported from the United States in vessels of U.S. registry pursuant to 46 U.S.C. § 55304 (Public Resolution No. 17 of the 73rd Congress of the United States, as amended), except to the extent that either a (i) “Certification of Vessel Non-Availability” or (ii) “Determination for Use in EXIM Bank Financing Evaluation Process” is obtained from MARAD.

64


 

(w)
Use of Contract Goods and Services. The Contract Goods and Services shall be used only for lawful purposes, in a lawful manner, and in accordance with Applicable Laws.
(x)
Disclosure of Environmental and Social Reports. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that EXIM Bank may, from time to time, publicly disclose (including posting on EXIM Bank’s website), without the prior consent of such Loan Party, environmental and social documents delivered (or to be delivered) by such Loan Party to EXIM Bank. Each Loan Party shall advise EXIM Bank if it believes that such environmental and social documents contain any confidential, proprietary or otherwise protected information and identify such information, in which case, such documents shall be subject to the laws and regulations described in EXIM Bank’s memorandum dated August 24, 2020, with respect to the treatment of confidential information.
(y)
Construction Progress and Technical Operating Matters.
(i)
Progress Reports. Beginning with the calendar quarter in which this Agreement is executed and continuing until the construction of the Project is completed or until all amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full, whichever occurs first, the Borrower shall submit to the Documentation Agent and EXIM Bank (attn: Engineering and Environment Division and Asset Management Division) within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar quarter a progress report (“Progress Report”) with respect to the construction and development of the Project. Each Progress Report must be certified as true, complete and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and the report and the certification must be in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank. Each Progress Report shall include the following:
(A)
a narrative statement of (i) the work completed on the Project during the quarter, including an explanation as to any change in the plans and any unusual conditions or problems encountered, and (ii) a work schedule for the next succeeding quarter;
(B)
a list of the equipment delivered and a list of the equipment installed to date and during the applicable quarter;
(C)
pertinent photographs (titled and dated) of construction and equipping operations;
(D)
a project construction and completion schedule showing (i) originally planned and actual progress and percentage completion, (ii) the currently estimated date of operation of the Project and (iii) an explanation of any revisions to the original Project construction and completion schedule; and
(E)
the total estimated cost of the Project by major components (with U.S. Dollar cost, local cost and other currency cost shown separately), the total cost incurred to date and during the applicable quarter, and an explanation of the reasons for any decrease or increase in the actual or estimated costs required to complete the Project over those originally estimated or estimated in previous Progress Reports.

65


 

In the event that any substantial work has been completed prior to the execution of this Agreement, then the first Progress Report delivered after execution of this Agreement shall reflect the information requested in Section 9.02(y)(i)(A) through Section 9.02(y)(i)(E) for all work completed prior thereto.

(ii)
Technical Operating Reports. Within sixty (60) days following the completion of the Project, and continuing annually thereafter within sixty (60) days of the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, until all amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full, the Borrower shall submit to EXIM Bank (attn: Engineering and Environment Division and Asset Management Division) copies in English of its regular production and operating reports (each such report, a “Technical Operating Report”). These reports shall include (A) information concerning raw materials, production, manufacturing cost, inventory and proposed or on-going capital improvements, and (B) a statement concerning any problems (including environmental problems), known or anticipated, together with an explanation thereof, and shall be supplemented by such other related information, as the Documentation Agent and EXIM Bank may request.
(z)
Notices Relating to Environmental and Social Matters. Each Loan Party shall notify EXIM Bank and the Documentation Agent within five (5) Business Days of the date the Borrower first has actual knowledge of any of the following:
(i)
any circumstance, condition or occurrence at, on or arising from the Project that has resulted in any material non-compliance with any Environmental Law or social law, or has resulted in any material personal injury or material project damage;
(ii)
any event, incident or occurrence relating to the environment, health or safety which pursuant to Applicable Law must be reported to a Governmental Authority;
(iii)
any pending or threatened material claim under any Environmental Law against the Borrower, any of its contractors, or any other Persons, arising in connection with its or their occupying or conducting operations in connection with the Project;
(iv)
any circumstance, condition, event, incident or occurrence (or series thereof) at, on or arising from the Project that results in a material interruption to, or suspension of, the ordinary course activities of the Project or such Loan Party’s ordinary course business operations (including, any such material interruption or suspension arising from equipment recalls, equipment failures, loss of any permits, licenses or approvals required for the facilities or operations of such Loan Party, labor matters (including strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty) or any management issues that may impact the productivity of the Project or the quality or the reputation of such Loan Party); or
(v)
any recall of all or any material portion of any inventory sold or distributed by such Loan Party.

66


 

(aa)
Unique Entity Identifier.
(i)
Unless the Borrower is exempted from this requirement under the SAM Regulations, the Borrower as the Recipient acknowledges and agrees that it must maintain current information in SAM, including information on the Borrower’s immediate and highest level owner and subsidiaries, as well as on all of the Borrower’s predecessors that have been awarded a Federal contract or Federal financial assistance within the last three (3) years, if applicable, until the Borrower receives the final payment under the Credit Facility. This requires that the Borrower review and update the information in SAM at least annually after the initial registration, and more frequently if required by changes in the Borrower’s information or another federal Award term.
(ii)
The Borrower acknowledges that, pursuant to the SAM Regulations, EXIM Bank may not consent to any financial modification to this Agreement until the Borrower has complied with the requirements described in the SAM Regulations to provide a valid Unique Entity Identifier and maintain an active SAM registration with current information (other than any requirement that is not applicable because the Borrower is exempted under the SAM Regulations).
(bb)
MMIA Specific Matters. The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees to the following obligations under the MMIA:
(i)
MMIA Compliance Plan. Beginning with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending June 30, 2026, and continuing until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, the Borrower agrees to comply with the MMIA Compliance Plan.
(ii)
MMIA Annual Report. The Borrower shall detail and certify in each MMIA Annual Report delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.02(c) its compliance with the MMIA Compliance Plan. In the event that either (i) the Borrower fails to deliver a MMIA Annual Report or (ii) either (x) the Borrower fails to certify its compliance with its obligations under the MMIA Compliance Plan in a MMIA Annual Report or (y) EXIM Bank determines that the Borrower has not complied with its obligations under the MMIA Compliance Plan then EXIM Bank may, in its sole discretion, either (A) require the Borrower to comply with the additional requirements specified in Section 3 of the MMIA Compliance Plan and/or (B) notify the Borrower that a Trigger Event has occurred.
(cc)
Other Acts. From time to time, each Loan Party shall do and perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents as may be necessary or as reasonably requested by EXIM Bank in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and to protect the interests of EXIM Bank.
(dd)
Taxes. Each Loan Party will pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all of its Tax liabilities, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Standard are being maintained by such Loan Party.

67


 

(ee)
Intellectual Property Rights. Each Loan Party shall:
(i)
continue to use each of its respective material Trademarks in a manner sufficient to maintain such material Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain generally as in the past the quality of products and services offered under each such material Trademark, (iii) use each such material Trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by Applicable Law, (iv) not adopt or use any mark which is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of any such material Trademark, and (v) not (and not knowingly permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such material Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on such Loan Party;
(ii)
ensure that none of its respective material Patents could reasonably be expected to become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public;
(iii)
ensure that none of its respective material Copyrights could reasonably be expected to become invalidated or otherwise materially impaired;
(iv)
ensure that no material portion of such material Copyrights falls into the public domain;
(v)
ensure that none of its respective material Intellectual Property infringes the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person;
(vi)
notify EXIM Bank promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any of its respective material Intellectual Property may become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including, without limitation, the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the US Patent and Trademark Office, the US Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Loan Party’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material Intellectual Property or such Loan Party’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same;
(vii)
take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the USPTO, the USCRO or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each material application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of its respective material Intellectual Property, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability; and
(viii)
in the event that any of its respective material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, take such actions as such Loan Party shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property.

68


 

(ff)
Financial Covenants.
(i)
The Loan Parties shall not permit the Leverage Ratio to exceed 1.75 to 1.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 2027) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(ii)
The Loan Parties shall not permit Minimum Liquidity to be less than U.S.$4,166,110.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 2027) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(iii)
The Loan Parties shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.25 to 1.00, which shall be tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Loan Parties (commencing with the fiscal quarter period ended September 30, 20272028) and be measured with reference to the fiscal quarter period then ended.
(gg)
Pledged Collateral Account and Cash Collateralization.
(i)
On or prior to the first Disbursement Date and continuing at all times until the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions are satisfied, the Borrower shall maintain on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account an amount in cash equal to at least twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Disbursements (after giving effect to any requested Disbursement).
(ii)
The Pledged Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of EXIM Bank (including the exclusive right of withdrawal) pursuant to the Control Agreement. No amount shall be released from the Pledged Collateral Account to any Loan Party at any time while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(iii)
Amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account may be invested by the Borrower in Cash Equivalents; provided that, any such invested amount shall be maintained in the Pledged Collateral Account and shall be under the sole dominion and control of EXIM Bank pursuant to the Control Agreement.
(iv)
At all times until the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions are satisfied, amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account will be permitted to be released to the Borrower from time to time as the principal outstanding amount of the Disbursements are repaid by the Borrower; provided that Borrower shall have provided a written request to EXIM Bank (no more than once per fiscal quarter) that specifies the aggregate amount requested to be released and certifying in writing that after giving effect to such release (i) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) at least twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Disbursements is maintained on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account.
(v)
Upon satisfaction of the Pledged Collateral Account Transition Conditions, amounts on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account will thereafter be permitted to be released from the Pledged Collateral Account from time to time to EXIM Bank solely to

69


 

satisfy the Borrower’s principal and interest payment obligations to EXIM Bank; provided that Borrower shall have provided a written request to EXIM Bank (no more than once per fiscal quarter) that specifies the aggregate amount requested to be released (which amount shall not exceed an aggregate U.S. Dollar amount equal to the aggregate amount of principal and interest scheduled to be paid on the immediately succeeding Repayment Date) and certifying in writing that after giving effect to such release no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
(hh)
Insurance. Each Loan Party shall comply with the requirements set out in Schedule 2 and in any event maintain or cause to be maintained in effect at all times insurance, with respect to the Project, against such risks and hazards, in such amounts, and in such form, as is usually carried by companies of a similar size that are engaged in the same or a similar business and that own similar properties in the same or similar geographic area as the Project.
(ii)
Further Assurance. Promptly upon request by EXIM Bank, each Loan Party shall take such additional actions and execute such documents as EXIM Bank may reasonably require from time to time in order to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and (to the extent required hereby) priority of any of the Security Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and to better assure, grant, preserve, protect and confirm to EXIM Bank the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to EXIM Bank under any Finance Document.
(jj)
Authorization to File UCC-1s. Each Loan Party hereby authorizes EXIM Bank’s outside counsel to file the UCC-1 financing statements (and any required continuations thereof) contemplated by this Agreement that may be necessary or advisable in order to establish, maintain, perfect and protect the rights and remedies of EXIM Bank under the Security Documents.
9.03
Negative Covenants of the Loan Parties.
(a)
Each Loan Party jointly and severally covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement and each Note have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have consented otherwise in writing:
(i)
Liens. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to create, assume, permit, or suffer to exist any Liens on any of its assets or property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or in any proceeds or income therefrom, other than Permitted Liens.
(ii)
Sale, Lease or Transfer of Contract Goods and Services. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to sell, lease or otherwise transfer, all or any portion of the Project or any Contract Goods and Services (or any component thereof) to any Person, except in compliance with Section 5.03(b)(iii).
(iii)
Use of the Contract Goods and Services. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, use or permit the use of the Contract Goods and Services (A) outside the United States or (B) in connection with any business other than the Project.

70


 

(iv)
Sale, Lease or Transfer of the Project Site. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, all or any portion of the Project Site owned by it.
(v)
No Corrupt Practices. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, and each shall not authorize any of its respective directors, officers or employees, agents, representatives or any other person to, (A) take any of the actions described in Section 9.01(a)(xvii), or (B) direct or authorize any portion of the payment of any invoice in connection with the Contract Goods and Services to be returned or transferred to such Loan Party or to any third party without the express written consent of EXIM Bank.
(vi)
Change in Business; Corporate Changes. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, make any substantial change in the scope or nature of its business or operations as of the date hereof and any businesses and operations reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto. No Loan Party shall change its corporate name, ACN, ABN, legal form or jurisdiction of formation without twenty (20) days’ prior written notice to EXIM Bank. No Loan Party shall suffer a Change of Control. No Loan Party nor any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall relocate its chief executive office or its principal place of business unless: (i) it has provided prior written notice to EXIM Bank; and (ii) such relocation shall be within the continental United States of America (to the extent such office is currently located within the continental United States of America).
(vii)
Merger, Consolidation, Dissolution, and Sale. Each Loan Party shall not, and each shall not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to, merge or consolidate with any other entity; dissolve or terminate its legal existence; or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any substantial part of its properties or any of its properties essential to the conduct of its business or operations, as now or hereafter conducted; provided that so long as no Event of Default or Potential Default exists or would result therefrom (A) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may merge or consolidate with or into, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of its assets to a Loan Party or another Subsidiary (provided that when any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging or consolidating with another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of its assets to another Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person, as applicable); (B) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may merge or consolidate with any Loan Party in order to effect a Permitted Acquisition (provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party); (C) any Subsidiary (other than Borrower) may liquidate, dissolve or terminate its legal existence if (1) such Subsidiary owns no material assets, engages in no business and otherwise has no activities other than activities related to the maintenance of its existence and good standing, (2) the Loan Parties determine in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to EXIM Bank; (D) a Loan Party may merge or amalgamate with any other Person in a transaction in which such Loan Party is the continuing or surviving entity of such transaction; and (E) a Holdco Transaction may be consummated.

71


 

(viii)
ERISA Matters. No Loan Party nor any of such Loan Party’s ERISA Affiliates shall engage in any transaction that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder (or the exercise by EXIM Bank of any of its rights under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar provision under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to subject EXIM Bank to any tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the Code, Section 502(i) of ERISA or substantially similar provisions under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations. Each Loan Party shall not and shall not permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to, cause or allow to exist any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(ix)
Indebtedness. Each Loan Party shall not, and each will not permit any of its respective Subsidiaries to incur, assume or permit to exist, or otherwise become liable for Indebtedness, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
(x)
Restricted Payments. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, (A) repurchase or redeem any class of stock or other Equity Interest in such Loan Party other than (1) pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement, provided, however, in each case the repurchase or redemption price does not exceed the original consideration paid for such stock or Equity Interest, (2) repurchases or redemptions made for another class of a Loan Party’s Equity Interests or rights to acquire its Equity Interests, and (3) subject to clause (D) below, repurchases or redemptions of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise or conversion of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or other convertible securities or to cover related withholding and similar Taxes, or (B) declare or pay any cash dividend or make any other cash distribution on any class of stock or other Equity Interest, except that (1) a Subsidiary of Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower (and, in the case of a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests), (2) Borrower may pay dividends or make other distributions to Amaero International and, after the consummation of any Holdco Transaction, Amaero International may pay dividends or make other distribution to Holdings, (3) subject to clause (D) below, Parent may pay cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Equity Interests, (4) Parent may pay dividends or other distributions with proceeds from a substantially concurrent equity contribution or issuance of new Equity Interests or (C) lend money to any employees, officers or directors or guarantee the payment of any such loans granted by a third party other than pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement or for relocation or similar expenses in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed U.S.$50,000 during any fiscal year of such Loan Party, or (D) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this clause (D) shall prohibit the conversion by the holders of any such convertible securities, or the exercise of

72


 

any option or warrant, in accordance with the terms of such convertible securities, option or warrant or such Loan Party’s delivery of the conversion consideration or exercise consideration in connection with such convertible securities, options or warrants or the delivery of common stock (or the equivalent) and cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock in exchange for, or to induce the conversion of, or upon exercise of, such convertible securities, options or warrants; provided that the conversion consideration (or exchange or inducement consideration) paid to such holders of convertible securities, options or warrants is limited to common stock (or the equivalent) and/or or cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock; provided further, that the amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares of common stock paid to holders of such convertible securities in connection with the conversion or exchange thereof, or the inducement to convert such convertible securities, shall not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Parent, or (E) waive, release or forgive any indebtedness owed by any employees, officers or directors other than pursuant to any employee, management, director or consultant benefit or repurchase plan or any other similar agreement in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed U.S.$50,000 during any fiscal year of such Loan Party.
(xi)
Investments. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guarantee or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Equity Interest, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “Investments”), except Permitted Investments.
(xii)
Transactions with Affiliates. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Loan Party) unless such transaction is (a) by or among the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and is not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement or any other Finance Document, (b) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary and, (c) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Loan Party or Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate.
(xiii)
Accounting Changes. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, make any change in its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except (1) as permitted by the Applicable Accounting Standard and/or (2) in connection with the GAAP Conversion, or (b) fiscal year.
(xiv)
Designation of other Indebtedness. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to, designate any Indebtedness or indebtedness other than the obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or a similar concept thereto, if applicable.

73


 

(xv)
Amendments to Operating Documents and Material Contracts. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not allow any of its Subsidiaries to (a) amend or permit any amendments to any Loan Party’s Organizational Documents if such amendment would be adverse to EXIM Bank in any material respect; or (b) amend or permit any amendments to, or terminate or waive any provision of, any contractual obligations if such amendment, termination, or waiver would be adverse to EXIM Bank in any material respect.
(xvi)
Project Site Lease. Other than in connection with any purchase of the Project Site by the Borrower, the Borrower shall not terminate, amend, grant any waiver of, or assign any of its respective duties or obligations under, any provision of the Project Site Lease (other than amendments or waivers (i) to correct manifest error or (ii) which are of a stylistic, minor, or purely technical nature, and, in either case, do not change materially any Person’s rights or obligations; provided, that the Borrower shall promptly give EXIM Bank notice, and provide EXIM Bank with a copy, of such amendment or waiver). The Borrower shall timely comply with its obligations under the Project Site Lease.
(xvii)
Limitations on Holdings. Each Loan Party shall not permit Holdings to: (a) hold any assets other than (i) the Equity Interests of Amaero International, (ii) assets, properties or rights that are not capable of being sold, assigned, transferred or conveyed to the Guarantors or Borrower without the consent of any other Person, or if such assignment or attempted assignment would constitute a breach thereof, or a violation of any Applicable Law, (iii) agreements relating to the issuance, sale, purchase, repurchase or registration of securities of Holdings, including, as applicable, in connection with maintaining status as a publicly traded company in compliance with all applicable securities laws, rules and regulations (including the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules of any national securities exchange), (iv) minute books and other corporate books and records of Holdings and, (v) cash and cash equivalents and (vi) other miscellaneous non-material assets; (b) have any liabilities other than (i) the liabilities under the Finance Documents, (ii) tax liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Permitted Indebtedness, (iv) corporate, administrative, accounting and operating expenses in the ordinary course of business and (v) liabilities under any contracts or agreements described in (a)(ii) and (iii) above; or (c) engage in any activities or business other than (i) issuing shares of its own Equity Interests, (ii) holding the assets and incurring the liabilities described in this Section 9.03(a)(xvii) and activities incidental and related thereto or (iii) making payments, dividends, distributions, issuances or other activities permitted pursuant to Section 9.03(a)(x) or Section 9.03(a)(xii).
(b)
Sanctions. Each Loan Party shall not, and shall not authorize any of its directors, officers, or employees, agents, representatives, or any other Person to, (i) use or otherwise make available, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, the proceeds of the Credit Facility, to fund or facilitate any activities with or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person or in any Sanctioned Country; (ii) make any payments to EXIM Bank in connection with the Credit Facility, this Agreement or any other Finance Document, including to discharge any debt, with proceeds from activities involving, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country; (iii) engage in any other activity that causes EXIM Bank to violate Sanctions; or (iv) until all amounts owing under this Agreement and

74


 

any Note have been paid in full, without the prior written consent of EXIM Bank: (A) enter, directly or (to the best of such Loan Party’s knowledge after due inquiry) indirectly, into any sales, leasing or financing agreements, or any other transactions with any Sanctioned Person, or (B) engage in any activity that is reasonably likely to cause any Person to violate Sanctions.

section 10 CANCELLATION, SUSPENSION, AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.01 Cancellation by the Borrower. The Borrower may cancel at any time all or any part of the undisbursed and uncanceled amount of the Total Commitment Amount, provided that thirty (30) days’ irrevocable prior written notice is given to EXIM Bank. In the event of a cancellation of all or part of the Credit Facility by the Borrower, the Borrower shall pay to EXIM Bank on or before the proposed date of cancellation, all Commitment Fees accrued and unpaid under Section 7.01(a) and all other amounts due and payable under this Agreement and the Finance Documents as of the proposed date of cancellation.

10.02 Suspension and Cancellation by EXIM Bank.

(a)
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, EXIM Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, may: (i) suspend further Disbursements of the Credit Facility until EXIM Bank is satisfied that the cause of such suspension has been removed or resolved; or (ii) cancel the unutilized and uncanceled portion of the Total Commitment Amount.
(b)
In the event of a cancellation of all or part of the Credit Facility by EXIM Bank, the Borrower shall pay (i) to EXIM Bank all Commitment Fees accrued and unpaid in respect of such canceled portion under Section 7.01(a) as of the date of cancellation and (ii) to EXIM Bank all other amounts due and payable under this Agreement and the Finance Documents.
(c)
If the Final Disbursement Date has elapsed, EXIM Bank, in its sole discretion, may cancel any unutilized and uncanceled amount of the Total Commitment Amount by written notice to the Borrower.
(d)
The terms of this Section 10.02 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other rights of EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any other Finance Document.

10.03 Events of Default and Remedies.

(e)
Events of Default. Each of the following events or conditions shall be an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:
(i)
any failure by any Loan Party to pay when due any amount owing under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document;
(ii)
any failure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party to pay when due, after giving effect to any period of grace provided to such Loan Party or such Subsidiary with respect thereto, any amounts payable under any other agreement or instrument providing for the payment by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of borrowed

75


 

money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services received, or any such amount has, prior to the stated maturity thereof, become due, or any event specified in any such agreement or instrument shall occur, the effect of which event is to cause, or (with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both) to permit any Person to cause, such amounts to become due, or to be repaid in full, prior to their stated maturity;
(iii)
any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith; or any statement made in any certificate, report or financial statement furnished by any Loan Party to EXIM Bank or the Documentation Agent; or any statement made in the legal opinions of any Loan Party concerning facts relating to such Loan Party, as the case may be, or the transactions contemplated hereby, has proven to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;
(iv)
any failure by any Loan Party to comply with its obligations under Section 9.02(a) (Notice of Defaults), Section 9.02(c) (MMIA Annual Reports), Section 9.02(q) (Notice of Suspension or Debarment; Sanctions) or Section 9.02(ff) (Financial Covenant);
(v)
any failure by any Loan Party to perform or comply with any of the covenants or provisions set forth in this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (excluding (A) any events specified as an Event of Default in any other subsection of this Section 10.03(a) and (B) any failure by any Loan Party to perform or comply with the covenants set forth in Section 9.03(b)) which failure, if capable of being cured, remains uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after (x) EXIM Bank has received notice thereof from such Loan Party or (y) EXIM Bank has given written notice thereof to such Loan Party, as the case may be;
(vi)
the occurrence of a Change of Control;
(vii)
any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall (A) be unable to pay its debts as they fall due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or shall become insolvent; or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall apply for or consent to the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator, administrator or similar official for all or a substantial part of its business, properties, assets or revenues; or a liquidator, receiver, trustee or administrator shall be appointed for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and such appointment shall continue undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; (B) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), or a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor, or similar executory or judicial proceeding; or a bankruptcy, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise), or a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor,

76


 

or similar executory or judicial proceeding shall be instituted against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and shall remain undismissed, undischarged or unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days; (C) take any action seeking to take advantage of any other law (including Debtor Relief Laws) relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, termination, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts or of a substantial part of its assets; or (D) take any corporate or similar action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(viii)
any lien other than Permitted Liens shall have been created upon the property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party in an amount, the required payment of which by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of a Loan Party, as the case may be, would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, materially and adversely affect the ability of such Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and such lien has not been removed or discharged for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of its creation;
(ix)
any judgment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party shall have been entered on a claim not covered by insurance in an amount, the required payment of which by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary of a Loan Party, as the case may be, would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, materially and adversely affect the ability of such Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; and such judgment has not been removed or discharged for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of its entry;
(x)
any Governmental Authority shall have (A) condemned, seized or expropriated all or substantially all of the property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or (B) taken any action that, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, would affect materially and adversely the ability of any Loan Party to pay its indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document;
(xi)
any authorization, approval, consent, license, exemption, filing, registration, notarization or other requirement of any governmental, judicial or public body or authority necessary to enable any Loan Party to comply with its obligations hereunder or under any Note or under any other Finance Document shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, held invalid or otherwise limited in effect in a manner that would affect materially and adversely such Loan Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under any Note or under any other Finance Document; or any law, rule or regulation, decree or directive of any competent authority shall be enacted or issued that shall impair materially and adversely the ability or the right of any Loan Party to perform such obligations; or it shall become unlawful for any Loan Party to perform any such obligations;

77


 

(xii)
any Loan Party repudiates this Agreement or any other Finance Document or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate this Agreement or any other Finance Document;
(xiii)
any event of default under any indebtedness now or hereafter arising that is directly or indirectly owing (A) by any Loan Party or any of their respective affiliates to (B) EXIM Bank, any security trustee or agent acting for EXIM Bank, or any Person who is the beneficiary, directly or indirectly, of any guarantee by EXIM Bank (but only to the extent such indebtedness is guaranteed by EXIM Bank) (collectively, “Other EXIM Bank Debt”); provided that such event of default would, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, immediately or with the passage of time, materially and adversely affect the ability of any Loan Party or any of their respective affiliates, as the case may be, to either pay its indebtedness or perform its obligations under such Other EXIM Bank Debt;
(xiv)
any Supply Contract, or the performance by any party thereto of such party’s obligations under any Supply Contract, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, contravenes any Applicable Law;
(xv)
an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xvi)
the occurrence of any event that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar provision under any other federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xvii)
any material provision of any Finance Document shall for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any Loan Party or any Loan Party shall so state in writing or bring an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder;
(xviii)
(A) any Security Document ceases at any time for any reason (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder) to provide the Liens, rights, titles, interests, remedies, powers or privileges created thereby, (B) any Lien created in any portion of the Collateral pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall cease to be effective or fail to have the priority originally created under the Security Documents (other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder), (C) the validity of the Security Documents or the applicability thereof to the obligations of any Loan Party hereunder or any part thereof shall be disaffirmed by or on behalf of any Loan Party, or (D) EXIM Bank’s security interest or other rights in any portion of the Collateral pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall terminate in any manner other than that contemplated by the Finance Documents;

78


 

(xix)
except pursuant to the Security Documents, any Loan Party ceases to have the right to possess and use, or shall be prevented from accessing, possessing or using, the Project, the Project Site or any material portion thereof for the purpose of owning, constructing, maintaining and operating the Project in the manner contemplated by the Finance Documents, and such loss of right has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect;
(xx)
the Borrower ceases to use the Project Site for the Project in the manner contemplated by the Finance Documents or suspends all or substantially all of its activities in connection with the Project for a period of fifteen (15) or more consecutive days;
(xxi)
(A) any party to the Project Site Lease fails to comply with any of its material obligations contained in the Project Site Lease and such failure continues (x) beyond the applicable cure period, if any is specified, or (y) for more than thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof, if no cure period is specified; (B) the Project Site Lease, or any material term thereof, at any time for any reason (u) ceases to be in full force and effect (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), (v) is declared to be void or is repudiated, (w) is suspended or revoked, or terminated (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), (x) ceases to give or provide the respective rights, titles, remedies, powers, or privileges intended to be created thereby (other than upon expiration in accordance with its terms when fully performed or upon purchase of the Project Site by Borrower), or (y) any party to the Project Site Lease contests the validity or enforceability of the Project Site Lease, or any term thereof that, in each case, in the determination of EXIM Bank, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect; or (C) proceedings have been commenced before any Governmental Authority with respect to the termination of any of the Project Site Lease; or
(xxii)
any event or development occurs or any circumstance exists that, in the reasonable determination of EXIM Bank, has or could be expected to have a material adverse effect.
(b)
Remedies.
(i)
Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, and at any time thereafter, if such event is continuing, EXIM Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, may declare immediately due and payable (A) all or any portion of the principal amount (including any Note) then outstanding, (B) accrued interest thereon to the date of payment, and (C) all other amounts owing under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in Section 10.03(a), presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived.
(ii)
The rights under this Section 10.03(b) are in addition to and not a substitute for any other rights and remedies available to EXIM Bank under this Agreement, any Note, the Security Documents, any other Finance Document, and under Applicable Law.

79


 

section 11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

11.01 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, U.S.A., WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

11.02 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any of the Finance Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby may be instituted by the other parties hereto or by any party to any Finance Document in the courts of the State of New York or the federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York. Each Loan Party hereby, with respect to itself, its revenues, and its properties, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that such Loan Party may have now or hereafter to the laying of the venue or any objection based on forum non conveniens or based on the grounds of jurisdiction with respect to any such legal suit, action or proceeding; and each Loan Party irrevocably submits generally and unconditionally to the jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each Loan Party agrees that a judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and binding upon such Loan Party and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction, including the United States by suit upon such judgment, a certified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the judgment.

11.03 Service of Process.

(a)
In the case of the courts of the State of New York or of the federal courts sitting in the State of New York, eachthe Australian Guarantor hereby designates, appoints and empowers Cogency Global Inc as its authorized agent to accept, receive and acknowledge, for and on behalf of suchthe Australian Guarantor, and its properties and revenues, service of any and all process that may be served in any action, suit or proceeding of the nature referred to above in the State of New York, which appointment, in each case, shall be irrevocable until the appointment and acceptance of a successor authorized agent, as the case may be, pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.03(d).
(b)
The Australian GuarantorsGuarantor further agree that such service of process may be made personally or by mailing or delivering a copy of the summons and complaint or other legal process in any such legal suit, action or proceeding to suchthe Australian Guarantor, in care of its agent designated above at the aforesaid address, and such agent is hereby authorized to accept, receive and acknowledge the same for and on behalf of suchthe Australian Guarantor and to admit service with respect thereto. Service upon such agent shall be deemed to be personal service on the applicable Australian Guarantor and shall be legal and binding upon suchthe Australian Guarantor for all purposes notwithstanding any failure to mail copies of such legal process to suchthe Australian Guarantor or any failure on the part of suchthe Australian Guarantor to receive the same, and shall be deemed completed upon the delivery thereof to such agent whether or not such agent shall give notice thereof to suchthe Australian Guarantor or upon the earliest other

80


 

date permitted by Applicable Law (including the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended).
(c)
Each Loan Party irrevocably agrees to the service of process of any of the aforementioned courts in any suit, action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to such Loan Party at the address referenced in Section 12.02, such service to be effective upon the date indicated on the postal receipt returned from such Loan Party, as the case may be, or in any other manner provided for notices in Section 12.02.
(d)
EachThe Australian Guarantor agrees that it will at all times continuously maintain an agent to receive service of process in the State of New York on behalf of itself and its properties and revenues, and, in the event that for any reason its agent designated above shall not serve as agent for suchthe Australian Guarantor to receive service of process in the State of New York on its behalf, suchthe Australian Guarantor shall promptly appoint a successor satisfactory to EXIM Bank so to serve, advise EXIM Bank thereof, and deliver to EXIM Bank evidence in writing of the successor agent’s acceptance of such appointment for a term extending at least one year beyond the scheduled final repayment date of the Credit Facility and that such successor agent has been paid in full for such term. The foregoing provisions constitute, among other things, a special arrangement for service between the parties to this Agreement for the purposes of 28 U.S.C. § 1608.

11.04 Waiver of Immunity. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably agrees that, to the extent that such Loan Party, as the case may be, or any of their respective assets has or may hereafter acquire any right of immunity, whether characterized as sovereign immunity or otherwise, from any legal proceedings, whether in the United States or elsewhere, to enforce or collect upon the Credit Facility, any Note or any other Finance Document or any other liability or obligation of such Loan Party related to or arising from the transactions contemplated by any of the Finance Documents, including immunity from service of process, immunity from jurisdiction or judgment of any court or tribunal, immunity from discovery or disclosure of evidence including disclosing and producing documents and other evidence and producing witnesses to testify at a deposition, hearing or similar proceeding in accordance with Applicable Law, immunity from execution of a judgment, and immunity of any of its property from attachment prior to any entry of judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution upon a judgment, each Loan Party hereby expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all such immunity and expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to assert any such right or claim in any such proceeding, whether in the United States or elsewhere.

11.05 Waiver of Security Requirements. To the extent any Loan Party may, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any of the Finance Documents brought in the United States or elsewhere, be entitled under Applicable Law to require or claim that EXIM Bank post security for costs or take similar action, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, and agrees not to claim the benefit of such entitlement.

81


 

11.06 No Limitation. Nothing in this Section 11Section 11 shall affect the right of EXIM Bank to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against any Loan Party in the United States or in any other jurisdiction.

section 12 MISCELLANEOUS

12.01 Computations. Each determination of an interest rate or fee by EXIM Bank pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Note or any other Finance Document, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding on each Loan Party. All computations of interest and fees hereunder and under any Note shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed, including for each relevant period, the first day but excluding the last.

12.02 Notices. Except as otherwise specified, all notices given hereunder shall be in writing in the English language, shall include the applicable Transaction Number and shall be given by mail, courier, electronic transmission (including email and portable document format) or personal delivery, and shall be deemed to be given for the purposes of this Agreement on the day that such notice is received by the intended recipient thereof, except for notices given by EXIM Bank, which shall be deemed given on the day such notice is deposited in the mail or sent by courier, electronic transmission (including email and portable document format) or personal delivery. Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, including Section 3Section 3, all notices shall be delivered to the parties hereto at their respective addresses indicated in the Term Sheet.

12.03 Disposition of Indebtedness.

(a)
EXIM Bank may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, negotiate, grant participations in or otherwise dispose of all or any part of its interest in all or any part of the Borrower’s indebtedness under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document (collectively, a “Disposition of Indebtedness”) to any party (“New Party”) and any such party shall enjoy all the rights and privileges of EXIM Bank under this Agreement, each Note and any other Finance Document that is the subject of such Disposition of Indebtedness. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each New Party agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 7.02 and Section 7.04 as if it was EXIM Bank and (ii) no Assignee shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 7.02 or Section 7.04 than EXIM Bank would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in Applicable Law that occurs after the New Party acquired its assignment or participation. Documentation Agent, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall maintain (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of the documentation for each Disposition of Indebtedness delivered to it, and (b) a register for recordation of the names and addresses of, the Total Commitment Amount and amounts owed by the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document (including principal amounts and stated interest) to, EXIM Bank and/or each New Party, as applicable (the “Register”). Entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower, Documentation Agent, EXIM Bank and each New Party shall treat each Person recorded in the Register as a lender for all purposes under the Finance Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, EXIM Bank and any New Party, from time to time upon reasonable notice. Each Assignee that sells a participation shall, acting as a

82


 

non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for Tax purposes), maintain a register in which it enters each participant’s name, address, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Borrower’s indebtedness under the Finance Documents or other obligations under the Finance Documents (the “Participant Register”), provided that no such participant shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant's interest in any commitments, loans or its other obligations under any Finance Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 5f.103-1(c). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Participant shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Documentation Agent (in its capacity as Documentation Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(b)
Each Loan Party shall, at the request of EXIM Bank, execute and deliver to any party that EXIM Bank may designate, any such further instruments as may be necessary or desirable to give full force and effect to a Disposition of Indebtedness by EXIM Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its debts or obligations under this Agreement, any Note, or any other Finance Document without the prior written consent of EXIM Bank.

12.04 Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12.05 Disclaimer. EXIM Bank shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of any Supply Contract, and no claim against a Supplier or any other Person with respect to the performance of any Supply Contract will affect the obligations of any Loan Party under any of the Finance Documents.

12.06 Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no Loan Party shall assert, and hereby waives, any claim against EXIM Bank, and any other Indemnified Person (each such Person being called a “Protected Person”), on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Finance Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Protected Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

83


 

12.07 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to EXIM Bank, or EXIM Bank exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by EXIM Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred.

12.08 No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Finance Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its respective affiliates’ understanding, that (a) no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between such Loan Party and EXIM Bank is intended to be or has been created in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby or by the other Finance Documents, irrespective of whether EXIM Bank has advised or is advising such Loan Party on other matters, (b) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent that it has deemed appropriate and (c) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Finance Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against EXIM Bank with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

12.09 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of EXIM Bank in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document and no course of dealing between or among any Loan Party and EXIM Bank shall operate as a waiver of such right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, under any Note or any other Finance Document preclude any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies expressly provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that EXIM Bank would otherwise have. No notice to or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of EXIM Bank to take any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

12.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Finance Documents contain the entire agreement among the parties hereto regarding the Credit Facility.

12.11 Amendment or Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, discharged or terminated without the written consent of the parties hereto.

12.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page by e-mail (PDF) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to any

84


 

document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.13 Judgment Currency. Except as provided for in Section 7.03(b), all payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due hereunder, under any Note or any other Finance Document shall be made in U.S. Dollars, regardless of any law, rule, regulation or statute, whether now or hereafter in existence or in effect in any jurisdiction, which affects or purports to affect such obligations. The obligation of Loan Parties in respect of any amount due under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), shall be discharged only to the extent of the amount in U.S. Dollars that the Person entitled to receive that payment may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase with the sum paid in that other currency (after any premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately succeeding the day on which that Person receives that payment. If the amount in U.S. Dollars that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due, the Loan Parties shall pay such additional amounts, in U.S. Dollars, to compensate for the shortfall. Any obligation of the Loan Parties not discharged by that payment shall continue to be due as a separate and independent obligation and shall accrue interest in accordance with Section 5.02 until discharged as provided herein.

12.14 English Language. All documents to be delivered by any party hereto pursuant to the terms hereof shall be in the English language or, if originally written in another language, shall be accompanied by an accurate English translation, upon which the other parties hereto shall have the right to rely for all purposes under this Agreement and any Note. If this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document) is translated into any language other than English, the version which is in English shall prevail in case of any discrepancy with any version in any other language.

12.15 Severability. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

12.16 Waiver of Jury Trial. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY AND EXIM BANK HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, INTENTIONALLY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR WITH ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT, WITH ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, WITH ANY COURSE OF DEALING, WITH ANY STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR WITH ANY ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON RELATING TO THIS

85


 

AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EXIM BANK TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.

12.17 Survival. The expiration or termination of this Agreement does not terminate or affect any obligation hereunder that either expressly or by its nature survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

12.18 Patriot Act. In the event that EXIM Bank is subject to the PATRIOT Act, EXIM Bank hereby notifies each Loan Party that, pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow EXIM Bank to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

section 13 GUARANTEE.

13.01 Guarantors’ Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to EXIM Bank the full, prompt and complete payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Disbursements hereunder, interest thereon and any and all other amounts payable by the Borrower to EXIM Bank under this Agreement or any Note or any other Finance Document. If the Borrower shall fail to pay when due any or all sums hereby guaranteed (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), the Guarantors shall forthwith pay, without any demand or notice, the full amount due and payable by the Borrower in U.S. Dollars at the place and in the manner required by this Agreement or any Note. This is a guarantee of payment and not merely of collection, and shall remain in full force and effect until all the obligations of the Borrower hereby guaranteed are paid in full. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Guarantor waives all defenses of a surety or guarantor to which it may be entitled by statute or otherwise.

13.02 Guarantee Continuing and Unconditional.

(a)
The Guarantors’ Guarantee is a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment as primary obligor and not merely as surety, and shall apply to all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and any Note whenever arising. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantors’ Guarantee shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by: (i) the lack of genuineness, legality, validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any Finance Document or any other agreement or document contemplated hereby or thereby; (ii) the surrender, release, exchange, substitution, taking of any additional collateral, or impairment of any collateral; (iii) failure by the Borrower to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document; (iv) any change in the name, authorized activities, capital stock, corporate existence, structure, personnel or ownership of the Borrower; (v) any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Borrower or its assets; or (vi) any other act, omission to act or delay of any kind by the Borrower, the Guarantors or EXIM Bank or any other Person, or any other circumstance whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this Section 13.02, constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense to any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

86


 

(b)
Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, all diligence, presentments, demands, protests and notices of any kind whatsoever, including notices of nonperformance or nonpayment, notices of default, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guarantors’ Guarantee, and notices of the existence, creation or incurring of new or additional obligations by the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document.
(c)
Each Guarantor consents that, without notice to such Guarantor and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by such Guarantor, the liabilities of the Borrower hereby guaranteed may, from time to time, be renewed, extended, increased, accelerated, modified (including any change in interest rate or a switch from a floating to fixed rate of interest), amended, compromised, waived, released or discharged by EXIM Bank; and any security which is or in the future may be held, or any other guarantee issued for, the payment of the indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement, any Note or any other Finance Document may be exchanged, sold or surrendered by EXIM Bank, all without impairing or affecting in any way the obligation of such Guarantor hereunder. EXIM Bank shall not be obliged to enforce any remedies against the Borrower or any guarantee or security that it may hold before being entitled to payment from any Guarantor of the obligations hereby guaranteed.
(d)
Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that until all amounts owing under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document have been paid in full, unless EXIM Bank shall have otherwise consented in writing: (a) such Guarantor shall not take any action that would prevent or interfere with the observance and performance by the Borrower of any covenant, agreement or obligation of the Borrower set forth in any of the Finance Documents and (b) such Guarantor shall not exercise any rights of subrogation which it may acquire due to its payment of the Borrower’s obligations pursuant to the Guarantors’ Guarantee unless and until all sums payable under this Agreement, any Note and any other Finance Document have been paid in full, and if any payment shall be made to any Guarantor on account of such rights of subrogation, it shall promptly pay such amount to EXIM Bank.

13.03 Reinstatement. The Guarantors’ Guarantee shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of obligations hereby guaranteed is recovered from or repaid by EXIM Bank or any other party as a result of any proceeding in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or otherwise.

13.04 Endorsement of Note(s). If a Note has been requested by EXIM Bank, to evidence further the Guarantors’ Guarantee contained in Section 13.01, each Guarantor agrees to endorse and execute the guarantee legend, in the form attached to Annex A on such Note, including any replacement Note issued pursuant to Section 5.04 herein.

87


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

Borrower:

Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing Inc.

By:

([Signature) pages intentionally omitted]

Name:

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

guarantors:

Executed by Amaero International Limited ACN 633 541 634 in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Executed by Amaero Engineering Pty Limited (ACN 162 732 649) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Executed by Amaero Alloys Pty Limited (ACN 644 922 636) in accordance with section 127 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

Am AERO INC.

By:

(Signature)

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

By:

(Signature)

Name:

Bryan Rolfe

Title:

Senior Vice President – Office of Board Authorized Finance

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement - AP089530XX]


 

SCHEDULE 1 – REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

[***]

Schedule 1

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 2 – MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

[***]

Schedule 2

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 3 – CAPITALIZATION; SUBSIDIARIES

[***]

Schedule 3

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 4 – PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS

[***]

Schedule 4

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 5 – PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

[***]

Schedule 5

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 6 – PERMITTED LIENS

[***]

Schedule 6

Page 1


 

ANNEX A

Form of Note

[***]

Annex A

Page 1


 

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE PROMISSORY NOTE

PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT SCHEDULE

[***]

Annex A

Page 2


 

ANNEX B

DISBURSEMENT PROCEDURES FOR DIRECT CREDITS

[***]

Annex B

Page 1


 

FORM OF REQUEST FOR REIMBURSEMENT

Exhibit B-1

TO BORROWER’S ACCOUNT

 

[***]

Annex B (Exhibit 1)

Page 1


 

ANNEX A

FORM OF MMIA COMPLIANCE PLAN

Annex C

[***]

Annex C

Page 1


 

FORM OF MMIA ANNUAL REPORT

Annex D

[***]

 


 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Annex E

[***]

 


 

ANNEX A

[***]

 


 

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 7, 2026 (this “Amendment”), is made by and among AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), AMAERO INC., a Delaware corporation (“US HoldCo”), AMAERO PTY LTD (f/k/a Amaero Ltd) (ACN 633 541 634), an Australian limited company (“Amaero International”), and AM AERO INC., a California corporation (“AM Aero” together with US HoldCo and Amaero International, the “Guarantors” and each a “Guarantor”), and the EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES, an agency of the United States of America (“EXIM Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Guarantors and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2025, as amended by the First Amendment, Consent, Waiver and Joinder to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2026 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower and EXIM Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of June 11, 2025 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Security Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that EXIM Bank (i) amend the initial testing date for the Minimum Liquidity requirement under Section 9.02(ff)(ii) of the Credit Agreement and (ii) amend the required amount to be maintained in the Pledged Collateral Account under Section 9.02(gg)(i) of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the requested amendments, the Borrower and EXIM Bank have agreed that EXIM Bank’s Collateral will be expanded to include substantially all assets of the Borrower and each Guarantor, and, pending the negotiation, execution, delivery and perfection of an amended and restated Security Agreement and the related post-closing collateral actions described herein, each of the Borrower and each Guarantor is granting to EXIM Bank an interim security interest in the Interim Collateral (as defined below) effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, it being understood that such interim grant is intended to be ratified and continued, and not novated or extinguished, by such amended and restated Security Agreement;

WHEREAS, EXIM Bank is willing to make such amendments on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, it being the intention of the parties that such amendments do not constitute a novation of the obligations under the Credit Agreement or any other Finance Document and that all guarantees and security interests shall continue in full force and effect; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the agreements and representations contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.1 Definitions.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

1


 

Section 1.2 Interpretation.

The principles of construction set forth in Section 1.02 (Principles of Construction) of the Credit Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS

Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Article 5 hereof, and effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)
Minimum Liquidity testing date. Section 9.02(ff)(ii) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “September 30, 2027” and replacing it with “September 30, 2028”.
(b)
Pledged Collateral Account coverage. Each of Section 9.02(gg)(i) and Section 9.02(gg)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “twenty percent (20%)” in each place it appears and replacing it with “ten percent (10%)”.

ARTICLE 3

INTERIM GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

(a)
Grant. As security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), each of the Borrower and each Guarantor (each, in such capacity, a “Grantor”) hereby grants to EXIM Bank a continuing security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of its personal property, wherever located and whether now existing or owned or hereafter acquired or arising, including the following property (collectively, the “Interim Collateral”): (i) all Accounts; (ii) all Chattel Paper; (iii) all Commercial Tort Claims as described in Schedule I hereof; (iv) all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts; (v) all Documents; (vi) all Equipment; (vii) all General Intangibles (including intellectual property); (viii) all Instruments; (ix) all Inventory; (x) all Investment Property; (xi) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (xii) all other Goods;; and (xiii) all money, income, royalties, payments, products and Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing, and all Supporting Obligations of any and all of the foregoing. Capitalized terms used in this Article and not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in Article 9 of the UCC.
(b)
Excluded Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interim Collateral shall not include any Excluded Property, which shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit A hereto, applied mutatis mutandis to each Grantor.
(c)
Grant Subject to Permitted Liens; Interim Nature. The security interest granted under this Article is subject to the Permitted Liens. As to the Borrower, it is granted in addition to, and without novation, release, impairment or subordination of, the Liens created under the Security Agreement (as defined below) and the other Security Documents, all of which remain in full force and effect; and as to each Guarantor, it constitutes a new grant of a security interest in favor of EXIM Bank.
(d)
Financing Statement Authorization. Each Grantor irrevocably authorizes EXIM Bank to file at any time and from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction one or more financing statements (and amendments and continuations thereof) (including the financing statements attached hereto as Exhibit C) that describe the collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or words of similar effect, and that contain any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC, and each Grantor ratifies any such filing made on or after the date hereof. With

2


 

respect to the Australian Guarantor, the parties acknowledge that, to the extent EXIM Bank deems necessary (subject to the proviso in Article 6(c)), perfection of EXIM Bank’s security interest will be effected under the Personal Property Securities Act 2009 (Cth) of Australia and related Personal Property Securities Register filings. Nothing in this Article limits any existing authorization to file financing statements in the Finance Documents.
(e)
Override. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Amendment or any other Finance Document, solely with respect to the Interim Collateral (as distinct from the Collateral that is the subject of the Security Documents as in effect on or immediately prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date), (i) no representation or warranty is made on the date hereof or on the Second Amendment Effective Date as to (A) the creation, perfection or first priority of EXIM Bank's security interest therein or (B) the absence of Liens thereon other than Permitted Liens, and (ii) the representations, warranties, covenants and Events of Default under the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall not apply to, and no Default or Event of Default may arise in respect of, the Interim Collateral until and after the date that the A&R Security Agreement and the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment have been executed and delivered; it being understood that this provision does not limit (x) the grant of the interim security interest under this Article 3, (y) EXIM Bank's authorization to make the related UCC filings (and to the extent EXIM Bank deems necessary, Personal Property Securities Register filings), or (z) any representation, warranty, covenant or Event of Default as applied to the Collateral that is the subject of the Security Documents as in effect on or immediately prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date.
(f)
Further Assurances. Each Grantor shall take such actions as EXIM Bank may reasonably request to evidence, perfect, continue and protect the security interest granted under this Article, consistent with Section 9.02(ii) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower and the Guarantors hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date that:

(a)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default has occurred and is continuing or will occur immediately following the execution of this Amendment;
(b)
after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the Second Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(c)
the execution, delivery and performance or observance by the Borrower and each of the Guarantors of the terms of, and consummation by the Borrower and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by, this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of: (A) the Organizational Documents of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable; (B) any law of the United States or any other ordinance, decree, constitutional provision, regulation or other requirement of any Governmental Authority; or (C) any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or award of any court or other tribunal. Further, each of the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ execution and delivery of this Amendment, the performance and observance of its obligations thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, is a party or to which it or any of its

3


 

revenues, properties or assets may be subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues, properties or assets of the Borrower or the Guarantors, as applicable, pursuant to any such agreement or instrument other than the Liens upon the Collateral created under the Security Documents;
(d)
all consents of any Person required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each Guarantor of this Amendment have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;
(e)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, with full power, authority and legal right to own its property and carry on its business as now conducted, and has taken all actions necessary or advisable to authorize it to execute, deliver, perform, and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the other Finance Documents;
(f)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered this Amendment; each of the Finance Documents that has been executed and delivered constitutes, and each such Finance Document that may hereafter be executed and delivered will constitute, a direct, general, and unconditional obligation of the Borrower and the Guarantors (to the extent each is a party thereto) that is legal, valid, and binding upon the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto and enforceable against the Borrower and the Guarantors that are party thereto in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, readjustment of debt or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by the application of general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity;
(g)
all documents, reports, and other written information (other than projected or pro forma financial information) that have been furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower and the Guarantors to EXIM Bank in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, taken as a whole, are true and correct in all material respects and do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein (when taken as a whole), in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, the Borrower and the Guarantors represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation and delivery (it being understood that such projected information may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material);
(h)
each of the Borrower and the Guarantors is Solvent as of the date hereof after giving effect to this Amendment; and

(i) no event or circumstance has occurred since the date of the most recent Company Financial Statements that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.

4


 

ARTICLE 5

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

This Amendment shall become effective on and as of the Business Day on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”) each, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank or in a manner satisfactory to EXIM Bank:

(a)
EXIM Bank shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each of the Loan Parties party hereto;
(b)
EXIM Bank shall have received evidence of the payment in full of the fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank’s outside counsel and any Independent Consultant;
(c)
after giving effect to this Amendment, all of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and in the other Finance Documents shall be true and accurate on and as of the date of this Amendment and the Second Amendment Effective Date (except for any representations and warranties which are expressly stated to be given solely as of an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of such earlier date);
(d)
after giving effect to this Amendment, no Event of Default or no Potential Default exists on such date, or would result from the execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower or any Guarantor of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(e)
no law, regulation, ruling or other action of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect or shall have occurred, the effect of which would be to prevent any party to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) from fulfilling its obligations;
(f)
no event or circumstance shall have occurred which, in the judgment of EXIM Bank, is likely to materially and adversely affect the financial condition, business, prospects or operations of any Loan Party or the ability of any Loan Party to perform all or any of its obligations under this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby), any Note or any other Finance Document, as the case may be;
(g)
evidence of the authority to execute, deliver, perform and observe the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby);
(h)
EXIM Bank shall have received recent Uniform Commercial Code searches and other lien-registry searches in each applicable jurisdiction relating to the Collateral and the Loan Parties, as determined by EXIM Bank, including Australian Securities and Investments Commission and Personal Property Securities Register search results in respect of the Australian Guarantor, in scope and results satisfactory to EXIM Bank;
(i)
EXIM Bank shall have received evidence satisfactory to it of the amount on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account as of the Second Amendment Effective Date;
(j)
any other documents, certificates, instruments, authorization, opinion, assurance, or information relating to this Amendment or any other Finance Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated under them by any Loan Party) as EXIM Bank may have reasonably requested.

5


 

ARTICLE 6

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

The Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to EXIM Bank each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, on or before November 13, 2026 (or such later date as EXIM Bank may agree in writing in its sole discretion or such later dates as may be agreed in the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment or the A&R Security Agreement, and the covenants set forth in this Article 6 shall be superseded by those in the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment and the A&R Security Agreement):

(a)
(i) a further amendment to the Credit Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank and executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor (the “Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment”), that amends the Credit Agreement to conform its representations, warranties, covenants, defined terms (including, without limitation, “Collateral,” “Security Document” and related terms), schedules and other provisions to reflect the expansion of the Collateral to substantially all assets of the Borrower and each Guarantor contemplated by this Amendment and the A&R Security Agreement; it being understood and agreed that the Borrower and each Guarantor shall negotiate the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment in good faith and that the representations and warranties carved out under the proviso to Section 4(b) with respect to the Interim Collateral shall be made upon execution and delivery of the A&R Security Agreement and the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment and (ii) an amended and restated Security Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor, granting EXIM Bank a first-priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in substantially all assets of the Borrower and each Guarantor and expressly ratifying and continuing (without novation) the interim grant made under Article 3 (the “A&R Security Agreement”);
(b)
a completed perfection certificate for each Grantor, in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank, executed by the Borrower and each Guarantor;
(c)
the creation and perfection in favor of EXIM Bank of a first-priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) in substantially all assets of the Borrower and each Guarantor (other than Excluded Property, as defined in Exhibit A hereto), and the taking of all actions, and the execution, delivery, filing and recording of all agreements, instruments, certificates, insurance certificates and/or endorsements, control agreements, financing statements, registrations, legal opinions, organizational documents and other documents, that are necessary or, in the reasonable judgment of EXIM Bank, desirable to create, perfect, maintain, evidence or confirm such security interest and otherwise to give effect to the additional Collateral contemplated by this Amendment (including all Uniform Commercial Code filings and all Personal Property Securities Register and ASIC filings in each applicable jurisdiction); provided that, with respect to Amaero International, EXIM Bank may, in its sole discretion, waive, defer or otherwise modify the requirement to create or perfect a security interest under the laws of Australia (including Personal Property Securities Register registrations and ASIC filings) for so long as EXIM Bank determines that Amaero International is not material to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; it being understood that (x) Amaero International shall nonetheless grant a security interest in its assets under the A&R Security Agreement, shall remain the subject of Uniform Commercial Code filings in the District of Columbia, and shall remain subject to all representations, warranties and covenants under the Finance Documents, and (y) EXIM Bank may require such Australian-law perfection at any time thereafter upon notice to the Borrower; and
(d)
any other agreements, instruments, documents, actions, authorizations, opinions, assurances or information relating to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby), the A&R Security Agreement or any other Finance Document, the perfection certificate delivered pursuant to clause (b) above or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, as EXIM Bank may reasonably request;

6


 

(e)
with respect to Amaero International, the deliverables under this Article 6 shall include, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to EXIM Bank: (i) a copy of the resolutions or other corporate authorizations of Amaero International authorizing its entry into, and performance of its obligations under, this Amendment, the A&R Security Agreement (to the extent applicable), the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment and each other Finance Document to which it is or will be a party, certified as true, correct and in full force and effect; (ii) a verification certificate in respect of Amaero International, duly signed by two directors of Amaero International, together with all attachments referred to therein and dated no earlier than five (5) days before the date of delivery, provided that such verification certificate may include a certification that the attachments referred to therein have not been amended since last delivered to EXIM Bank and remain in full force and effect; (iii) evidence of the authority (including extracts thereof) of Amaero International, and specimen signatures of each Person who, on behalf of Amaero International, has signed or will sign this Amendment, the A&R Security Agreement (to the extent applicable), the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment and any other Finance Document to which it is a party; and (iv) an opinion of Clayton Utz, as external Australian legal counsel to EXIM Bank, in form and scope acceptable to EXIM Bank, as to such matters relating to this Amendment, the A&R Security Agreement, the Collateral Conforming Credit Agreement Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as EXIM Bank may specify; and
(f)
evidence of the payment in full of the fees and out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to EXIM Bank's outside counsel and any Independent Consultant.

The failure of the Borrower to satisfy any requirement of this Article on or before the deadline specified in this Article 6 (as it may be extended by EXIM Bank in writing in its sole discretion) shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Credit Agreement without regard to, and notwithstanding, the cure period set forth in Section 10.03(a)(v) of the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE 7

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Reference to and Effect on the Finance Documents.

(a)
Upon the due execution and delivery of this Amendment by the parties, on and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” or words of like import, and each reference in the other Finance Documents to “the Credit Agreement,” “thereunder,” “thereof,” “therein,” “thereby” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as the terms thereof have been amended hereby.
(b)
This Amendment is effective only in the specific instances and for the specific purposes described herein. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect in all respects and each is hereby ratified and confirmed.
(c)
Nothing in this Amendment shall be construed to act as a release of, or prejudice the rights of EXIM Bank (or any successors) in, any guarantees given by any party pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
(d)
Each of the Borrower and each Guarantor hereby (i) ratifies and reaffirms all of its payment and performance obligations, contingent or otherwise, under each of the Finance Documents to which it is a party, (ii) ratifies and reaffirms each grant of a lien on, or security interest in, its property made pursuant to the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, the grant of security made by such Person pursuant to

7


 

each Security Document) and confirms that such liens and security interests continue to secure the obligations under the Finance Documents, subject to the terms thereof, and (iii) in the case of each Guarantor, ratifies and reaffirms its guaranty of the obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement.
(e)
The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of EXIM Bank under any of the Finance Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Finance Documents or in any way limit, impair or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of EXIM Bank under the Finance Documents, except as provided herein.
(f)
By its execution of this Amendment, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Amendment do not constitute a novation, but, rather, a supplement of the terms of a pre-existing indebtedness and related agreement, as evidenced by the Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Amendment shall be construed as (A) an extinguishment, satisfaction, discharge, release, impairment or novation of any obligations under the Finance Documents, or (B) a release, reduction, termination, or subordination of, or otherwise affecting, any Lien or the priority of any Lien created pursuant to the Security Documents, all of which remain in full force and effect.
(g)
To induce EXIM Bank to enter into this Amendment and grant the accommodations set forth herein, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that as of the date hereof no right of offset, defense, counterclaim, claim or objection exists in favor of it against EXIM Bank arising out of or with respect to the Finance Documents. For good and valuable consideration, each of the Borrower and the Guarantors hereby forever relieves, releases, and discharges EXIM Bank and its present or former employees, officers and directors from any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, promises, acts, agreements, costs and expenses, actions and causes of action, of every type, kind, nature, description or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, absolute or contingent, arising out of or in any manner whatsoever connected with or related to facts, circumstances, issues, controversies or claims existing or arising from the beginning of time through and including the date hereof, in each case solely to the extent arising out of or in any manner whatsoever connected with or related to the Finance Documents, or the origination, negotiation, administration, servicing and/or enforcement of any of the foregoing; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall release any claim arising from EXIM Bank’s failure to perform its express obligations under this Amendment or the other Finance Documents.

Section 7.2 Incorporation by Reference.

Section 11 (Governing Law and Jurisdiction), Section 12.12 (Counterparts), Section 12.15 (Severability) and Section 12.16 (Waiver of Jury Trial) shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Amendment as if expressly set forth herein.

Section 7.3 Finance Document.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors and EXIM Bank designate as of the date hereof this Amendment as a Finance Document.

Section 7.4 Costs and Expenses.

Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors agrees to pay all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of EXIM Bank in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03 of the Credit Agreement.

8


 

Section 7.5 Release from Pledged Collateral Account.

On the Second Amendment Effective Date, provided that (a) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (b) after giving effect to the requested release, an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Disbursements remains on deposit in the Pledged Collateral Account, EXIM Bank shall deliver to Western Alliance Bank, as Deposit Bank under the Control Agreement, written “Disposition Instructions” (as defined in the Control Agreement) substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, via email to the email address set forth in Section 19 of the Control Agreement, directing the Deposit Bank to release $2,065,921.36 from the Pledged Collateral Account (account no. 8649008003) to the account designated by the Borrower in Exhibit B hereto. The parties acknowledge that, under Section 3(b) of the Control Agreement, such Disposition Instructions are effective upon the Deposit Bank’s written acknowledgment of receipt. EXIM Bank’s obligations under this Section 7.5 shall be satisfied upon its delivery of such Disposition Instructions via email and EXIM Bank shall have no responsibility for any delay by the Deposit Bank in acknowledging, processing or implementing such instructions.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered on its behalf by its authorized representative as of the date first above written.

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Name:

 

Hank Holland

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Secretary

 

 

(Print)

 

[Signature Page – Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (AP089530XX)]


 

Executed by AMAERO PTY LTD (ACN

633 541 634) in accordance with section 127

of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):

 

 

/s/ Erik Levy

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

Signature of director

 

Signature of company secretary/director

 

 

 

 

Erik Levy

 

Hank J. Holland

Full name of above signatory

(Print)

 

Full name of above signatory

 

 

 

 

 

AM AERO INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Name:

 

Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer, President and Corporate Secretary

 

 

(Print)

 

 

 

AMAERO INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Hank J. Holland

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Name:

 

Hank J. Holland

 

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

[Signature Page – Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (AP089530XX)]


 

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

 

 

By:

/s/ David R. Fiore

 

(Signature)

Name:

David R. Fiore

 

 

Title:

Vice President Transportation Division

 

[Signature Page – Second Amendment to Credit Agreement (AP089530XX)]


 

Schedule I – Commercial Tort Claims (Interim Collateral)

None.

 

 


 

Exhibit A – Excluded Property Definition

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include, and each Loan Party shall not be deemed to have granted a security interest in, (i) any of such Loan Party’s right, title or interest in any permit, lease, license, contract, or agreement, as such, or the assets subject thereto, if under the terms of such permit, lease, license, contract, or agreement, or applicable law, rule or regulation with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest or lien therein or in such assets to EXIM Bank is prohibited or would result in a violation thereof and such prohibition or violation has not been or is not waived or the consent of the other party to such permit, lease, license, contract, or agreement has not been or is not otherwise obtained or under applicable law, rule or regulation such prohibition cannot be waived, (ii) any “intent to use” trademark application for which a statement of use has not been filed (but only until such statement is filed) or otherwise where the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law; provided that the foregoing exclusion shall in no way be (x) construed to apply if any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective under the UCC or other applicable law or principles of equity, (y) construed so as to limit, impair or otherwise affect EXIM Bank unconditional continuing security in and Liens upon any rights or interests of any Loan Party in or to the proceeds thereof, including monies due or to become due under any such lease, license, contract, or agreement (including any Accounts), in each case, that are not subject to such prohibitions, or (z) construed to apply at such time as the condition causing such prohibition shall be remedied and, to the extent severable, “Collateral” shall also include any portion of such lease, license, contract, agreement or assets subject thereto that does not result in such prohibition, (iii) Excluded Accounts and (iv) any real or personal property (and all proceeds and products thereof) of any Loan Party that, at the time such property is acquired or first financed, is subject to a purchase-money Lien or Capital Lease permitted under the Credit Agreement, but only for so long as and to the extent that (A) the contract or other agreement creating such Lien or Capital Lease (x) expressly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property or (y) requires the consent of a Person other than a Loan Party or its Affiliates to create any other Lien and such consent has not yet been obtained, and (B) the obligations secured by such purchase-money Lien or arising under such Capital Lease remain outstanding and secured; provided that immediately upon (i) the payment in full, termination or discharge of such purchase-money Lien or Capital Lease, or (ii) the receipt of the requisite consent to create additional Liens, the security interest granted hereunder shall, without any further act, automatically attach to such property (and related proceeds and products); and provided, further, that each Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consents with respect to leases, licenses, contracts and agreements that are material to such Company’s business pursuant to commercially reasonable terms for the grant of a security interest in or lien on such leases, licenses, contracts, or agreements (collectively, “Excluded Property”); provided, however, “Excluded Property” shall not include any Proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (unless such Proceeds, products, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Property).

“Excluded Account” means (a) any tax, trust, withholding or payroll account so long as such deposit account contains only funds to be used exclusively for taxes, trust obligations, payroll and withholding obligations and (b) zero balance disbursement accounts. Schedule 1 sets forth each Loan Party’s “Excluded Accounts” as of the date of this Agreement.

 


 

Exhibit B – Form of Disposition Instruction

Date: October ___, 2026

To: Western Alliance Bank

Attn: Specialty Support Services

Via Email: specialtysupportservices@westernalliancebank.com

Cc: legaldepartment@westernalliancebank.com; hank.holland@amaeroinc.com; brett.paduch@amaeroinc.com;

Re: Deposit Account Control Agreement (Blocked), dated as of April 18, 2025, among Export-Import Bank of the United States, Amaero Advanced Materials & Manufacturing, Inc. and Western Alliance Bank (the “Control Agreement”)

Pursuant to the terms of the Control Agreement, Export-Import Bank of the United States hereby instructs you to transfer $2,065,921.36 from deposit account no. [***] to the following account:

 

Account Name:

 

Bank:

 

ABA/Routing Number:

 

Account Number:

 

 

Please process this instruction promptly upon receipt.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]

 


 

Sincerely,

EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF THE UNITED STATES

 

 

By:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

AMAERO ADVANCED MATERIALS & MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

(Print)

 

 


 

Exhibit C – UCC-1 Financing Statements

[See Attached.]

 


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated July 10, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Amaero Inc. (the Company), which is contained in that Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

Atlanta, Georgia

October 8, 2026